PTC Creo Parametric - 2D to 3D Modelling

1. Class Overview: Hello and welcome to the class of PTC Creo parametric 2D to 3D modeling. I am Muhammad Abdul Hamid Han, the class instructor. Do you want to create your own design models from the comfort of your home at your own pace, then you are at the right place. The objective of this class is to enhance and develop your CAD skillset for developing different design models. After the completion of the course, I ensure you that you will be able to associate the ourself in the field of academy and industrial research. You may undertake numerous design projects. You may crack the interview for the position of design engineer. When coming to my expertise, I am a certified PTC Creo design engineer. I have more than five years of academic teaching and the search experience. I have worked on numerous projects based on CAD modeling using PTC, Creo, and numerical simulations using computational fluid dynamics. So what is the need to learn a software such as PDC Cleo? The CAD software, PTC Creo parametric, allows for the easier development of products and product management integration. It also allows for greater modelling and even provides a basis for virtual networking. In the engineering world, CAD is extremely important and widely used to design and develop products to be used by consumers. Hence, this class will make you learn to understand and gets killed with all the tools to build your imagination into a 3D model. Now, coming to the prerequisites of the class, you must have a computer with a decent configuration in which we will be installing the software. The best part of the class is that you need not to have any previous knowledge concerning Canada. With the knowledge of career parametric, the different modelling processes, the concepts, and the tools. You can generate the broadest range of powerful, yet flexible 3D CAD models. You will learn to create sample models ranging from simple to complex levels. By the end of this class, you will be confident and creating your own CAD modelling. The complete package will give you an opportunity to understand the methodology followed by the research organizations in developing novel designs. So what are you waiting for beginning a journey to become a professional design NGO? I'm really looking forward for teaching you all about the PTC Creo parametric. 2. Installation of Creo: So in this video, let us discuss the installation procedure for the software. So in order to install the educational version of Career Pattern metric, we can open the Google home screen and you can directly type Cleo or education and press enter o. So you will be having multiple links present over here. You can just click the first link, Free Software, BBC. Now for your information, BBC is the company which has developed the Kryo software. If you are interested, you can visit the website and understand what are their products and solutions. Now, you have landed to a page which offers you academic free software. In order to learn and work on your models. You can just go down and you can click any of these two, because these two will direct you to the same, same page. So let me just try to click Clear for university students. So when I'm clicking on this, I'm asked to fill a form on the right-hand side. And on the left you can see the installation system requirements. So kindly just check up whether your information and your draw system has the specifications mentioned over here. If it does, a little goodie can proceed filling your form. So let's pause the video. I'll fill up my details and helpless press submit. And in the location of this particular column, what best describes you? And you can select yourself as a college or university student. And you can just enter your country name and you can enter your mobile number. So after submitting, you will be getting a message. Thank you for registering for trio. And you will be allotted with a link to install Creo 6 for now because this is the latest version that is present for academic purpose and for as a free software from the website itself, from the company itself. If you are interested or download the previous versions, you can now learn the previous versions as well. So it's not compulsory to use specific version depending on your system, you can use any of the versions. You can just click on any of these links depending on your system requirements. So let us try to click on install Creo. And the procedure for installation for older versions is quite similar. So you will be directed with this PDF. So in this PDF, you will be having different steps which will make us understand how the installation procedure works. So the first step is to download the PTC Creo 6 DVD image. So we can just right click on this and open in another tab so that the downloading starts. And let me just read it because it is loading. So P, This is asking me to login. So if you haven't registered yourself when BDC support website, you can just click a neo academic account and you can register yourself. So let me just try to sign-in and breast login. So I'll just pause the video over here. Now that I've logged in, I will be an even after you just clear DOD Malaysia, you have to login in the previous page what was present. And after that you will be directed to one of the agreement page. So here you have to see that you will be checking this box and like to be very careful over here because the agreement is present in multiple languages. You can just scroll down and see, do not dry it took like any other elements. Because if you are trying to click those agreements which are of other language, I'm not sure maybe the sulphate also will be in that particular version. So this type to click on English version export over here. And if you are interested you can read the agreement day bills. So press continue. After that. Was probably now you will be directed for downloading the software. Yeah, you got a new page and you can just check up different versions present over here. So you will be having 6.05.04.03. So you can download any F6, any of these two, because these two are the latest software is 5.06. And the magnetic moment is almost the same for both. So you can try to click on Download Manager or HD has doubled BPS. So that means a status either that the Download Manager is working. So they're started working. Let me go back. And let me try to click on his double DPS and see whether the download starts. Yes, I have the download started right now. So it's so it'll take almost ten to 11 minutes depending on your connectivity. I'll just pause the video and I'll come back after the download has been completed. Now that I have downloaded the software, let me try to extract to a new folder. Now that the file has been extracted, let us try to double-click. And it will be having multiple files inside. So you have to just check up and search betas setup. You can find, you can find us at the application of a heel. So do not select those adopt schools and setup Pleyel medically, you can select a setup dot EXE and right-click on it and lidar unless administrator. So you will be prompted with a message and it does advise to place yes. So the installation of grigio is quite tricky. Sometimes, you know, sometimes we faced many adders. And like now I'm not sure whether I would be going to install the software and one attempt. So if at all, I'm trying to if at all I am facing any issues, we will just try to sort the issues and just try to see that you have selected, install new software and press Next. You have to accept the license agreement and you have to pick this box. After this, you have to press Next. Now the important thing over here is you have to add a license file. So in order to add the license file, you can go back to the browser. And you can go back to the window where we have this pdf from where we have downloaded the software and we have the license, so product code over here. But before that, if you already have the software installed, if you had a previous version of career when stored, I recommend you to uninstall it. And after an installation, I also recommend to you to search for the license file, which was already present in your system and delete the license file. Because if you are having an existing license file, even though we haven't installed the software, we'll definitely face problems with the latest versions. So in order to delete the previous license file, you can just copy this address because you cannot directly find the address. If you're searching in your program data, you will not be able to find PTC licensings directly because it is generally hidden. So you can just copy. And you can go to your window and you can just select and pays for video. And so I do not have any of the license file in my system, so I am just pressing OK. Once again, had been trying No, it's not available. So let me go back to the pdf. And it gives, If this is your first installation in your laptop, then you can just skip off this particular step and you can directly copy though chord, product chord. So let us see whether the product code works. Let's install licensing. You will be asked at your email address and enter your password. But as login and wait for the processing. If you are getting an error message that I've now. So you have to disconnect your internet and you have to again press install licensing and see whether you'd be getting a successful message or no. So let us try to see what's happening. So it's taking a bit of time and it's I'm getting a message of not responding, so it is better to wait. Yes, I got this access over a o. So if in case you're not getting a, say, a success message over a year, if you're getting an error message. So you just disconnect your Wi-Fi or your disconnect your Internet connectivity and light to press install again. And I'm sure that in that case you'd be getting us out because message. And this is because sometimes you will be having antibiotic, even Python installed and dividers if you're having any ah, system in case if you're facing the editor messages and then try to do all these things, if not different, is working in the first attempt then well, in court. Now, you can see that the license fight is available over yo so just died to place next or do not try to click on skip licensing, because licensing is most important and registration and working of your software. So you have to see that you get a message of success over year-end status available over here. So let us try to place next. Yeah, here you will be having all the related softwares. I'm an older related more deals of Cleopatra metric. So the most important module for development of CAD models is the career path metric. So if you are not interested in simulate Because this is occupying 7-0, three MB, you can try to select this option. This will save your memory. And thus you can just pick up because these are occupying graded less space. It's not required to these elect them, and you can just take up a third option that has been, most adoptions are selected and you have to see whatever it is it required that has to be selected, limited to selected automatically. So let me just try to plus x. Right now everything is looking good. You can see some of the options that are already installed in my system. So let me just try to pick this out as well. Install. Now, this will take some amount of time. So you have to wait for that and let us see what is going to happen after this is now that I have completed the completion of installation process, I have to verify that all the applications installed a 100%, especially the career path metric. But in my case, I am getting a warning over here that the status is completed with a warning. So let me just check up. What is the warning? The warning saves me that the kleos offer was installed successfully, but the installer has detected that the graphic cards, which this is done, which I'm using it for this system does not support curious simulation life. So there is another application called kleos simulation live in close off it. And the graphic card of my system, which I am using foot installation purpose, or doesn't have the suitable graphic card installed in it. So giving me a most edition that are dedicated NVDA graphic art is recommended for it. So this is not a problem. And I've got another message over here that if you did not intend to use curious simulation life, you can ignore this message. So we can ignore this message. Probably if your system is having the relevant too graphic card, you will not be getting any of this warning. And even if you are getting the warning, we are not using video simulation life for a vertcat designing purpose. So we can directly press finish over here. And then you can go to the home screen. You can just hit refresh over here and you can see the Kryo modules and install lower heel. And I have the Cleopatra metric as given. So we can just try to refresh and we can press the double click and wait for the software to open. So you have to, if you're getting this message, you just have to press allow access. And maybe you will be getting this message multiple number of times. And he added this software has opened right now. So you can just type to click over here, no start bulking. And if you want, you can accept all cookies and close to the center. Then you can just maximize the total screen the software has installed successfully. And you can see the message over a year for educational use. So this is the Schrodinger equation and we have successfully downloaded the version. You can disclose the browser window and you can start working over here. So this is the total installation video. I really hope and clear with this. Let us go to the next video. 3. How to Open and Close the software.: Hi. In this video, I will be showing you how to open, save, and close the curio parametric files. In order to open the file, we have to double-click on the icon of Korea parametric. And wait until we get the window on the screen. You can press the cross Mach. In order to close this window. You can click on the Maximize button. Maximize that window. And you can close the internet browser window. After this, on the left-hand side, you can find the button or the i concord New. Click on the icon. You will be having though, window which is opened. And in this you can set it to sketch option in order to walk in the 2D sketching. And that the filename, for example, sample one, fits all gay. And start working with the drawing. After you have completed the drawing. If you want to see if the fine, you can go to file and click Save As and select the location and press OK. If you wondered medically close to fine, you can directly placed across button or the close button. The session is closed and you can do to close the window, you'd be getting a confirmation message that you really want to exit. Put SES and degree of parametric is closed. Now, in order to open the saved file, you again after double-click on three parametric. Wait until the software opens. Click on open. Select the location videos saved, we are fine and less open. As soon as you press open, you will be having the sketch or the morbidity displayed on your screen. So thank you. 4. Create a Line: In this video, we will be discussing about the two-dimensional sketching and Cleopatra metric. As soon as I open the software, I will be having set of options scene on the left hand side. In this sort of options, I would have to select the option called Neill. When I'm silicon the option, Neil, I will be having multiple options in this dialogue box. As we are going to discuss the two dimensional sketching, I would have to select the first option called sketch. And I will have forgivable sample for this file, which will be used for saving the world what we have done in the future. And I just have to click OK to land up getting module. In this window, you can see on the top ribbon, there are plenty of options which are available. We have cleared the geometries, the layouts, or any specific designs using the set of options given to us. And these are generally named as tools. So these are categorized into multiple categories, like sketching, datum, editing, constraints, dimension since et cetera. You have a plane screen over a year in which we have broadly out whatever layout you have to work, but you have to just dried or sketch it in this particular region. So in this video I will be discussing the basic sketching options. And as I am progressing with the set of videos, I will be covering other options which are available in this more beauty. So now right now let us start with the first sketching option that is available and which is most commonly available in all the softwares that line. So in order to draw a line in the white screen, my first option is to click on the line. As soon as I tap on the line, my cursor will be switched to a different kind of cursor as you are seeing in the screen. I need to click anywhere in the screen, wherever I want to start the line from. Let me click over here. And as soon as I'm clicking, the line is getting created from that particular point of interest. And I can go in any direction and I can stop the line depending on the need I have. Let me just stop the line over here by clicking on the left click. The line has been stopped and another segment has been created from there. If I want to continue the segment to other direction, I can do that. Let me go to this direction and press a left-click. Let me go to this direction. Presser left-click. Let me go down and creator line over here, muckraking a left-click. Now how do I stop the line? For stopping the line, I need to click a middle click audience. I can click Escape button. So as soon as I press the escape button, the line have been stopped over here, which was started at this point. So as soon as I've, as soon as I have click the escape button, I have gotten a set of dimensions which are seen in the screen right now in a light color. These other dimensions, what I have been toggling can No, I mean, two directions in which I was moving into. The total dimension is 43 units. This is tapping it units 38.140 hundreds. So if I want to modify the units, it is very simple. And just double-click on the required unit and I can click the required dimension what they wanted. If I want to change this dimension, I can just double-click it and td to topic eight or 39. So can you see the difference between this dimension 3820.47? And you can also see the difference between 13.543 to these two dimensions are in darker shade. And these two dimensions, I didn't like the sheep. The reason for this is as Vivre toggling with the line to different, different lens. Video wasn't assuming the exact distance watered wondered, It was just calculating the distance which we would moving actually. So that is the reason we, we, we're getting early light-colored I mentioned which was generally called lesser dimension. So we have to convert this weaker dimension to stronger dimension by assigning a specific value depending on the problem or differently depending on the early ODE what we are having. So I need to convert this weaker into stronger by assigning a specific value, say 20.5. And the editors, my vehicle dimension is being converted into stronger dimension. And same goes for this case. Right now you can see I have a set of strong dimensions. That means I have a values which are actually needed for me to work and proceeded my work. So this is the basic and we'll options which I'd have a little bit in that line. Let me go to the next option in the next video. 5. Create a Rectangle: Let us continue with the remaining set of options. So as we have seen in the previous video which we were discussing about the line option. We also have a different option which is available under the box. This is called list line tangent. I will be showing you this option as we are proceeding in the video for the next options. So let us now look at the option called rectangle. And before that, let me also tell you one more thing. If v1 to zoom out the total layout, we just have to use the middle mouse button and we just, we just have to move it forward and backward so we can zoom in and zoom out the tortoise screen and with the help of scrolling the middle mouse button. And if you want to delete a total things, we can just highlight them and press on muddle delete, and segments or third layout has been deleted right now. And if you want to actually ban, ban is nothing but to move from left to right, we can use the Middlemarch button and we can drag the mouse with a left and right direction, took advantage of a tree. So panning is nothing but moving from any direction depending on the requirement. So just let me zoom out and let me just delete the line segment and let me go to the next option which is called Les rectangle. So ended rectangle. You can see there are four types of rectangles that are available in Creole. Let us start with a corner rectangle. So Corner Rectangle, the name itself defines its origins, basically it basically from the corner, you can see I've tapped on that rectangle, the rectangle. And the rectangle is originating from the corner. You can see in this case that rectangle is originating from the corner. I'm just clicking anywhere on the screen or the left mouse. And again, I'm stopping the tangled at any position depending on my knees. Right. So it is basically originating from the corner that is the name given to us, the Corner Rectangle. And as soon as I press Escape, I will be getting the weaker dimensions, which I need to convert the stronger dimensions, again depending on the work or half. So I have kind of worker those Vicodin mentioned to stronger dimensions. I can also see the distances between two rectangles, which is automatically generated by the software itself. If fear having any layout which is having multiple rectangles or multiple objects, then this particular option is quite usable photos. So it's better to align the other dimensions at a location. Our outside the basic geometry, because we have to look at the geometry which is clean and tidy enough for us to understand. And we have to arrange the dimensions in a very neat fashion. So it is a good way to convert all the dimensions and the stronger dimensions by converting and by modifying that respective lens and breadth of the rectangular an enzyme activity or working with. So this is the kinetic triangle. And let us look at the rectangle which is available to us. The second option is called Les landed rectangle. So you can create a rectangle which is having an angle. See this one, this is a standard rectangle. Or I can create a rectangular disobey, or I can create a rectangle another way. So basically totally depends on the slanting angle of the rectangle which I mourn being imagined, I have a line over here, which is an horizontal line. I have to plot a standard rectangle in this way, and I want the angle between them to be 15 degrees. That means the rectangle is now at an inclination of 15 degrees that this horizontal line, right? So this is users landed rectangle. Let me delete the options again and go to the next type of a rectangle with the centered rectangle. The name itself defines it. The tangles originating from the center. You can see or hear. The rectangle is originating from the same pole. I am clicking on the screen and I'm stopping it any location with time wanting to be stopped at. So this is the rectangle which is called less synthetic Tanguy. 6. Create a Circle: Now let us understand what is the option called dimension over here on the extreme right hand side. So as soon as I tap on the dimension, this is basically used for creating a dimension between two objects. For example, three automatically has given us a dimension called pull 50 units over here. And this dissenters between this edge and this edge. Water, if I wondered, I mentioned from the base of this rectangle to the base of this rectangle. In that case, I would have to use this option gone dimension. I need to click with the left leg. I need to go to the location. We're, I'm wondering the dimension to start from. I have this line to be selected. And after that, I need to set up the second of interest. And as soon as I'm selecting it, I need to present melancholic. I am getting a dimension which is equal to phi 36.46 units. I can change it to I can morning fire depending on the need to be fired, 30 odd in the other dimensions. So that is the purpose of this option called dimension. We can actually extract the total dimension distances of any segments of our interest. I can do in that example earlier, let me look out their distance from this edge. This edge plus some magnetic look over here, I've got the total length or the total distance to be something around 2400 with Taiwan to modify it to be 2500. And that it has, it has been modified. So this is the option called dimension, which is quite usable for the walks, what we are working with. Now let us look at the other type of rectangle which is available. That is the pattern. Look, let me just tap it. And as soon as you tap it, you have screen. You can just toggle. Anybody can just go to any corner of the screen by zooming auto zooming in and you can just click anywhere on the screen. And you can just go over the line segment. It required and you can stop anybody with the left click, then you can see the rectangle which is being created. And as it does the pattern look around, it can be pleased at any angle, depending on the need. And just clicking over the earth and amp stopping the diam, the red paddle of ram to be at this location by clicking medical record escape. After that, I can set my dimensions and I can convert them to a strong dimension. Say 140 is the total angle and the distance between this segment and the segment. I wanted it to be 1000 units, and I want this length to be around 2300. So this is the battleground wartime having over here, let me just quickly leaf up each and every rectangular area of quantitative tangle. And this wonder this slanted rectangular, it can be created with any angular inclinations. And after this, I am having a centered rectangular which is actually created with all originated trauma Santo. And after that I have a parallelogram which can be having any angle. There's a difference between slander than battering ram. This slanted is nothing but exactly rectangle, which is, which is having an inclination, which just favorited space. A petagram is having the inflammation of an angle but this segments, right? So these are the four types of rectangles that are available to us. So let us move to the next option, which is cordless circle. Yet again, we have four different types of options for us to select from. Let us start with the center and point. As the name itself tells us center and point, we have to start the cell culled from the center. We can click anywhere on the screen and we can see the circuit has been originated from the center. It can stop the leak anywhere and my circle will be stopped at that particular location. So I need to present medical clinic that itself. I have three different circles with three different diameters which shown over a year. This dimension is that our 9 thousand. Let me just keep it to the 9 thousand. And this symbol actually represents a diameter. In some cases, you will be having radius given to you and said Off diameter. In that case, you have to convert the diameter two radius by clicking on this diameter symbol and clicking on this option call radius. That cause I have a radius of 4500 over yo, say, represented by assemble corn are or electric current. And there is another way of representing the diameter, which is by using the option called linear that it is. So this is the way you can specify the diameter of your circle. And if you want, you can change the distance between the two centers of the circles to be something around 1100 or 220 something. If there is a mistaken, the sketching in the VBS getting, we can just undo the complete option by just clicking on control and said, we will be returning to our original position. I will have to enter though. Let me just change the total distance to be around 12,200. And I can also get the dimension from this center to the center by using this time and SHA-1 option, which is at only 18 thousand. So I'm sorry, I've just tabulating 100. Let me just change it to 18 thousand. Yeah. And we can also have this centre and this centre distance to be something around 3500. Ok, this is quite decent, please. The dimension over here so that it looks very clean. Yeah, so this is the total, oh, we've Econet injured or killed with their respective dimensions. So that it does look at the different circuit options which are available for us. This is a concentric. So in order to clear the concentric circle, we should have called first, this is a circle with some diameter. See around 20 thousand units, right? I need to give you the concentric circle, which is nothing but a circle. Another circle. That means just click on concentration. And this lets me tap on this circle. And after clicking on the circle automatically, I'd be having a circle which is being attached to the cursor. And I can stop the cycle at any location either inside the circle or outside. I can create any number of circles as desired. And after I'm done with my work, I just have to click them medically and dated cause I'm having the emitter circles and loop of circles. Could eat it on the screen with different, different diameters. We can chain the diameters, two radiuses, or some lineage-specific diameters depending on the need, depending on the requirement we have. And this is the way we actually create a concentric circles. After this, let us look at another type of circle, which is a 3.7. So let me just draw a line first in order to explain what is the three-point circle. It, we click on the line option. This is the second line. I'm just ran this as a random length, please don't. Why do you have or does lend them just keeping a stronger dimension so that it looks clean on the screen. This is quite larger, actually, 44 thousand is quite not on it and go to 30. So what does Creole helps us as creole gives us a set of conditions or guidelines in this particular region, it ask us to select whatever is the next step, what we want to select, OK, so when I say like this circle, I have to first select the first. And after that I have to actually select the second. I'm sorry, this is the 1.2nd and I need to select the one more point, the final point, it can be anywhere on the screen. This is the top point. I have created a circuit with three different points. That is the name given to it, a 31 circle. I can create another example for you. This is the first line, what I have, and this is done at the second line. And just imagine I have a hard line over here. I want to create a circuit with this point number 1, number 2, number three. So that when CO2 three points, I can click on the first line, Click on the second, and click on the top. So I have a circle which is touching all the three points as a desired. So this is a three-point silicon. Let me go to the option, the final option which is called a tangent circles. So let me again draw, let me draw out a quadratic tangled Foster. Okay? And let me draw another line over here. Let me draw a line over here, I'm sorry. Okay. And I want a circle which is in tangent with borderlines. Ok, so in that case, what would I need to do is I need to select the tangent circle and we can draw another line. By the way, it can be someday road here. Okay? So I need to set up the tangent circle. And it is asking me to select the start location. You can see on the left side, I have to set a start location. I need to go to the end location. And because it is the videos telling you to stop at the next end location, Let me end over here and let me go to the third location, which is something over here. And I did it as I end quarter circle, which is in tangent with the different segments which had available in order to capture clean way. And I'll just highlight the line options so that the badminton that eliminated orbitals, you can just eliminate the dimensions from this option called unselect dimensions. You can see it's a desal girl is being in tangent that this client and this segment, and this segment. 7. Create an Ellipse: Yeah, so now let us check out what is the tool which is available for us and it is Cordillera. We have five different types of Arctic step can be created in video. Today's cutting, the first one is 3. So in order to create this arc, we have to select three different points or three different locations. Like for example, I have krypton, this arc. Let me just start with the first. And you're going to observe as I'm moving to the right side, I'm getting a construction line with his executive horizontal to the first. And if it gives, I'm just moving down the line is getting eliminated, which means that the second is not in the heart is under let action with the first. So let me just go in order isn't reduction. I can also go in the vertical direction and you can see what the construction line which is being created as a reference photos. So this is a good feature didn't feel. So let me stop. This can point over here. And as soon as I'm stopping at the second, I'm getting an arc which can be stopped at any location depending on our need. So let me stop. And you can see the center of the arc which is on the upper side now just coming to the mortem section so I can stop the center at different locations. I wonder Center to be in the midpoint of the first, second of the arc so that we go to the specific location. This is the center point of the start and the end location. I want to stop my archive, this particular location. So I just need to click on the left click and I want to click Escape, or I have copied the middle flip to just come off from this thing. So you can see the arc has a dimensional radius. Does dimension can also be converted to diameter. So this is in relation with the circle because it has to be represented with diameter. Auras are collected and go to smaller dimension. This is 150 diameter. The Soviet cannot see this particular dimensions, in this case V African zoom-in using this option. Or we can use the option called refit, which at just the geometry depending on the dimension in the screen. So as soon as I click on the reef, you can see the screen Gore and the two uphill geometries in the center of the screen. Now let me just go to the next type of arc available right now. And so for this, I have two required a location which will be acting as a saint or designation of the ARG. And the center of the arc is getting originated from the center. And this is a quite a resemblance with the center circle, actually centering points silicon, but we will not be forming a circle, we will be forming an arc. So I can actually form an arc. Like for example, I can start from here and I can stop and dislocation. And this is when I'm quits is having a radius and their distance from the center to the arc plus point. I can also create a line. If I wanted. I can use this arc option. And as I'm toggling on the line extreme left-hand side you can see a point which is getting highlighted. On the middle, the midpoint is getting highlighted. And on the right-hand side, the extreme right hand point is getting highlighted. So as I'm clicking on the middle point, you can see from the midpoint that because you're getting originated. So let me start the arc in this fashion. So this is a way of arranging. And so let's just remember one thing, you know, like this option to autumn to describing right now in each of the videos in the past and the future videos, we have to understand what options are available for us to perform or to create a marble. And when we're analyzing the geometries, we have to understand what option is it acquired to create that particular feature in the geometry, right? So making sure that you understand each and every required in Creo so that you know, you can create most of the geometries which are needed for your personal works or particular research works or any kind of provoke actually. So just try to understand what are the options which are available. And you know, when we are actually practicing different geometries, we have to, we can automatically, you know, analyze and understand OK, this, for this particular feature, I will be requiring this option which is available in my hand right now. I can use an out-of-court. I can use it. So color I can use a rectangle. So didn't depends on the geometry and relating the particular feature of the geometry with the tool, which is I live it in your hand right now. So Hand in the sense the soil fair, Actually, I'm sorry for that. So let us try to see what are the types of audits which are available for us. Next one is abandoned dark. So this actually created two with three entities. So I wouldn't have to create three entities first, let me create the first entity over here. This is the first entity. Let me create another entity over here. I'm just clicking randomly because you know, you can understand the betas needed. And most of my experience, I've never used this arc in any geometry, isn't on this type of 59 we always using with the first two options. In some cases we require this type of arc as well. So I've selected on this arc and as soon as I am selecting one more entity, let me create a circle over here. Let us see what kind of odd we actually make that kind of entities available does. So as soon as I'm tapping on the earth, I'm getting a message from Creo will select start on the arc. So let me start from here. It is phantom limbs, triangle, very rocky. And as soon as I'm selecting over this, I'm getting another message, silicon location. Let me select this point. Does invocation now select the third location that we select this point as a third location so that it is headquartered arc tangent to three entities. Entity number one is a line segment which is inclined, and number two is a line segment which is audience on an entity number three. So this is the way to create an alcove. It is tangent to different entities and the literacy, what is another type? Ok. That is concentrically, This is again, very similar to the concentric circles. So we have an outgoing together to see whether we can get the content to the cup. But this, yeah, we, I didn't concentric. Ok. You can see it can create any any type of hot but this, I have a constant RCA Cauchy. It me stop over here. I can again, quarterly love. Good sight. Yeah, I can stop over here. So this is a content. Right? So let me just tell you what is a chronic. And before that just led me, keep me clear the screen. So as soon as Taconic, I have to select the first, then I have to go to the next point. And as I'm going to the next point, I will be having. You can see a code which is actually designated Viacom called row, row of Taconic recorded. Actually you can see a roller here. So you can just teach or any value and different thing on the value that you will be having. You can see the range activators from 0.005 to 0.09 actually. So let me just bypass 0.9. That is a different way of arranging of the aquatic and I can adjust the distance between two points, is the angle of inclination to be something around your turkey or anything. And let me just keep this to be around 100. And you can see the Guernica was formed right now, right? So this iconic caucus created actually, let me delete it. Now let us go to the next option which is cordless ellipse. The ellipse, I have two options which acts as an ellipse and center AND gate. So let me click on axis and so we can see the originating Herodotus actually happening earlier. This is the first ten. I can create the ellipse in any angle actually. So let me go to the horizontal width. Second line, second. And actually as soon clicking on the extreme right-hand end, though ellipses being originated, you can against hopper docking location. I have talked it over here. And this is the major axis and this is the minor axis of the ellipse, which I need to convert it to the strong diamond by tapping, double-clicking on it. Or I can use an option called mortify over here, which I'll be telling you later. Okay, so this is an ellipsoid which is created from the end-to-end. So let me just panned to the right side and let me use another way of creating ellipse. This is the Saint-Etienne axis. So you, It's quite similar to the centre circle centered rectangular type. So in this case you can see you and I'm tapping on this I1, my second ellipse to be having a center which is in line with this particular ellipse which have already created. So you can see that I have created this particular ellipse and I'm moving on this, I'm just toggling understanding. And you can see I'm getting a construction sampled nine. So this is the center from the center of my ellipse is being created. Vertical ellipse now. And you can see I can just move to the left or to the right. Depending on this topic over here. And this is the ellipse bit is being created from the center. So this is the median and mine at axises Goggle Antietam depending on the need. To modify this tangled becoming over here in this multi-phase action, I need to pipe over the internet. So modifying is nothing but changing the Diamond Rio. So I just have to say Allegri dimension and we want to modify and facilitating audit. I have to go to the mortify option. Actually comes into the option called editing. So when I'm clicking on modifying, I'm getting the time machine over here in this dialog box. And I need to achieve their dimension to be around, say for example, 3 thousand and just predicting missing and garden picking. Ok. So this is the next way of modifying the dimensions. But usually Identity Finder is very simple for us to play icon. There dimension itself, fan, just double-click the main mission. You will be having them edit option and you can change it to the desired dimensions is 3500 is a desired option. Just imagine for guess what? These are the two different methods of creating ellipse. Let us go to the next video. 8. Create a Spline : Let us look at the next option, which is called Les spline. And before that, let me just delete all the segments by the way, one more. Another data is another method of getting the segments what data available for us? Let me use this option quantity lead segment. So when I'm using the option called delete segment, I just have to click on delete segment. I need to go to that acquired segment where I want to delete and just click on this segment. There it is. Look the VM deleting the segments, right? This is done at the VA of deleting the segments audience. I can just scratch it on the screen to screen is contour, segment is gone. For example, this is the rectangular Tf. Let me go to the segment. I can delete me please eigenvalues in nine ways or I can just scratch reiterate it. And I don't want that section 2B that needed actually. So that is another way of deleting the segment, which is have a little bit on the screen. So let us now look at the option guards line which is available. So a spline I generally use it for. And there are plenty of applications is playing, but I will be actually using it for creating aero foils. Aero foils are nothing but the cut section of a wing, aircraft wing. So I'll just show you an example. How do I use a spline for aero foil actually. So in order to create NO2 foil, did our plenty of for database I will have been online for us. We're, you know, we can download the coordinates of the aero foil, x and y coordinates. And if we want to plot the data foil in the sketching, in the chaos of fear with the help of coordinate, which is a very time taking tasks because you know, foreign aero foil, you will be having around 20 to 30 points, x and y coordinates. So it is very difficult for us to cleared that particular aero foil. In that case, we will be using this nine. So before that, let me just show you the points of aero foil. Once again. Yeah. So I have just opened and a set of coordinates for off on edX idle foil. So these are the x, y, and z coordinates you can see on the screen. So you can just see the count of arrow and coordinates what we have in the hand. So if fear one thing, this coordinates to be plotted in 30, it is generally very difficult for us to do point by point. So in that case, you know, spline is actually used. So I'll just show you the way how I'm actually using this plane. So in order to do that first, what I'll be doing is I'll be using a coordinate system. So coordinates system is nothing but x, y, and z directions. These are the coordinates with VSV kind you're not aligned and we can refer the total dimension with this coordinate system having an origin. So first let me create a coordinate system randomly at any particular location. So this is the coordinate system that I have created by clicking on the liquid on the screen. And right after that, you know, I have to create a nine. And let me clear it align horizontally. And let me keep the unit of a line to be around no one. Unit one unit ended majors at referred. Yeah. So I gotta line which is having a valuated gland and let me just keep it aside. So I want an aero foil. And what I'll be doing is I'll be using this blind right now. I'll be creating us flying. Randoms plying, right? So before there's our initial u in this area, what is the supplying unit we can create spectacle line actually. So generally a line is a very straight segment where does blindness is pedicle line. So we can create this blind with any GV in any direction and we can stop it at any location desired by just clicking my they'll click. So I believe this total segment for confusion, I'll just use the dream segment. I can just scratch it. There it is, right? So come back to this. The geometric modeling of air file. I have created a spline with two points. There are two points over here, which is having its own x and y coordinate. And I have an ETL foil list of coordinates over a year that are most, you know, 20 or 22, I believe more than 30 coordinates over here. I one does coordinates to be plotted on this line in a very neat fashion. So what do I do? I need to just double-click on the spline. And when I'm double-clicking on this spline, I'm getting some options over here, right? So I need to go to file over here. And from file first I would have to select the coordinate system. I have selected this coordinate system and then go to Coordinate System number over here. Right? After that, I need to select the Notepad file. Wait, I've saved in my system, I need a browser. So I'll just quickly go over there. And after selecting, I have to actually, once again yep, dot on it appoints. So let me go and import. And I'm selecting import, I'm getting a look, a confirmation message I just have to tap. Okay. And the editors, I got the aero foil coordinate pointed. Just click OK, there it is. My spline is now kind of wandered into very named be aligned aero foil coordinate. My nu, this is the upper section of the aero foil. I have to, for aero foil, I needed lowest section and this on it or aero foil, what I've selected as a symmetric aero foil, that means the upper surface is actually similar to the lowest surface. So in that case, you know, I can use an option called mirror submitter is nothing but, you know, reflecting the same surface on the opposite side. So in that case was let me delete this line segment by using the delete command or the delete segment and the unit of protein lenses one unit. And let me go to the option call. And it may select the spline first in order to use the mid adoption. Initially it is not highlighted. You can see by these options, other options at highlighted but emitter is unhighlight it. Okay, so we need to select the segment which we need to mirror first. So this is the spline would tiny emitter as soon as I'm selecting on the line, you can see the middle is now highlighted. That means I can utilize this option right now. So when I'm clicking on mirror now MDD, this Creo soffit is asking me to select the center line. So I wonder x-axis to be the center line. And as soon as I'm selecting the x axis, I am getting a need cough, exactly matching the applica on the other side of x axis. So this is the mirror. And this is an airfoil which is created using an option called splines. A spline is a very important option if you are actually working in aerospace related applications and we have to create aero foils with plenty of coordinates I will label in our hand. So what could be the another option? Which new V would be doing it? So you know, generally what they do is they'll be using a point option. And you know, they will be inclined to plot all the type B or the 50, whatever the count of points we have. And they will be creating each point, then they will be joining those points with the option galled spline. And it is very or, you know, you can see the complexity involved over urine. You can see the number of dimensions over here. So our job is to reduce the work. We have to utilize the options in the best possible way and we have to create the geometries inadequate got time. You can see the dimension daughter you have. I only have one dimension for this. The starting point and ending point to total chord of the airfoil is one unit. And you can see the simplicity if I'm just neglecting because diamond is that right now, then I am having only one dimension over here and another dimension over here. Whereas if, if somebody is trying to create an aero foil using this technique, creating points and you're not just trying to join them with the spline. So this is a very complicated technique because it is having lot of confusion in many dimensions available over here. So this is the end of the video, which is actually explaining us and the way to use a spline. Thank you. 9. Datum references in Sketch: So far, we have discussed the sixth type of sketching tools in the 2D sketching. Those are line, rectangle, circle, spline, ellipse, and arc. Now before moving forward or discuss the other set of options in sketching, let us discuss what is a datum. So datum is nothing but a reference. Or Datum can be a plane, it can be a coordinate system. It can be a point, it can be an axis or a center line. So what is the function or what is the need for datum? So whenever we are working on layouts or Vn, Vn, whenever we are working to create a geometry, there are some particular features in the geometry that are referred to specific locations and ICT. So this might be sounding a bit confusing for you when we are trying to solve the sample exercises. There you will be understanding the functionality of the Tatum's so that it doesn't now just see a basic example or basic methodology to use the datum. Let me start the coordinate system. So Coordinate System is the basic type of a reference or a datum, which is nothing but x, y, and z axis. As we are working in the Duties section, currently, we are able to see the x and y-axis, the screen which are perpendicular to each other. And you can also see the zed axis and the letter Zed written which indicates that axis. And for your information, does it accesses but perpendicular to the screen. So that is the case. We are not able to see does it access? And we, in order to use the coordinated system, you just have cut back on the coordinate system and click anywhere on the white-collar screen. So as I have already selected, the coordinate system might cause that was showing me the coordinate system attached to it. Now I have escaped in the coordinate system has been disappeared. So let me just click on the coordinate system and it may just plays the coordinate system at any specific location. Let me just place it over here. I have my coordinate system. Now, if there is a requirement for me to create another coordinate system, I can continue to click at any other location and I can just continue clicking numerous number of coordinate systems. In the software Creo, there is no particular limit of creating the number of atoms. We can create numerous and multiple number of items for our referencing basically. So in this case, let me show you with only one coordinate system. So let me just press Escape automated click. There it is. A term has been disappeared. So now I have the coordinate system on my screen. So whenever I'm plan of plotting mole sketch on the screen right now, you may be noticing that the sketches that referring to the coordinate system. Okay, let me show you an example. For example, let me create acidic. So kilobits enter in point. Let me try to create a circuit at some distance from the datum, okay, let me just try to get it in this area. So this is the way I have to just click anywhere on the screen and click on Edit. So myCircle is ready and now I have to just press the middle click. That it is, you can see that the center of the circle is now referred with respect to the coordinate system. So you can see the circle having a diameter of something around 5.8, is having a distance of 8.8 units from the origin in the x direction. And it is having a distance of like 0.5.46 from the origin in the y direction. So you can see that the circle is actually referring to the datum coordinate system. So in this way I can create another set off sketch. For example, let me just try to create a rectangle, width centered rectangle having the origin of the rectangle at the origin of the coordinate system. So we just try to draw it. That it is I have a rectangle right now, and this is again having its own dimensions. These are just examples. So and at present scenario I am not bothered about the dimensions. I am only trying to x, I'm only trying to explain your waters that datums. So we have quite understood what is a coordinate system which is very simple, right? So now let us try to delete the geometry sketch and let us try to use the another type of or datum, which is a center line, which is most commonly used in most of the cases. In order to use a centerline, the processes similar to the earlier option, what we have seen, we just have to click on the center line and followed by, we just have to click on the screen at any specific location. So it is generally a good technique to have a center alignment of screen before starting any sketch. So I usually plot a vertical line and a horizontal line because this will be acting as references for me in my drawings which are perpendicular to each other. And I can also clear the center line at any angle whenever, wherever desired or whatever angle the desired. Like for example, this angle is around 75. If I want this angle to be with respect to the horizontal, I can again delete this 75 degrees, and now I have 15 degrees over here. I wanted to be 45. So the angle of the center line is with respect to the horizontal center line, which is around 45 degrees, right? So what is the purpose of center lines? Let me show you an example. Imagine I want to create a circle, a series of circles. I want them to be something around 45 degrees. Like you know, I want them to be in a collinear line. Ok? So it is quite difficult for me to mass the lying and difficult. We cannot assume that the centers. The center of the circular Lyell falling on the same line, right? So if I have a center line from, I mean, I just have to plot a center line which is inclined. And I can create this alkyl which centers on the center line. So it is quite easy for me in this case, right now to create circles or any geometry which are falling on the same line. So this is the basic use of center lineman data multiple uses. Let me show you one more case. It may not deleted. Let me just zoom out. Okay, let me go to this section and let me try to yet another center line, a horizontal center line, ok? And this having a distance of around 120 from the top center line, let me just make it a strong dimension. And you can also create symmetrical sketches. Symmetric in the sense, if we are dividing the sketching tool, exactly half, you will be having the same section on the right-hand side and on the left-hand side, and the minimum distance, everything would be similar. So let me just show you how to do that. So when I'm clicking on this circle, imagine I'm starting with the Corner Rectangle. And let me just start from the left hand side of this vertical center line. Let me start from here. And as I'm moving to the right side, you can see the cursor is stopping at the first location, that is the center line itself. I want to continue to my rectangle to the other side of the center line. And as I'm just scrolling to the right side, you can see the coasts that is automatically stopping over here. And I'm getting a symbol of symmetry on the left corner you can see, yeah, this is a symbol of symmetry. So right now my eyes, so rectangle, which I'm going to clear this symmetric with respect to the vertical axis. And I can actually proceed this till the base of the coordinate system on the sand out of the center line, okay, can stop a dislocation. And I have a symmetric rectangle in this case. And whenever I'm changing the dimension of this rectangle, for example Dembo and to change it to be something around 25. So you can see the change will be with respect to the both the sides. Okay. See you can see the changes with respect to the both the sides. Let me show you an adult example on this side. Let me clear TO center line and imagine the rectangle wartime going to create right now is not symmetric. So I just have to start from this point and it may not stop at the symmetric. Let me just continue and move forward to other end. This is not a symmetric rectangle. In this case, the dimensions or the width of the rectangle will not be changing with the symmetry. Okay, for the exam, but I wanted to be I can 25. There it is. I mean, it is not symmetry. Admitted slide to show you an adult example, it means it's tied to increase by 55. You can see that there is no symmetry in the rectangle. Whereas in this case, as I have created a symmetric rectangle, whatever dimension I'm entering that I mentioned will be equally divided into quarters sites. So similarly, I guess Similarly I can create a symmetry in this fashion. Say for example, I can go down from here and I can stop at the somatic location. And I can just continue till whatever length I want. So this is again a symmetric. You can see a symbol, click symbol over here. And the symbols what you are seeing are actually called as constraints. And these are located on the right-hand side. So I will be discussing about these in the next videos. So it does not do worry about distinct and just tried to understand the basic datum we have in this video software right now. Okay? So there's another datum which is commonly used, probably depending on the application you're working with. And that is a point. So this is again used for referring the sketch. For example, I have a point over here. I can refer my sketches. Let me just try to go over the silicon itself. I can have though, center of the circle. I can refer the center of the circle with respect to this point. Let me go to their dimensions and just click on dimensions. Click the center of the circle and click the point. I want this distance, the horizontal distance to be changed so that admin just clicked immediately Colbert here. I quarter distance to be modified according to my need and let me try to keep it as 150. There it is. So the center of the circle is now with respect to the point which I have created. And again, the point can be referred to the centre line. Point can be changed with this, okay? For example, this distances with respect to the center of this rectangle, I can chain this distance to be around two to 50. And I can also further this point with respect to any other feature or sketch which is present on the screen. Or guy can refer this saint of at the center of the circle. This point with the center of the circle and medically cleared example, I'll just try to show again the first click, the second block, and the mid and click. So I got this seemed to be around 530. I can modify it to be something around 600. You can see the point has moved to the right side. It just referred. Yeah. So these are the three commonly used datums which are available. And there is another, you know, you can be observing one thing over here on the screen that we have the items listed on the left side, the terms like industry and other sketching category. So that datums which are listed in the sketching category are actually, you know, you can understand the difference when you're working in the 3D module. So if imagine we are working in the 3d more do pleasantly. And after creating a sketch, that 2D sketch when VR returning back to the 3D module, though, the attempts created in the sketching will be disappeared. They will not be seen in the screen. On the screen Vedas there datums which are via using the global datums, we called them. Okay, these will be seen and seen on the screen. Okay, I will be showing you this difference when we add into the 3D AS module of the videos, will give i w can see their colour difference also, there is a difference between port the baby items. You can see the center line. For example, I'm using the center line as my tool of furtherance. And let me just create over here, I'm just creating an inclined line. And you can see that it is a little bit different in shading. Okay? This is my kind of local level, right? So there is a difference of the data which we are using in the sketching module. And they'll global datums which are available on the left side. So this is a double datums. Let us move to the next video. 10. Create Fillets in Sketch: In this video, let us discuss the remaining set of options which are available in sketching of the video barometric software. Okay, so, so far I have covered the line rectangles, circles, blind ellipse, arc. And I have also discussed the border datums. Let us now discuss what is filtered shame for it and at the other options which are available for us. Okay. So let me start with the Philip first. In order to show what is the functionality of Villette. Let me clear to line first or let me clear draw rectangle. So I would be computing a corner rectangle which is originating from the corner. And let me just place it at this point. Let me change the dimensions to be something around seven hundred and four hundred. And these are just examples. Now the corners of the rectangular sharpened pointed. I actually now want them to be around. And so in that case, I would be required to use the option called fled. So under further, there are multiple options. Again for us, let us discuss one by one each of the options. Let us start with a circular for LET. Let me click on this glove relate. Then I have to go to the location V8. I would like to clear it around. So you can see the videos giving me an option over the year, select two Mbps. So let me go to the first entity that misspecified to pick the first horizontal line that it is noted make leak on the second line. Here it is. Now you can observe over here, the corner has been transformed to a so called, I'm into around with somebody ideas that is 51.10 units. And if I want to order the dimension or the radius, I can just double-click honored. And I have put just modify though by emissions such as 45. So right now I got to Philip or I caught a corner which has been converted into a round section. So let me try to show you what is the difference between the first and the second type of folate? The first type is a circular for lead and the second one is a circular trim for let. So let me just click on the circular trim. And again, I have to select two entities. And the Salford is telling you to send me the 22 d. So let me go to this corner. That icon does. So let me just founded the right site. Yeah, let me read the middle mouse button and click on the first NTP and the second in dB. And let me just get the middle button. I can change the dimension or the radius to be something around 45. And let me try to push off this diamond inside for somebody's and I'll just show you and let me try to decrease the weight of both distances. Could be something around 300. I'm sorry. Let me just try to keep it. 300. Now. Let me just zoom in. Now you can see the difference in the first for lead. We have well construction line to be seen. This actually presents the previous corner. Whereas in the second Option we have what we have used that as the filtered but the trim, the circular drum. You will not be seeing the reference call under the previous reference coordinate of it has been converted to a full lead to outer radius, right? So this is the difference between the general circle affiliate and the other circular trim for let, let me try to use dot-dot options right now. And you know, you can just modify the dimensions. And those dimensions can be again converted to diameter. And we can just try to keep this as an ADS to show the difference between what the dimensioning and now didn't like to use the typeof forget pitches. I have a W4 us at the other two corners of the rectangle. Let me tied to reduce this distance to be something C15. And let me just zoom in. And let me try to click on the elliptical. Select. And I have to set up two entities. The first entity is to vertical line, second entity is still horizontal line. And elliptical filler does nothing but an ellipse. This is a quarter section of the ellipse. But there's one way, didn't mind it Axis. I meant the semi-major and semi-minor axis. Imagine if he would have to create an ellipse. But this dimensions of theme would be the and for example, this would be something that I want 60. Kim just giving an example to show you the elliptical design over here. So this is the semi minor axis, and this is the semi-major axis. And this can be used at the corners and wherever desired. And you can see the difference. This is a circular shaped, this is an elliptical shape. And if you only can alter the minor axis distance to be something around 45, I'm just giving you an example and before that as needed. So generally we will be in the geometries which we are working with. We will be given this data I'm in. Third, this dimensions will be given to us. And we have to plot that applicant funded. And let me try to use the elliptical trim. The difference is the same. We have to select the corners. And the editors, I got the corner converted to elliptical, flirt with no reference in the background as seen in the earlier case of circular trim for let. So this is the difference between the four types of alerts to r, basically circular in nature and the other two are elliptical in nature. And the trim and the non trim has a difference of background references. The basic one will be having a reference as shown in the screen right now. And in the clean version, we would not be having any definite in the background. So this is all about fillets. 11. Create Chamfer in Sketch: In this video, let me try to explain what is a team for. A team photos, nothing but creation of sharp edges. At the corners. For example, I have created a rectangle. Hosts lender, something around say 200, and the Buddism thing around a 100. Okay? And I have to use the time toward option right now for using the TAM for, I just have to click on the tamper and select two entities. Let me start with this corner. Select the first tended to be the vertical edge and the second and the horizontal edge. As soon as I have tapped on the second NDP, the quadrotor has been cut to A-flat edge as seen in the screen. So this distance can be altered to be something around 2025. It actually depends on the work which we are working with. We can change it to any dimensions. Generally, this jam footing is actually uniform on Pluto sites in most of the cases, whereas it is also non-uniform. So let me just try to keep it uniform and decide. And it may try to showed you the other option which is every little bit in time forever, which is Stamford to them. And this is quite similar to the previous fillets. What we have seen, red in the background has been eliminated. And you can see that the dimensioning of the chamber, it is also with respect to the total length of the rectangle. So if I have to order this length, you can see there is a radiation and this particular chamber. So if I can alter this lambda again from 150, you can't do the template has been modified. So this is the basic difference between Stanford and time for dram. You will not be seeing any previous bag around the corner which was existing in the previous before tampering. And in the earlier case that non-motor, the normal chain 30 will be seeing the previous corner as it references. So this is all about Sampler. Let us go to the next video. Thank you. 12. Use of Text command: In this video, let us see and discuss what is it text option. So text is nothing by writing something on the screen. So an example, let me start with the center line. This is the vertical center line. This is a horizontal selling center line rather than good. Now, let me write something on the screen. So I have cooked for writing something on the screen. I have cochlear Condor Text option and I have to liquor to location where I want to start my text from. In this case, let me start from this point. And it means top over here. Their distances with which I'm moving forward recombines the height of the letters. Okay, so let me just tie it to stop at this point. And as soon as I'm clicking on that particular location, you can see their distance to be tapped into. That means whatever I will be writing that I've now we will be having go. The height of the letter will be something around 10.8632. So it doesn't admit I didn't example ascii o dynamic drink and just me. Let me just zoom out. You can see those same reward war type written over yo. I can modify though, would lead us by changing its form. Like on heavier you or anything we needed R which is desired. It mistake to this point right now. And you can see the line which I've created. It has a distance, something that on 32, I can modify the distance and it can either decrease it or increase it. I can also change the location of the particular originating of the center word. First net dough from the center line with respect to x and y-axis is. And let me just try to look around with other options. I can try routine the aspect ratio. You can see as I'm just dragging the slider towards the right and left, the aspect ratio is increasing and decreasing. I can also try to increase this land tangle ou r. I can try to decrease this line tangled. And we have another option over the year with respect to the position. And now got into the line is on the left-hand side. I'm in the first letter and doorbell award. What I'm writing is on the right-hand side of the line. And if I want the line to be in the same total, third quartile award, I have to select the option called horizontal, then click consent. Oh, now you can see the line has been positioned in the same node and avoid is equally divided in both the sides. And immediately I have another option coordinate, right? The line as being placed in the right side, extreme diets, the total Word and the Word has been shifted to the left hand side or the text. What I have written over here. I can also change the orientation with respect to the vertical positions. Like I can try to keep it medal or I can try to keep it top. And let me just try to keep it Medal. And so these are the basic options which we have in the text. And these are actually used for writing any, any nodes. When we. Creating a blueprint of the geometry via data. Some, in some instances, data shortened nodes in one or two sentence which are done. And though Liao In the blueprint and that particular requirement we have for you is just text option. And we can convert the message of HBR wanting to be conveyed to the manufacturer by writing something in the blueprint. So these are the options which are commonly available indexed and let me disclose it. And let me just try to go to the next important option, which is nothing but offsetting. Offsetting is nothing but creating a same feature, maximum distance from the first feature. So let me try to show you an example, a thirt. Let me try to create a line first. This is the basic example, Lord, I'm showing you. So let me play it with the 9 first. I have created a horizontal line earlier. And let me not be bothered about the dimensions right now. So I'm pushing their dimensions on extreme corners. And let me try to click on the opposite option. As soon as I clicked on to offset the line has been selected and I'm getting an ad over here. So this arrow represents the direction of offsetting the particular feature. In this case, the feature is a nine. So I have to enter some distance n values. And after entering their distance, the particular feature, that is the line, would it be created exactly with this distance? So I have created a 25-year units of distance which mod with respect to the total length of the line. I, let me try to undo Word and I'm going to click on offset. So in this case, you can see that the atom has not been generated automatically, didn't I was getting up and Ofwat and getting two units. This is because I have unselected the nine. How did I unselect design? I have just clicked on divide screen. Imagine if you have selected the line. And now if I am clicking on opposite, I will be getting the offset Van Gogh barrier, right? So sometimes you know, you would be having a set of lines in your geometry. So it is basically required for us to select or deselect the total features or the total line segments, then vf could click on the opposite button. And selling condos required line or the segment which few weren't offset ID. So in this case, let me just click on Offset and let me click on single. And I've clicked on the line and quarter distance to be entered in this particular window. Let me just try to enter to be 1 fifth B. You can see I gordon line, which is exactly the same length as the first nine, but the distance between the first, second line is something that on 150. So let me play it too absurd on the upper side. So let me again be select the lines just by clicking on the right-hand side. And let me now go to offset option. And let me now select the line. In order to create a line on the upper side of the basic line, the main feature or the parent veto VF two. In this case, I would have to enter the negative of the rally which I wanted. Select me into negative. And you can see that I will be getting the line exactly on the upper side of the deep Aaron Klein. There it is. So we have to live with the positives and negatives to team the direction of the offset, right? So let me now try to, Can you detect pangolin, right? Let me try to offset the different line segments of the rectangle. So let me just try to close and let me delete all the lines in one step. Now let me create a rectangle. Now audit me start the rectangle. The corner of the rectangle could be from the intersecting point of two center lines. Okay? And it may just create Glickman adclicks somewhere on the screen. I got the total length and the width of the rectangle to be something that aren't in thousands. Let me just change them to be some precise values. This is around let me just keep it 1250 units, okay? Now I have clicked on the light scream and I have not selected any line segment. Now let me directly equal to offset button. And when I'm gluten to offset, it is asking me what type of obstacle you wonder. Do you want to single offset the, you want a chain ofs into you want to loop offset. So single of citizen I think good selecting a single individual line segment, right, which we have already seen in the previous case. Let me select chain opposite edge. Xin option is I think births electing multiple number of lines given vf selector to multiple number of lines, does click on Accept and enter the location. The distance should be something around 45. You can see I got the two lines which are offset it with the parent line at some distance, nichols 45, which I've entered. Okay? So this is the routine is used imaginary 1to complete rectangle to be offset. Okay, in that case I would be happening, I'm in, I would have to require my sent to select option called loop. Okay, so let me just undo the previous option and let me just go back to offset again. Now click on loop. And when we add a clicking on loop, it is not required for us to select all the edges. I believe if VS electing the first edge or distort Lee in a forest may describe it, this NCBI that it is happening or No, I have clicked on the first edge. So the EU has as young as I've selected the loop option over here. And does all fit is assumed that I am considering the total loop that begins the rectangle in this case, and you can see the direction it is showing outward. So whatever direction the distance I'm entering in this particular window, I wouldn't be having the exact feature at that particular distance from the parent by Baden feature. Okay. So let me try to render something around 400 and let me see how Resnick book I have to click. Yes. So I CTO I got those rectangle which is exactly at a distance of 400, because I have entered offset, offset bits tends to be something around 409 caught off septa. I got adopted feature. So this is the option called offset, which is widely used for numerous applications, especially when we are designing and v, Well, we're working in 2D cases, right? So coming good Tikkun. I will be showing you the ticket option in the 3D. So let us try to keep that for future. And let me go to the next options in the next video. Thank you. 13. What is Pallete?: In this video, let us discuss the next option that is pallet. So pilotitis, collection of set of sketches or set off shapes which can be readily accessed at any particular time. Okay, so and I'm just clicking on the palette. I'm getting a window. And this window I will be having different options like polygons, profile shapes, and stars. So imagine I, I need a polygon. Knauf says excited. So I just have to, let me start with the first case, for example, three-sided triangle. I just have to click on the first option and just have to drag it on the screen. And here it is. Having my triangle, a three sided polygon. And I have to enter the basic options. The first option on the extreme right side is the scaling factor. So this is 72 times. And let me just try to go to, to scaling factor one and let me try to just click yes. And let me just zoom in. And you can see the edge as I've scaled the scaling factor to be one, the edge of the polygon is having a unit one. So depends on the scaling factor. If I have selected some other scaling factor, I will be getting the edge of the polygon to be that particular number. So similarly, I am having different polygons over here, and we can select any polygon which is required photos. And there are some profiles which are readily available like see profile, high-profile and profile. The procedure is same for all of the sketching pilots which are available for us. We just have to drag and drop. You will be getting the total section or any polygon. On just kidding, we have to enter the scaling factor, say it is one. And just click on Yes. Just resume to refit. Let me just drag the pilot over here. You can see I've got this section on the screen. And you can see I can modify though distances with respect to my need. And I can apply to import another section also by dragging and dropping, I can enter the scaling factor to be something around 0.5. And I also have some other options which are available over here. And this is nothing but the angular radiation. I can't change the angular rotation to be 15 degrees. You can see the sketch has been looked at, are rotated or the profile has been rotated. So whenever 35mm satisfied with the options, with the numbers, what I'm entering, I can just press yes. And I would be having the geometry on my screen. And there are some shapes as when we can try to select any shape in whichever it is needed for us. For example, I want the oval. And I can drag on this center option two located at any other location. Say I want to be I want this complete section to be placed on this center line. It has been located over here. If I wonder Dragon or keep it at other location, I need to double-click and it will just drag it and specify the location and the mouse. And I can just try to modify those scaling factor to be one unit and press. Yes. So I got the all well over a year. And this is the way ballots are used. So basically, if you have seen my earlier video, especially in the video resurrecting the uses of spline. I have created an aero foil in that case. So when I'm actually working with the three-dimensional modelling of the aero foil. That does the three-dimensional modeling of overlapping. So it is very difficult for me or it has waited time taken for us to create an aero foil. In the 3D module. I mean, we don't want to waste our time by creating the aero foil again and again at different, different locations of the wing, right? So what do we need to do is we need to create the aero foil in the 2D sketching module and we need to save it. We need to see if this sketch by clicking on File and Save, right? So as we are clicking and saving the sketch, your sketch will be saved in the documents. You can see I've created some sketches earlier. I don't remember what does it let me just try to click the first option and see watertight created. Yeah, this was just a sample case which I was working with. So as I have already created earlier, and I've just saved this sketch, and you note that scatters actually easily I exist in the padlet. So whenever I wanted the same sketch, eigen, just drag-and-drop, I will be getting the same skills. And I can chain though conditions what I wanted, the rotation or the scaling factor, et cetera. So maidenly I've just tried to sample with some other scarce let me see what is it? It is nothing but a line. Okay, so likewise in or you can just try to save an aero foil. And you know, whenever you are working in a previous section, you can directly import their profile from the palette. And you can continue the lifting of the air moving at, using the aero foil at different different locations to this actually saves your time basically. So this is the functionality of pallet. So let me just stop the video over here. 14. Sketch Editing Tools: As we have already covered the datum and the types of data when Cleopatra metric, I will not be covering the sketching datums again, because the functionality of this datum and the global datum is similar to each other. But we have a difference in the center line, which is seen in this getting category. So just let me try to show you what is the other type of center line which is available for us, and that is the center line tangent. So let me just try to show you by sketching the circle of some diameter or radius, say to something around 20. And let me try to create another circle of something around 28 again. And I can just modify the distances between the centers. If I wanted to modify it. And I just wanted to continue with the same. So the gentle conventional center line is justice, horizontal administrative line, which we can create with any angles as desired, at any location as desired, right? So a center line with the tangent is something different. We can create a centered line which is tangent to the entities. So this is especially used for curved surfaces. We can have we where we are, where there is a possibility of creating a tangent line. Okay? So let me just click on center line and tangent and let me, you know, the Kryo us giving us additional earlier to select the start location on arcs colored ellipse, right? So let me start my underlying from V0 and let me go to the end location. And it automatically understands and stops at the location which is tangent. Ok. So you can see to stopping at this point, let me just click the left leg and the editors I CTO reference line. And this is a tangent to both the entities. And this way I can just work with my sketch. So this is about the center line and that is our tangent into line. Ok. So let us try to go to the other options in editing. Let me delete the total sketches. So the first option, what we're finding in the editing option as the modify option. I have already discussed about this. If I have, see, say I have a coordinate system and I have a line which is originating from the center and it is just topping at this particular location. And the dissent is something around 550. Okay? And generally if I want to modify so far, I'm using a technique of clicking on the dimension itself, double-clicking on the dimension, and I'm just modifying the dimension as desired. Okay? But there is another option for us. We can modify the dimension by clicking on the modify option. And before that we have to select the dimension which you want to modify it and silicone modified. So automatically we will be getting a window. We can just modify over here itself. So this is not generally used, but there is an option, we just have to be aware of all the options. I see it, the modification on the line and let me change it to vertical higher numbers. 200 units. You can see those green and you can see the line has been modified to a 100 units. So this is something about modification or modify option in the editing category. Now what does a divide option? Dividing is I think bird splitting the line segment into multiple lines segments. Okay? And let me just click on the belied option and I can divide the total line by n number of small segment. Okay? You can see as, as soon as f Babylon, the divide option, I'm Michael, cities actually changing to a black color and I'm getting a cross mark where I can stop it at the particular line segment at any location. If I want the line to be divided into exactly two halves, I am getting a physician at the midpoint. And if I just click over there, my line will be divided into two points. That is two segments and the segment one, segment two, you can see there is a division of the line, right? I can divide the nine into n number of segments, 123. And on this side and again and again and again. So this division can happen and number of times. This is the way you can divide the line and you can vary those segment distances with each other also. So this is the way that division or the divide option is used. So let me delete the line. It may delete the complete coordinate system. And let me show you what is emitter. So let me draw a centerline first. Okay, and let me try to draw an example of a rectangle. Rectangle. I want the complete rectangle, which is placed on the left-hand side of the center line at a distance of 33 units. I want this total rectangle to be placed exactly on the right-hand side of the center line. So as basic option is to just click on the rectangle and tried to create a rectangle on the side. And try to see that the distance between the center line and the rectangle on the right hand side is equal to the distance between the center line and the rectangle on the left hand side. But this is a, this is not the right V, which we can proceed a bit. We have an option called mirror. So whatever feature you want to mirror, you just have to select the feature. So in this case I'm referring to feature because you know, most of the work which we are doing in carry-over be three-dimensional work, right? They're, you know, you cannot take a rectangle or a circle always we have to refer the term corn features because different geometries have different features. Like for example, if you consider a car, you have sideview mirrors on both the sides. So psi RTD is a feature in the total geometry and it is placed on both the sides, symmetric to the vertical axis. And if you imagine, if you are designing a car with a sideview mirror as the basic feature in the total car. And if you want to mirror that feature on the right-hand side, you have to use the meter option. So in that case you have to select the feature first as I'm selecting the rectangle in this, then you have to click on the meter option. As soon as you click on the edit option, could he was giving the notification to select the center line and let me click on the center line. As soon as I'm clicking on the centerline, I am having the same feature on the right-hand side. So this is the emitter option is used. You can again mirror what the things that we tried to mirror them in different ways. So let me try to select both the features. Let me click on Select the horizontal center line. There it is. So the distance between the upper TO features and the lower two features is similar. So this is the way corruption is used. So let me try to explain what is a corner. So for that, let me try to show you. Let me create a sketch of line sample line segments in this way. So pardon my chicken scratch. And I have this two line segments which are which is having an inclination with each other and some distances. Okay. I'm not bothered about the distances that I'd not because I'm trying to explain you the functionality of the Corner feature, corner option in the editing segment. So whenever I want this particular tool lines to form a corner, so I have to delete this segment and this line. And I wanted this, I would have predicted that this region of the nine, okay, then I will be having girl lying in this fashion, in a cross fashion, okay, slanted fashion. So let me just try to show you the Cournot option. I have to click on corner. So does nothing but selecting of two entities to trim the extract portion of the entity, select the first line. Select the second line that it has, the additional reason has been trimmed off. So this is the function of corner option. And I have already discussed about the delete segment. I can either delete the total sketch segment by segment r. You can just try to scratch it completely. And you can just delete the total sketch or segments which are available. So these are the options which are present in editing. So let me conclude the video over here, and in the next video, let us discuss about the constraints. 15. Vertical, Horizontal, Perpendicular and Tangent Constraint: In this video, let us discuss what are the different types of constraints. So firstly, what is the constraint? A constraint is a condition that defines the geometry of the NDP or a relationship among different NTPs. Constraints can refer to a geometry entities or construction entities. In order to use the constraints. And we must first understand that most of the constraints are automatically, or most of the sketches are automatically constraint. And they're also dementia. And at every stage of sketch creation, basically it helps to keep the sketch is solved. But sometimes we can use the options and we can apply a constraint to the sketch. So let us try to see the first type of constraint. That is what? So in order to explain that when let me consider a line and let me draw an inclined line. And the dimensions are hidden. They just yeah, so they are visible right now. This is an inclined line and this is not constrained right now because I'm not getting any symbol of constraints. And let me try to convert this line into vertical line by using the constraint option. So let me, after drawing the line, let me just select the vertical constraint. And as soon as I select the vertical constraint, I am getting a message over here that this selector line or two points. So one more thing, friends, you can observe that whenever I'm selecting any of the options, right, any of the options mentioned in this toolbox. The cursor turns into black color light. Let me show you again. So right now I don't have any option selected. And to lead me to select the vertical constraint. And you can tell the color of the cursor turns to black color, right? So that indicates that the cursor is presently holding some of the option which has to be implied on the sketch, right? And if you want to get back to the normal mode, you can just click on Escape. Okay, so let me try to use the vertical constraints and click on the line. So there it is. The line got converted into a vertical line. And there is a symbol of constraint over here. You can see the symbol and this represents the vertical constraint. So this indicates that the line is vertically constraint, right? And as I've mentioned to you that in Creo, those sketches are automatically constrained. So it actually means that when I'm selecting a line and imagine I'm wanted robot ticker line. You can see the symbol of stream exactly beside the cursor on the right-hand side. That means that the line is vertically constrained if I'm just moving straight. And when I'm in climbing the ladder certain angle, the constraint symbol is disappearing, right? So this is an automatic feature. And if I'm just stopping the line over here. And place them and you can see that the line is constrained vertically. So this is an automatic feature. In some cases, we have to use the constraint and applied to this sketch. So let us try to see what is the horizontal can spin. So let me consider a line again. And you can see as I'm just moving right side, I'm getting a symbol exactly the live site to my cursor. And the symbol represents the horizontal constraint. And in order to just try to see what is the way of constraining a sketch using the horizontal option. Let me draw it tried to draw inclined line. President magnetic look. And I'm not bothered about the dimensions at this moment because this is just an explanation part. So let me just try to convert this inclined line into horizontal constraint line. And for that, let me just click on horizontal. And as soon as I click the horizontal, I got a message over V0 that is select the line or two points. So I'm selecting the line and the line is automatically constrained as soon as I selected it. And the symbol represents the constraint horizontal. So let me delete this and let us try to go to the other constraint. So the third one is perpendicular constraint. And this is very simple to understand. It converts to lines perpendicular with each other. And again that we consider a line, a horizontal line or horizontal constraint line. And let me consider another line. And you can observe over here as I'm hovering on the line which have just created a horizontal line. There are points highlighted on the line, the endpoints, the left-hand point and the right endpoint and the middle point. So midpoint is actually automatically traceable with for us. And this is an automatic feature in Creo. If you wanted to create a line from the midpoint of the segment, you can just hovered on the line. And you can just talk at the position where the midpoint is and the line is created from the midpoint. And let me try to just keep the line at this position. So this is not a perpendicular line. Let me just try to apply the perpendicular constraint. Click on perpendicular. And this time I need to select 20 piece. This is the first entity and this is the second entity. Now you can see that the two entities are constrained with each other. So this represents a perpendicular constraint. And you can see the symbol perpendicular one, suffix one, and perpendicular suffix one. So one indicates this line and this line perpendicular to each other. If I have another set of lines over heal, imagine this as a horizontal line. And let me directly draw vertical line, right? And let me just tie to apply constraints these as I'm getting this message because the line is already having vertical constraints. So let me just try to delete the vertical constraint. And now the line is having a perpendicular constraint in, in place of what pickled constraint. But the symbol or the suffix for this set of line is number two, right? So this indicates the second set of layout or the sketch which is having perpendicular constraint applied to them, right? So let me try to go to the fourth type of constraint, which is Engine constrain. So for explaining the tangent constrained at MIT tried to create a circle of something around 150 units. And we pan it to the left side. Let me create another circle. And let me create another circle. Whose centre is exactly colinear with the first circle. Okay? And this is having a random dimension of something around 200 units. Okay? And I want them to be tangent to each other. Okay. Tangency. In the sense they have to touch each other basically. So let me just click on tangent. So select the first entity or the circle. Second, second entity. And the moment I have selected second entity, you can see both the circle's not touching each other and they are touching each other. But my main Domingo tangency between them. And this is a symbol of tangent constraint. You can see that the lines are the segments or the entities are tangent to each other and they are constrained tangentially. So this is the constraint which is commonly used for creating a tangency between two entities. 16. Midpoint and Coincident Constraint: Let us continue discussing the types of constraints. And we have covered vertical constraint, horizontal constraint, perpendicular, and tangent. Let us discuss the next type of constraint that has made point constrain. So I'd explain what does it by drawing a line segment and another line segment. So I have created two line segments, each of some random Lindsay. I want this particular line on the left-hand side to be placed at the midpoint of the line on the right-hand side or the line segment on the right hand side. So in order to do that, I have to say like the mid, midpoint constraints. For that, click on Midpoint. Select the first of this line. And select the line of or Target or the line video on the first to be pleased on. And as soon as I've selected, you can see that both the lines are connected. And they are connected at the location of the midpoint because I have selected the midpoint constrain. So let me try it. 17. Symmetric, Equal and Parallel Constraint: Let us try to cover the remaining types of constraint. Let us try to see what is the symmetric constraint. So in order to understand that, let me start with an example by creating a center line and create a horizontal line. And let me change the dimensions to be around ten units. Now one thing you can observe over here is that the line segment is horizontal and it is constraint horizontally, and that the centerline is constrained vertically. This is clear and it is clear for now, okay? And if we want distorted line segment to be symmetric across the center line, that means I want phi units to be on the left-hand side and the other five units to be on the right-hand side out of the total ten units which I have for the line segment. So in order to do that, I have to use the command called symmetric constraints. And the moment I click the constraint symmetric, you have to select the same per line and the two vertices to make them symmetric. So this is the center line, which I want to be the line of. You can tell that axis or the line of symmetry. And after that led me to select the first and the second vertices. And the moment I have selected them, you can see that the body vortices are symmetric to each other and the line is symmetric across the vertical line, right? And you can see the similar symmetric at this location at both the ends. So this indicates that the line is symmetric across though vertical axis. So as I was mentioning in my previous videos, and that as we solve the sketches, the constraints that automatically assigned, we can have a look of symmetric constraint automatically being assigned to the line in this way. So I have this vertical line or the centre line. And let me start though, a horizontal line from this location. I have reached the center line. If I wish, I can stop over here. But I want to continue. And I want to stop at the location where the lines are symmetric. And you can see as I'm reaching a certain point, that it goes, the cursor automatically stops at that location. This indicates that the line is symmetric across both the incentive. I'm stopping my cursor over here by clicking the left click. And the McCulloch have the symmetric line. And whenever I change the dimensions, they obtained symmetrically. So this is all about symmetric constraints. Let us try to see what is the other type of constraint. That is equally. Consider line, say append units. And the line say some random land. Okay? I want the lines to be equal. I want them to be having an equal dimension. So I will be selecting the equal constraints. And the moment I selected the equal constraint, I will be getting a message. Select two or more lines. So let me select the first line and the second line. And now you can see that both lines are equal. If I'm changing the dimension of the first line that I mentioned on the second line is changed, right? That means both the lines are equal with each other. And in this case, you will be having a suffix one, which represents that this line is equal to this line, right? And this, remember a point that the parent line will be having the dimension. Where does the line which is equal to the first line, that is the parent line will not be having any dimension. The dimension what you're seeing over here is the distance between two lines or the vertices, right? You cannot, you can see that there is no or length of this line being shown in Creo. So dissimilar indicates that this particular line is equal in dimension with the top line, that is the parent line. And the length of this line is equal to phi units. If I'm tending this units, the length of the segment also changes. So this is all about equal constraint. So let us discuss the final constraint, that is Padlet. Draw line. I want to create a line which is parallel, but this line. So initially let me create a line which is not parallel. Okay? So firstly, let me use the equal command and see that borderlines are having same dimensions. Now let me make them parallel with each other. Click on the parallel, and as I'm clicking on the pattern, I'm getting a message that district select or more line entities. So let me select the first entity. I want this line to be parallel with this. There is no border lines are parallel with each other. And the distance between them can be modified. Six units, eight units, or ten units. You can see other descendants increasing there, keeping a submitter between them. And they're keeping themselves parallel with each other. And as the lines are equal with each other, they are not having any variation with respect to the tangent line. The land that is equal to something around nine, followed by this line as well. And the distance between them is equal and they are parallel with each other. So this is about the parallel constraint. And with this video, we are concluding the types of constraint and Creo. Thank you. 18. Inspection and Grid Settings : In this video, let us discuss what are the options under the inspect category. So first option, let us start discussing this. But the second option that is highlighted open-ended. And this is the most important option, especially when complex sketches out in 1D. So did me try to draw our line again? And the moment I have drawn a line, you can see that the ends of the line, the left-hand side and right-hand side are not going to be e to the at a single line segment. Whereas in this case, I'm trying to create a loop in which I am connecting all the ends together, right? So the difference between both the cases is that this case is a single line segment with its open ends. And this is a line group of line segments which are connected to each other having that ends closed, right? So when we are turning on this option, we can see that the ends are highlighted or shaded a bit darker than the line. And when I'm done in golf, you can tell the difference that opened into not tidy data pipe now. So if your scatters involving complex layout and aid, so sometimes it is important for us to not have any ends without open, right? So in that particular cases, if we are turning on this option and we can easily identify which line segment is having open-end, and we can try to close it to form a exact perfect sketch. So this is the option which is more important in cases which involve complex layout, complex sketches at tetra. So this is about the law and the second option that is highlight openings. And let us try to see the second option. And the third option that is shade closed loops. So let me try to create a loop. A loop is nothing but the group of line segments connected to each other having no openings, right? So this is a loop. And this is not a loop because there are 2n seats are open and which can be seen with the help of this shaded boxes. So the moment I have turned off this option, you can see that the lobes are not shaded. So it is tom rule to keep this turned on because it helps us distinguish between the closed loops and open sections. So this is all about the open closed loop, I'm sorry, closed-loop. And the final option is overlapping geometry. You can try to see what is it. I'm creating a line. And imagine I have another line segment which is just overlapping the first line segment, right? And I just want to identify what are the sections in my sketch which had overlapping each other. So the moment I click on over lap geometry, overlapping geometry, the geometries which are overlapping turns into different colored. They turned into blue color. Whereas FM just zooming in to come back to Chicago, right? And I will be having one modular maturity of unmute sketch. And when I'm clicking on this button on this option, you can see that the sketches are the segments which are overlapping, gets our switches in a different color. You can't see what is this geometry or this sketch is having the starting color or post president and the starting of the sketch and debate has this particular tool segments change into blue color, that means they are overlapping. So these are the options which are under the inspect category. These are quite important photos through analyze the geometry or the sketch, especially where it didn't vote is plenty of foetus. And so far vf covered almost all the options of 2D sketching. And we have one more set of options on the extreme left hand side that doesn't get intercepting SAM file system. So grid system settings on I think, but the defaults are things which we are working with. Or we are following the Cartesian coordinate system and really not change any settings over here, we just have default. And if in case there are some geometries that involves polar coordinate system, we can switch though coordinate system to pull out and wall contact. But most of the cases and most of the cases involved cartesian coordinate system, So it's better not to change anything in this section, I'm just barely playing group Delhi. What are the options available? And because this coming to file system, I have especially shown a video to make an arrow foil when I was discussing about spiracle line that is playing. And the file system is, I think word. If we are interest to NPO, interested to import any kind of coordinates or rho, which help us to make a geometry, clean geometry. And that purpose we will be using file system. I have shown you how to take on water spline into an aero foil having 2213 coordinates. And it was pretty easy converting those blind to aero foil by importing the coordinates, but the helper file system, so there's nothing better browsing bought photos which can help us to import the data, right? So this is all about Judy's getting. 19. Using Construction Mode : As we have seen, most of the options for sketching any two dimensional layout of. We have seen that we have used the line command rectangles, circles, plying ellipsoid, but any other option. But the type of line that was actually getting created on the screen was a dark shaded line, which actually represents the geometry. Which represents the geometry. That is another kind of option available for us, which can help us to act as a referencing while we are designing or when we're sketching layouts. That does cordless construction mode. When I'm switching the complete layout tool construction more. Mike clicking wonder. What happens is whenever I am choosing any of the options for creating the sketches, the outer create dirt in different form. Now you can see the change in the line and it is applied to zoom in. You can see this line is a bit lighter line, which is having plenty of Dorothy Leonard is the dotted line. And this is a shaded line which is representing the audit dental sketch or the layout. And this construction more helps us to act as a reference when we're sketching. So this is an option which is available and which have to be discussed. And whatever you sketch with this construction board, a lighter shades or dotted lines, which are not representing though it is little geometry, the original geometry or the design or the exercise what we are working will only be considered with respect to this line. The line which have, which I have created when the construction was off. So this is another option construct in Creo. It's just construction mode. 20. 2d excercise 1: Hello guys, welcome back. Now that we have covered or most of the options in clear parametric for the 2D sketching. Let us begin this ample exercises for our practice. So right now I have the first exercise with me on the right-hand side of the screen. Along with it, I have opened the creosote fair on the left-hand side. So I will be continuing the exercises in the same way by dividing the screen into two parts. So you can see on the right-hand side, this is a, this is a very simple sketch. We will try to create it using the 2D options, what we have learned using the 2D drawing options. And after which, we will try to understand what kind of approach is suitable for the sketches, what we are having. So it is the best thing to study the figure before starting the geometry. As we can see on the right-hand side, we have a figure whose base is something around 70 units. And the height of the figure is something around 60 plus i diameter of radius 35. And you have a circle which is presenting a hole, and you have a slot, which is the shape of a rectangle having the dimensions 50 by 15. And this rectangle is located at a distance of 15 units from the base, whereas this circle is located at a distance of 60 units from the base. And mine D0, the circle in the sense I'm talking about the center of the circle. Clear. So let us try to draw it. You can try to see the way how I am actually beginning the figure. And I will try to tell you two approaches for this problem. So let us begin with the first approach. The first update is very simple. Let us take a center line drawn to scream. Keep it vertical. Take another line. Keep the line horizontally. So we have to center lines which will be acting as a reference for us or a datum. Now, take the line option and we can play to create the base of this geometry. And we have to see that the base is symmetric. As I'm stopping the mouse over here, you can see that the line is symmetric on both the side of the vertical line are the vertical center line. No President meddling click, you have the line ready. Now you can double-click on the dimension and change the dimension to 70 units. Click on zoom to fit on refit. You have the line ready, that is the base of the geometry. Now let us try to draw the vertical section of the geometry. Eg the line option again. Click on the far end and drop a random line of random length. Now it just the dimensions to be 60 units, as seen on the figure. I want this line to be on the other side. So let me try to use the middle option for this audience. I can directly take a line and droid and keep it in over here. But I will be using the middle option because I want you to understand the different editing options in Creo. So for that first I have to select the line. I need to go to the Mater option. Selling the middle option. The video give me a command to select the center line. Setting the center line. There it is. We have the line mirrored on the right-hand side. Supply to use the middle command in plane two. Well, for your geometry. And one more thing I would like to make something clear over here. I could have started the sketching of the geometry from the top right, but I've cited from the base. So it is shortly the user's mentality or idea or thought. Okay, so there could be some people who will be interested to start the figure directly from the top by creating a circle of certain radius, right? So it is totally the user's wish. But we have to understand the figure, what we are dealing with. And we have to try to create part by part or feature by feature of the sketch. So I have cited from the base, I have created two vertical lines, and now I will be joining them using the arc of radius 35. So the center of the arc should be in line with the top ends of the vertical line. Ok, so you can see over here I'm getting go construction reference line. So this is the center of my OK. I need to select this end, join it with the other end. And I got the total outer section of the geometry. And mind you, we have to take the radius, it has to be something around 35 and it is 35. Now, I'm getting a message to resolve my sketch. When I was discussing about the constraint, I say to you that the sketches in career automatically constrained as we have already entered, the diameter or the total width of the figure to be around 70. And we have chosen the center of the arc to be the exact midpoint of this 70 unit baseline. Then automatically, it is assumed that this particular arc is start divide ADS. That is the reason we were not getting 35 in the starting because you may find daily if I'm removing this, you can. John did has no dimension for this arc. That means the 70 units, what is mentioned over here is containing, containing longitudinally. And if I really want to mention this particular dimension on the screen, then I need to delete any of the other dimension. For example, I need to delete the cemetery maybe, then I can mention it. So it is not required for me to delete any other automatic constraints. So let us go with the option of 70 units itself, instead of having 34 on the top. And I, because we are just making a figure which is more cleaner in appearance. Now that the external thing is ready, I need to create a hole in the middle. And I need to create a slot. So let me try to create the hole, which is at a distance of 60 units. And this is the point that represents the 60 units from the base. So draw a circle. And the radius. You can see automatically I am getting a diameter over here. So as I said earlier, in order to change the diameter two radius, we have to just click on the diameter and click on the radius option. Now the radius is present and we can modify the radius to be 20 hundreds. And the final thing that is left over here is to create this slot. And slot is exactly in the center of the particular width, and it is symmetric on both the sides. And I can directly choose the option centered rectangle. And I can create the rectangle on this vertical center line. They circle, the rectangle is originating from the center, stop it at any random position, and zoom into edges the dimensions. So the width of the rectangular slot is 50 units. And the height of the slot is something around 15 units. And the pose and the location of the base of the rectangle from the base of the geometry is 15 units. So you can add just this, that it is, your figure is ready right now. We have all the dimensions. First approach, what I have so far, I have created the base than I have created the longitudinal sections to segment line segments. Then I'm joined them with the arc of radius 35. And after that I have created the holes. So in this process, I have actually created the total section. I have created the total material, and I have made hall over here and a slot. So this hole is a material removal process. And obviously this load is also material removal process. Clear. Some of the students, you know, they actually tried to create a circle first. Then they create the rectangle. Okay, I'm following the equal constraint. Then they're trying to create the outer section and just randomly creating a don't worry. So the problem in this type of approach, the problem is and just trying to do it. So some of the students will try to do it in this way. Okay, does acceptable limit, we can assume that, you know, there is. And the geometry, I mean, I, I didn't follow the jom into dimensions, right? Number them this client to explain you what mistakes, okay? So assumes I'm ready, I've created a rectangle first order, so cool. Then they have created the outer one, right? So end of the day they are also getting the finger ready with them. But the approach is not right, you know, because if we are taking with respect to the manufacturing, we are not creating holes first or we are not creating slots first, we have a material with us. For that material, we are basically reducing amine via eliminating the material and creating a whole other slot. So vx by dy feed, right? Two approaches sketch out a geometry with respect to the manufacturing point of view. That is the reason in earlier case, I have created the outer section first. And as soon as f get into the outer section, let me delete this alkaline no rectangle. You can see I got the material over here. The shaded region is representing the material. Okay? Yeah, this is because I have used o centered rectangle, so things are coming. So as soon as I've created the outer section, I've got the shaded region which is representing the material. After this, I have created a hole of some radius, you know, and after that I have created a slot. So it's lot NO hola, basically material removal process. So the first approach is pretty good and it makes sense actually. And the second approach, maybe or getting the figure ready. But according to me that is not the right approach. And one more thing what I missed in the first approach is, you know, we will never be having most of the raw material is not grounded on there at the tops into Sharp Actually, you know. So in, in, in order to approach in that way, we have to create the total box first, that is 70 by 60 plus 35 and show you a heel. We can create this way and we can create the rebel box first, that is 70 units. And this is 60. This is 60. And we have a radius of 35. So we can add directly over here. This is another feature of Creo. And then, you know, we can try to create a circle. I have to create the centerline first, which can be acting as a reference from the midpoint. Then you know, I can create this circle and just following the equal dimensions from there. So I am getting any constraint or a o equal one, N equal when both are equal, radius or diameter. Then you know, you can just try to, before this, you can also apply to delete the outer section. Let me follow. It may click on Center and ends. Ok. So this is the position I'm falling from the left-hand side sketch. This is the center and this height is around 60 units. So I am starting from the top. Keeping a time density symbol over here. It's better to travertine dentist symbol. So this way we are removing the outer material, at least we are assuming that the outer material is removed. This is again tangent. Delete the segment using the delayed segment command. Click on the outer segments. Transmitted click edit is, so what we have done is vf created the outer section. First we have it assuming that we had the raw material in the form of a rectangular shape. And then we have rounded it. So we have applied some manufacturing process and we have converted the, we have removed the sharp edges. Again, we have created a blend shape on the top. And the final thing that is left over is to just create holes. This is the first toll and another is a slot. So let me clear no corner rectangle right now and try to keep it symmetric. This is symmetric. So I got to material removal processes over here, and which is creating a horrendous lot. And the first mate tilde M arrival process was converting the sharp edge to learn Torah rounded feature, right? So these are the two approaches which you have to proceed. So sometimes the geometries on these sketches are very complicated. Like, you know, it is a combination of multiple components. For example, in the future exercises we will be dealing with a tap, okay? The cross-section of the tap. So in that kind of sketches, it doesn't matter. We can start from any point anywhere. But for most of these kind of sketches which are presenting representing a component, mechanical components. In that particular cases, it is better to proceed with the good approach manufacturing point of views might know, you know, it actually helps us to make ourselves more clear and more perfect with sketching. Ok, so let us go to the next video. Thank you. 21. 2d excercise 2: Yeah, and now that we have completed the previous figure, let us go to the next figure, then next hands-on exercise. And before that, let me just close the video file, sketch filing. Let me open another file. Another sketch. Yes. So I'm ready with the layout and I have the figure on the right-hand side. So as I've mentioned in the previous video, it is ready good, and it does a very good idea to try to analyze the finger first. See what are the total, you know, what are the features involved and what does this geometry like? And you don't understand the dimensioning leg from where the dimensions are labeled, right? So you can see this is another gaze off my data, addition and raw material removal process over here. Because, you know, I can see a geometry which is a kind of box type. It is having a cut on the top and this current is nothing but the tamper. And we have the time for over a year itself again on the right-hand side, followed by two holes. And the holes are located with respect to its center. And the center is again labeled with respect to the dimensions. It is 3636 For the first slot, i mean first horn. And the other hole is at a distance of 84 and at a distance of 20 from the base. Ok? So let us try to create this. Okay, I will be trying to create a block. So first it is better to create a center line. So I'm using the center line. For reference purposes. I can start the figure from the air because it is helping me to create symmetric sketches. So let me just try to clear to block symmetric block. This is a symmetric block and the overall width is around 120. Refit. And the height of the total geometry or the sketches 44 plus 33. So let me just double-click 44 plus 33. I got the total box with me. Now let us try to remove the material from the outer edges. In order to do that, there are two options for us. We can try to create a line first. And we can maintain the distance of the line from this position to be 33. And it will be 33. Another site. It is tardy. I've registered and I can use the delete segment and I can create a cut auto tamper. But I will be undoing all this thing. And let me try using the time for option. Because it is good to use the options. What we have. For that I need to select two entities. This is the first entity and this is the silicon second entity. Yes. And let me add just the dimensions you can see automatically I'm getting the dimensions with respect to the edge. So let me double click, change the dimension 33. And 33. So I have done this in one step. In the earlier case, I had to take a line, I have to draw your diet or take the option of elite segment. I need to delete the segment and I need to relink the vertical segment. So it was a process of a force tips and using the time for option, I'm doing it in one step, right? So I'm saving the time. Let me try to create the other God or the tempo. So this time I will be using the second option. And click on the first entity, click on the second entity. And the reason why I have selected temperature minus, let me just go back and show you again. So in the first case, whenever is using the first option, the normal tamper, I will be getting the dimensions with respect to though corner edge. But in the second case, I will do, I will be getting the dimensions with respect to this third phase which is available, or the edge which is present right now. So in the screen you can see I have this length to be around 45. I have changed it to be 45, and I have this land around 44. Let me double click it and change it to 44. I have the width of the total box or total John beta to be one co-NP. I'll study. Let me control. When Duan De. So it is looking a weaker dimension. This click on it and try to make a strong dimension. Ok? So we have to make calls right now. Eco-cycle droid randomly. And after that and just the positions. So we have two distances given. This is around 44, make it strong dimension. Fight to keep the dimensions as far as possible. And we have to enter though, dimensions of the location of the center of the hole to be 3636. Now I need to create another circle. I've forgot to enter the diameter of the circle, and it is around 36 units. And the diameter of the second circle is drain D. Whereas the position of the center from the basis during d. And look, the circle, I'm in the center of the circle. Was trying to give you a dimension from the nearest edge, okay? And the dimension of the data is 23. It is trying to give you a dimension from the nearest edge. But in the figure we have to see what is the way they have given a salmon. They have given the center to be around wind green p from the left corner edge. So I need to change the dimension here. And it'll go two dimensions. I have to select the center point and the corner edge. And mentally flip over here to get though total length and that is around 84. Clear. So this way, you know, I got the total O layout or purple sketch. Maybe I can just type will give us a metric option. 44, symmetric, horizontal. Cool. Yeah. So in this way, I have created all the fetus I have started. The approach is very simple. I have created the total section and I have removed the material from the left-hand side, followed by the removal of material from the right-hand side. Then I have created a slot. I'm in a hole and followed by a smaller hole of diameter 20. And I have seen that I have registered the positions of centers of the sulcus. And by this process, I have completed the drawing of this particular layout. And in this exercise, you have seen the practical use H off time production clear. So let me go to the next video. Thank you. 22. 2d Excercise 3: So let us start sketching out the next exercise. And as I mentioned earlier, it is a very good way to analyze the geometry first, you know, it is very good thing to analyze the geometry. We have to identify the features, assumptions to be used, and the options which are available for us or which are present in 30 parametric. And let us look at this figure and you can see that it is having a base of 068 units. And it is having two circles, which may be representing holes. And it is having another region which is having a kind of arc shape. And there is one more tiny hole in the center. And all this holes or slots are covered with a unique feature or unique shape, which is again a kind of radiuses in wharf, that means arcs. And Walt again, and we have the distance between each center's given to us. You can see from the base to the cell cycle and from this circle to this tiny hole. And apart from that, we have the diameter's given to us of each circles to units 2440. So let us try to work on this. So first I will be creating a center line. And let me start from the base. So it is again, totally the users who wish. If you want, you can try to start the figure from the top section and you can end up in the bottom. And if you want, you can start from the center and end up at the top. Or if you want, you can directly start from the center as well, right? So the idea behind this kind of approach, you know, you have to first know what are the tools you're having no matter what designing software you're working with. If you are aware about all the tools. And then, and you know, you can just decide your approach on your own light. There is no fixed procedures for this kind of drawings of geometrical designing anything. So you just have to try to analyze the figure and jump on the sketching part. Clear. So let me just say I upgraded the vertical center line and now let me just try to create a base of a symmetric 160 units, 168. Zoom to Fit. Yeah, this is symmetric. Let me turn on the constraints. Yeah. Now I have a thickness of 2040 units, which I can move it around the other side also, 24. Let me select this line segment and mirror it. I got it. Now I have to create another segment which is having over a 100 units. And let me just try to follow this path randomly. Okay? And I need to add just the distance. So I need to click on dimension, flick on the line, Click on the centre line, again on the line and made it. So I have to enter, this has a 100 units. I can mirror this line on the other side. Ok, I got it. And then we connect them together. Right? Now let me create a circle of 60 diameter at a distance of two. From the base. Click on the dimension centerline. Click on the base, and click on the right hand side to get the dimension. The dimension to 52 units, and also change the diameter of the circle to be 60 units. Clear. Now, let me just try to create another cycle on the vertical center line at a distance of 246 units from the base. You can see automatically a quarter dimension between these two circles. This dimension is not very useful for me. So let me change the dimension from the center of the circle to the base of the figure. And let me change it to 246 units. So from this circle, I got another circle at a distance of two units so that it may create another circle of NIO, 24-year hundreds. So let me try to keep them inside. This is 24. By the way, I have forgot to change the diameter of this circle is 40 hundreds. So the circles are done. Now let me try to clear the arts. You can see the first arc is around 26 alias, right? And I have another arc of 14 unit to just present over here. So you can see I have 3x over here. This is the arc one if I'm imagining it. And this is the reference arc, which is the center of the total slot. Okay? And from this center point, I have another semicircle which is having a radius of 14 radius. And with this end of the semicircle, I need to generate one more art and connect to the other end. So you can see the dimension of this particular arc is not present as far as I can see the pixel, because I have the inner arc radius, that is 26, right? And I have center point which is at a distance of seven because this total distance is 14. Right, as mentioned away. Oh, so from seven points I need to create another dark and this arch, it has to be connected to the other arc. So this is very confusing, heterogenous tied to walk on it first. And by the way, I need to add just this distance also. So let me just click on it. And that is the distance to B. I'm sorry. 1-3 units. Okay? And let me try to work on this region now, it is a bit complicated. So please focus. Suppose let me draw an horizontal line. A horizontal line, which is acting as a diffidence noted, making it an adequate 26 post. So go to arc centering points, Center and ends k1 OK. Of radius 26 units. Now, let me create a construction outlook. Whose radius is 26. This is 26 plus I1 by at seven because it has given over year 14 units, this arc, this 14 units, that means it is having a radius of seven units each. So did we add 26 plus seven Leo? And that is 33. So from this tank that I need to create a knockoff, 14, it may turn up the construction more. Use the center point. This is 14 units because this is seven. This will automatically be 14. Yeah, I verified it and it is 14. Well, I believe there is a confusion over yo yeah. I need to change the dimension because this is a radius, whereas I am assuming it to be diameter. So I need to add up 14 over 26 plus 14. And this will be around 14 babies now this is correct. So let me just take up the ark and reproduce the EEOC didn't the other side. Now using this center point, connect them that it is. So I got the citizen and I got all the sulcus. Now my job is to connect the outer regions. So for that it is taught from the top. So here we have a radius of 40 from the center of the circle. So let us try to Crito. Horizontal center line. Click on the ARC. Cleared an alcove 40 radius. Okay, this is done. Now, is there anything else left? Yes. You can see over here from this center point we have a radius of 36 are right? From this center point, that means from heel. And that radius is connecting a line which is coming from the base. Okay, so let me just try to create, Kay, let me just try to create an arc of 36 radius. And then we tried to use the command called coincident. Click on this line and click on the OK. They are connected. Okay. Now what did we delete the unwanted segments? I have deleted them. I have cosine radiuses, which I will be assigning in the last sort is not a, it is not a thing to worry about right now. So let me just mitigated using the median command. I got it on the right hand side as well. Now we have another radius of 76 from these tiny circle in the Santo. And it is just moving on the top side, right? So let me create a OK. From IO. And let me see what am I getting over u? It is following the path, yeah, 76. I need to just extended it. We undo it and cleared again. So this is having a radius of 76. And I have another art from the top which is about 94. Images. Try to connect them randomly. Yep. Spot connecting. Okay, let me see what is the radius. Oops. It is, as it is tangent, it is not changing. So let me try to undo it. So for trying to generate an alcove 94 units, you can see in the top region that the arc for t is extending a little bit downward, okay, because if I'm radically starting the app from this point, the arc is not having the design of the shape. You know, like it is having a much higher radius. So this is not correct. You can see the figure or you can see the outer rod which is moving up it inside. So it is a stride to create or extend this out a bit more. In the side. There's some random dimension. Okay, and let me just try to mitigate it on the other side, sizable silicon, the line, middle, center line. Ok. Now let us try to use the OK and connect them. And let us add the radius to be 94. So let us delete this segment. They are tangent to each other. Let me just Keeter time didn't see over here as well. This is looking pretty good. Now I can mitigate it on the other side. Select the line segment, mirror, centerpoint. Again, select the line segment, middle, center line. Whoops. Yep, 123 and Goddard. So I have two cleared. But ADSL F6 units at this point. So I can use trim option. And I can have distillate is to be 65 and I can move it or I can create another six units. And there is a fluid over here as well, that is phi units. Okay? And then fill it phi units. So data design guard the door and drawing and you can see that I have, let me just turn off the constraints and is very flavor that we have completed everything that we haven't missed anything. So when 6000 is the base, 100 as the base for this, six is the radius for this section. And phi is that it is for this section. Similarly on the right hand side. Okay? And 52 is the radius or the distance between this point and this circle of radius 60 units. And we have an arc of 36 followed by an Article 94 over here. And the unarchive 76, which was verified earlier. Then we have a diameter of 24. We have the radius of 26 for the segment. Then we have a radius of 49. Let me just try to read it. Uses 49 and let me delete this. 40 was not required for us to show on the screen. Then let us go to the top nine before has done what aborted 1 third b yes. Under d is the distance between blood and it is followed by 09, metro 40 and radius of 40. So this is the total figure, what we have completed, and this is the sketch for PFC. And on the right-hand side. 23. 2d Excercise 4 a: Hello friends, welcome back. And let us try to create another sample exercise, a 2D sketch off the geometry which is seen on the screen. And it is a very good idea or a thought to try to analyze the figure for us before starting the sketching, we have to just look at the figure, what we have in our hand, and we have to identify what are the different features. And we have to analyze which of the options can be useful for us in order to create this sketch. So let us try to look at this sketch. I have two sketches over here, and I'm working on the left-hand side figure. And when I'm analyzing this figure in the first talk, I'm understanding them. There are plenty of so it goes inward, right? So definetly I would be having to make a use of so-called commander. Okay? So another thing what you can see over here is I have a circle in the center and just having somebody to suffer FIFA units. And I have another circuit which is surrounded it. So these both are concentric circles, right? And they are connected with a line of CAD units. And after that, I have another circle over here and which is nothing but four holds for holes. And these are representing the holes. And actually, and I have the total distance of the whole from the center to be around 60 units as seen in the units over here. And these oldest surrounded by some kind of arcs which are having another radius of 18 units. And they are connected to each other with the radius of 17 units. And one more thing what we have to observe over here is the angular distance between the holes and the center line is about 30 units on all the sides. Okay? So these are the major or dimensioning that is involved. So let us try to begin of this in the next video. 24. 2d Excercise 4 b: So let us start sketching the figure. So in order to do that, let me just click on the center line and create a vertical center line. Afterwards, let me create a means. It is in the center using the circle command. And this circle is having a diameter of 55 units. Zoom to fit. Now let me create another circle, which is having a diameter of 30 units. For that, I can either choose center and point circle or I can choose the concentric circle. And the diameter of the circle is 90 units. I have created it. Now let us try to create this holes. Each hole with a diameter of 20. And remember this whole is placed on a center line, which is inclined at a 30 degrees from the vertical center line. So right now my job is to create a center line with an inclination angle of 30 degrees and passing through the center point. So I got a center line. Let me stop at random location and press middle click. So as soon as I'm clicking the medical click, I will be having the angle between both the lines and I want to change it to be 30 units or 30 degrees. In the similar way, I have to create the center line on the right hand side. And the angle between them has to be 30 units. Again. Now, I need to create a circle which is representing a whole. And the diameter of the hole is around 20 units. So let me click on Center and points circle. And on the client center line, let me create a circle, which is having a diameter of 20 units. Now, I need to adjust the location of the hole with respect to the center, as seen in the figure. And the distance between the centers is around 60 units. So for that, let me try to use the dimension option and click on the center of the circle and let me see what is happening right now. And let me click on the center again and press a medal Flickr. So when I'm clicking over here, I'm getting a distance of around 67. Let me change it to be 60 units. I have changed it. Now. Let me plot another circle of equal lens. Let me turn on the constraints. Yeah, it is turned on. And I'm getting an equal symbol. This equalities with respect to though equal one, n equal one support the circles are having equal bio. And let me just edges the or create another circle. Another circle. You can observe that am following the path of the centers, right? So this has to be automatically constrained. Yeah. So I have created for holes. Now let me work on the inner part by creating these line segments, each having eight units. So first let me just try to move the dimension so that it doesn't disturb me. And create a center line. Right? Now let me just try to create online, which is at a distance of eight units. Well, there are two ways you can work on this. You can try to create the first line, then another line, and try to assign a symmetry between them. Or else if you want, you can directly take a rectangle and create a just simply walking on horizontally, but we have to choose so slandered rectangle, especially for standard angles. So it is better to use line horizontally can just tie to use rectangle as possible and keep the land to be 80 or the width to be a TNT trim, or delete the unwanted segments. So the other two ways. Now let me try to create a line segments over yo. I wanted this line segments to be symmetric with each other. So click on the cemetery option, click on the center line. You can put the positions and the dimension from to be eight units. Cleo. And though I can mirror this segment on the left-hand side, instead of wasting my time. So then select both those segments. Click on mirror. Firstly, select the segments. Click on middle, center line and guard them over. He'll submit American middle though, both the sections. And let me just do that. Select all the four segments. You can mirror selling the horizontal line. Maybe I've missed selecting the segment. Let me select again holding Control. Click on mirror. If I got them. So let me this filter those screens with just a little bit for us to visualize. You can turn up the constraints also. Yah, this part is ready right now. Now we can work on creating the other outer sections of the total sketch. So let us start from this particular region or this hole. And you can see it has an arc of 18 radius from the center of the. So let us try to create that. Go to centre in ends arc. You can the ark. And this for reference purpose, you can actually do a thing. You can try to create O construction line by turning on the construction mode and drawing a horizontal line. So this is just for reference purpose. Okay, later you can delete it. Out of the reconstruction mode, click on OK and create an arc of radius 18 units. Okay? And I can delete the construction line. I have deleted it. So similar way, I can just mirror this on the right-hand side, select the line or the OK. Click on mirror, click on the center line. I got it. So let me do it again for both of them by holding Control and selecting both, clicking on mirror, selecting the lines. So I got four acts. Now I need to create an arc of 17 radius that is possibly connecting both the ox. So in order to do that, let me click on Center in Inuk randomly at any location. First creator, OK, connecting both the ends. Check what is the dimension or radius. It is 14 unit. But we wanted a DSR 17, so change it to 17. So when I'm changing it to 17, you can see there is a there is a misalignment in the box. So let me use a tangent symmetry. And click on both the lines. And now they are tangent to each other and the radiuses are maintained. So similar way I can just mirror it on the other side. Let me see whether it is happening. Click on the line. Khan mirror, select the center line. I got the line. Right. Now what is left for us? Let us try to filter of the dimension table and see what is missing right now. So we have to create the segments, the segments that are connecting the outer circle, the center per cycle. And you can see in the figure that they have the dimension of the just getting connected vertically and they are having a radius of around say 14 radius, right? So what we can do is we can try to create a line straight forward and put affiliate of 14 radius and see what's happening, whether we are able to achieve this kind of sketch or no light. So for that, let me just try to do another dimension and see whether the strategy, what I just mentioned walks or null. So let me just click line. Disconnected, straightforward. And it is tied to assign affiliate. See whether this works. Okay, let me do one thing. Let me undo it. And let me use arc for creating this because Philip was not working. Now, as I've created a center line, Click on the three-point arc. And randomly credo arc, which is having a tangency, or you can keep the tangency later, Oswald also had we enter the radius to be 14. No, 1 second. Yeah. This is tangent. So you have to be very careful with the constraints. And let me delete the unwanted segment. And let me try to imply a tangency of the arc with the circle. And I got the OK. And these two segments can be mirrored on the right-hand side. So this is a very good option for us. And let us see whether we can measure it. In the bottom region. Yes. And same section to be mirrored on the right-hand side? That it is. So we are done with the figure. I believe there is nothing left, right now, we have created a center circle. We have created the concentric circle with discovering the center circle again of 90 diameter we have covered, okay, 55 diameter is done. Then we have created a kind of keys or slots of eight units. And we have created a hole of 20 diameter at a distance of 60 units from the center of the circle. We have created the outer arc of radius, and we have also created the alcove 17 units, which is connecting both the outer arcs. Then we have finished the final connection that rows of 14 radius. We have tried this with for let, it wasn't working smoothly. Then we have used the arc option. And we have connected an arc which is in tangent with this vertical line and this alcohol. So you can see with this room, I have created the sketch and I have used eruption multiple times. So most of the exercises what I'm covering, I'm playing the US DO constraints and editing options. Right? So let us try to go to the next video. Thank you. 25. 2d Excercise 5 a - Creating a 2d Tap: Hi once again. Let us start sketching out the neck exercise. And you can see on the screen that this is a cross-sectional area of our tap, water tap. So when Viet analyzing the figure, it seems to be a complex one. And we have to think of the way we are going to start the modelling or the scattering of it. So in this case, I would like to start from the top. And it is totally the users who wish for these kind of sketches to stop from any. And so let me just consider a center line first. And let me just try to zoom to figure so that I can see the dimensions clearly. And we have a circle of radius two and b. We take a circle, a circle with center point. I have just plotted a circle. And you can see that this represented a bit diameter. So I would like to click on it. And I would like to change the diameter to rabies by selecting this option and radius. So I am having a radius right now and I want to tune that a distributor in D. And it means a zoom to fit. So I gotta circle of 20 and come back to the figure. Yeah. So let me try to create another horizontal center line. And let us create the left side section, which should be symmetric. That this is symmetric. And the distance between this line and the other end is 1 fourth. So in this case, I'm having 69 units over here. So what can I do is I can, I have an option, like I'll be using the dimension option. And I will click on the select good section and the center line and again on the silicon infection and press medically. So I will be getting their dimension with respect to the other end, right? This is, this is a good option, especially if we have this kind of features where the dimension is given for the section which is on the left-hand side of the center line and on the right-hand side of the center line. And the distances are around 140. And the vertical distance of the line is true and B units. So let me just click through and B. Yep. And now let me template or let me mirror this line on the right-hand side using the middle command. So select the line, click-on meter, select the center line, and you've got the line on the right-hand side. Now we just have to connect them together. And let me just pass through the middle, middle point or the center point and connect the other end. And let us delete the segments which are inside the circle because it does not seen in the picture. So let me just zoom in. Take the delete segment, click on the segments which are not required, and you have the figure of a deal. Now, let us try to create that those actions would lead us to zoom out and see is there any variation respect to the length? You have. We have length of 80 units and this base is at a distance of AP units from the center of the circle. So let us create another center line. And let us keep the distance between the center point of the circle and this line that is the base of this region to be around 80 units. Okay? And let us try to create this section, these two segments, which is nothing but rectangles or horizontal rectangle and a vertical rectangle. So let us create the horizontal rectangle first, which is having a length of 60 and we're tough 20 units. Let me just click on it. It's a symmetric rectangle. Let me zoom in and change their dimensions to be 60 units. And to be, or the thickness of the rectangle to be 20 units. Now I need to connect the vertical rectangle with a task to be symmetric. So let me start from the base and let me go to the right-hand side. This is a symmetric rectangles. I am seeing a symmetric symbol over there. And admin disconnect to the central or the circle. And let me zoom in and delete. For deleting admit gender dimension to be around during the units. Because here we have the dimension of B. That is the thickness. Delete the segments. So the upper part, you can see we have the circle. So let me just to try to use a filtering option and let me remove the constraints which are displayed. Now you can see the clear view of your sketch. And we have the upper sketches AD 26. 2d Excercise 5 b - Creating a 2d Tap (Contd.): So let us continue creating the adult section of the tap. And let us try to create the next section that is connecting to the top handled section. And this is around 80 units wide and 20 units left, right? So let me just try to create another rectangle first. And before that winter is done on the constraints. So click on the rectangle starting from this location. It is towards submitted point and stop off. After that is woman, right? We're reduce the dimensions. The dimension is around 80 units, as you can see over here. And the width is around 20 units. So this has a symbol of equal. That means it is equal to some other dimensions existing in the screen, right? So I need to remove that. So for that, just need to click on dimension and Glick on the line segment and click OK. And as soon as I've clicked OK, I'm getting a message to resolve my sketch because it is assuming that the sketch is already having an equal length with some other length. So if I'm just highlighting this equal, you can see that this equal is highlighted and the other equal is highlighted. And this equal is how much? 20 units, right? That means this is also 20 hundreds. So if I want, I can just keep it as it is. So let me just not delete the equal. And if I wonder endosomal Otherland, imagine I would have to delete this and then enter the land with time warning oriented. I mentioned with time wondering the Dean did, right? So this is sorted. Now, let us look at the other sections of the figure. You can see that there is a center line which is, which is at a distance of a 100 units from this point or from this line. So let us try to draw a center line which is at a distance of a 100 units. So click on Dimension, select this center line, and click on this line, and click middle glick. So you will be having a distance which you can modify it to be a 100 units. So I have the segment ready. There. Does it go to the right-hand side, friction implied book. Read the section on the right-hand side. So this is what the cool line of ET units. Where does it I DO Creo created at some random position. And I wanted to be symmetric. So this is not symmetric. Let me try to use the symmetry and stream. So four symmetry after just click on symmetry and select the centerline first, then both the edges. Now it is asking me to delete some beacons seems. So let me delete this horizontal and let me try it again. Yeah, it has mean constraint now because I'm getting a symbol of symmetry over here, I have an additional nine over your admin just deleted. Sorted and the total length of the line is around 80 units. And we have a horizontal distance. Yes, I have a horizontal distance from the center line to this edge, and that is around 150 plus 20 minutes. So before that, let me just try to draw a line, horizontal line of 20 units on both the sides. Let me do zoom in and let me make this line. So for mirroring, I need to select the line segment first. And after that, I need to set click on mirror and select the center line. So I got the line on the other side. And the distance from this point to the center line is that on 150 units. So let me just try to click on dimension again, select the point set at the centerline and click OK. 150 units. Now, I need to create a horizontal line, which is having a dye or over 1260 units. So for that, let me just click on a line and randomly just let me click a line segment and to create another line segment which is mirrored. So for that, let me click on the line first and click on mirror. Yeah, I got the line segment and I want to add this is distance to be 60 units. Right? While I can connect this in the future, let me just keep it for now. And let me work on connecting these two line segments. So let me just extend this line to be something around 70 or It's just a random land because nothing is given to us right now. But I hover over the year, which is connecting this line and the top section and the ion radius is around 50 units. So let me just try to do that and see whether it is happening or no. For that, let me just go and select the two wins. It got connected. I need to add just a dimension. So when I'm clicking on the output radius, I am getting some other dimensions which has to be deleted. So let me delete though 80 units. And let me add this, the radius to be around 52nd. So that is teens in this particular region, this has to be a d when it. So what do I need to do is I got to the point of the arc, which has to connect to this horizontal segment. So now does let me delete this segment. Okay? And let me change the dimension of this particular region to be 80 units. Okay? And let me just tie to assign a radius of 50. And whatever's leftover that has to get collected. And this distance has to be 60 units. So let me delete this line segment which was murdered layer. The upper line is 60 units. And I've connected up till here. It is not required for me. I need to stop at a point. So let me just try to delete the point or delete the extra line segment. This has to be something around 20 units. So for that I would be using the divide option. And the option is located somewhere in editing. This is the divide. Let me just click randomly, and then it does. The list tends to be 20. And let me delete this. Okay? So this is taught it. So I have a radius of 50 units. Okay? And we'd like to welcome the boredom section. So for that, what I would do is i and this could be a DOE statehood is underline, just creating the line straight line. And my near the distance should be around 60 unit from the top. So I need to add this, this, this distance. And for that I have two options. I can also try to mirror the layer one. I can write promoter this. Let me show you by deleting the line segment. This seems good for me. Let me see if I order the segment. Yeah, the top section gets altered. So this is not a good option for us to use it. So it's better to try to create another line and make them symmetric. Selling the centerline. And then select the two points. And they are symmetric. So this is good. And let me delete this segment which I created before. Let me just randomly keep the land to be something around 180 or more than that. Okay? So the distance between this segment and this segment is 1 p on Earth, which is clear for us. And we have a semicircle kind of thing in this region. So I need to create that using center. And the radius of this segment is around 30 units. So I've created it. Now there is a full lead of radius 20. So let me try to use the file_id option. Circular. Got it. And this is around 20 units at Goddard destroyed automatically. Right? So when I was using the favorite option, the another segment which was extending earlier than got deleted. So I need to create one more section over here and create another file. Let this edges the radius I gained to be 30. Click on, fill it, click on the two segments. And at just the radius, 20 units. Okay? And seems like this radius is also 20 units because it is not mentioned in the diagram. So generally this happens when the love and the nearest curves or the nearest Philips are present. They tried to give only for one file_id. For example, in this figure you can see here we have not mentioned the radius, right? So that means this radius is 20, this radius is 20 automatically, and maybe this radius is also 20. And it is not given for us. So the afterwards zoom in that way. So I have created the right-hand side six section. I just have to create a full literal yard, which I'll be creating in the last. It's not a big problem for us right now. And let us fly to sort the sketch on the left-hand side. 27. 2d Excercise 5 c - Creating a 2d Tap (Contd.): So we have created this section and let's play to create the left-hand side section. So you can see in the figure that the distance from the center line to this point is something that our 90 units. So let me just try to add this distance and this line segment to this line segment is automatically when 16 it is giving me if it was not available for you or if it was not present. This click on dimension, click on the line segment and click on the point and please put a smoky so you'll be getting the distance between this point and the center line. So that has to be something around 90 units as per the figure. So I have to be 90 units. Then I have an arc. You can see this region, this is an arc and the radius is not mentioned. So most probably this, again, 20 units. But it made a stride to click on Center and OK. And let me try to zoom in a bit. And let me try to create an arc which is exactly the center of the arc, should exactly match the vertical distance, the vertical part of the upper line. Okay, you can see I'm getting a construction line as I'm just scrolling my mouse down. So randomly stop at any position and connect the point from the top and stop exactly at the perpendicular. And please adjust the radius to be something around doing D units so that it is go to distant automatically. Now, from this point, I have to go down at a distance of 20 units. So let me just click on line and go down. Let me do it again. And I have to add this distance from this point to this point to be around 20 units. And I have to go on the left-hand side to create the region from where the water comes out. And that does having good distance of 16 hundreds. A horizontal line. It got equated with some other sketch or line segment which is already present in the screen. So let me display to read I mentioned it. And I have to delete the equal lens. I deleted it. Now I need to add just those 60 units. I got the width. Tried to keep the dimensions outside from the main sketch for simplicity and for understanding purpose. Okay? And let me just create another line segment which is equal to the segment on the right hand side. Yep. These both are equal. So this is 20 units again. Now from the same center which I have created this arc, I need to create another arc of our AB. That means the radius should be 80 units. And my new there is another option for us. And let me first create that person and elders tried to show you from this point to this region, it has to be a d units. Yes, it does a D units. The reason why it does not showing is because it is constraint to this particular Java two, these are the constraints automatically assigned. So it's not a big problem. We have verified it as a B units and we can just keep it. And another thing, what we have to look, which I was telling you about this, this distance, this has to be 130 hundreds. So, and this distance is from this point to this point. Ok, so that is very favorite that we got that. And if we are not getting it, we have to Woody diamond center to registered. So let me just click on dimension and click on dislocation. Let me just add this point. And this point, it has to be one. And it is 100. So you can see, right? So again, it is not showing photos because it is constrained. If we are deleting any of the constraints may be we can despite do. Yeah, you can see we can a district again, but I don't want to delete any constraints lead to figure to be automatically constraint because it is much better photos. So the final thing we left vortices let us remoter dimensions and c, and it is also filtered off the constraints. So we have to connect. You can see these shaded boxes are representing and connected regions. With this option, we can promote them and we can highlight them so it is better to keep them drawn on. It will be just helping us to identify what are the segments which are not connected. So I have to connect this segment right now. So let me just done under dimensions again and the constraints as well. And it just kind of get with an article, be hundreds. So go to St. three-point, OK. Click at this point and another point, and at just the arc. That seems better for me. And since it is automatically constrained there does it does verify their dimension. It is 50 units. Aspect is entered in the sketch. So it has been connected right now. So the only section which is left photos is this region. So I was telling you whether this diversity, this is not available, then we have to assume it to be 20 hundreds. But I am having a doubt. Be entertainment normally welcome. Cost when d is much larger. And if we calculate the distance of these two segments, like this is 80 units, okay? That means from the center line it is on the top. And this line segment is 60 units. That means from this line segment or the center, it is around Part B. That means the difference between two lines is around ten units. So that a list is not present to us. So we can create an algo for ten of ten units. So first let me just try to connect them. And let me try to use fill it option. And I can adjust the length if I want. And wanted it is to be around n. And I can measure this, Phillip on the top. So click on the Villette, click on mirror, click on the center line, and I got to Philadelphia. And one taken. Now let me delete this first. And then me, they kinda get them tied to or liquid this hydrophilic grid on the top again, small things take lot of time, sometimes. Just take centered dropper down, applied the folate. I'm sorry. Let me do zoom in and see what is the problem. Let me just undo it. Yeah, I got it back. And let me just try to create the Philip again. Ok. You can see that we dust turn off the dispute constraints and it is better to lock this so that it doesn't move. So you can see a point, this point and this point, right? And according to the figure, this is forming a smooth OK? So we have to see that this point is touching over a o. And that is only possible with a radius of ten units. Let me just try to move it with my mouse itself. You can see the radius is increasing. Like so let us try to enter a radius of ten units. But just to pretend units. And let us try to create the same thing over here. Oops. So I can just modify it at my own mouse. You can see as I'm crossing the ten, the arc is coming outside activities, not cutter quotas. So we have a district that Dan units that it is zoom out. So this is your finger ready? And and let me do zoom out. Iep. There'd be a distal dimensions properly. So it's better to try to keep the dimensions neatly. So this is your tap. You can add just the dimensions. Seems good. This is modified. So we just have to cross check whether everything is correct. Tonal seems good that it does. This is your final adapter. It may just tired of the dimensions and check code the sketch. So you can see I've created a two-dimensional section of your app. And believe me, of creating this kind of models for 3D shape is much easier than in 2D shape. Okay, duties getting so don't worry about the complexities involved. I'm pretty sure that when we are going through the 3D course, 3D section, you will be finding this kind of components, making a modelling this company's easily. So let us try to jump to the next exercise. Thank you. 28. Open and Close Creo Part Model: Hi, welcome to the new section of Part modelling. As Vf covered the two-dimensional sketching in Rio. And we have learned all the options. And we have seen what are the different ways to create different shapes of sketches. Now with that knowledge in our mind, let us move on to the 3D modelling. So from this section onwards, we will be discussing all the cases modelling with respect to three-dimensional designing or modelling. Ok. So in this video, let me just try to show you how do I open the part. More links section, engraved barometric. So in order to do that, I have to go to the extreme left hand side of this ribbon and I have to select the New on creating the model. So when I'm clicking on the NEO, I will be having this window. And this was the same process what we were following in the earlier case when we were sketching the two-dimensional layouts. Okay? So right now I have to choose by default you can see that bark modulus elected and the solid modulus elected. So we have to go to itself. We have to see that we are selecting the part model. And in the subtype we have to see that the solid model is selected. The sheet model and the bulk type are the different cases. So right now we have to work with patterns solid type. And as soon as we haven't we are confirm that these two are selected. We just need to write the name of the model that we are going to create. So I will be writing it as sample. And we have two options right now. We can directly press OK and go to the part model. And the thing is, if this option is selected right now, that does use the default template. So this indicates the default. As per the default settings with trio, the dimensioning of Korea will be in inches generally. So if okay to work with that dimensioning, we need not and pick this one and we can directly press o can continue. But right now I want to work in MEMS and I millimeters. So I will be just unpicking this one or unselected. And after selecting, I have to press OK. Once I can, I'll just type the other name because sample is already used earlier. So I'll just show you order. So problem right now before this video that I was just playing a sample case. So in that case also I have type sample as the name of a practice session. So just let me delete that one. I've clicked on areas not displayed and that has been deleted. So let me just try to open again. And now let me just try to see that the selected in the South solid type of selected. Now let me type on sample. I'm going to unselect this option because I want the dimensions to be MM. And now let me see what happens. There it is, I didn't get any error message stating that sample is already used. Right. So whenever you are getting this kind of messages, yes. And to go to areas not displayed and delete the models and just press OK, it will be deleted and I create a new model. So right now you can see by default injustice electrode over here, inches, pounds in seconds. So I have to change it to millimeter Newton's seconds. Part solid. So this is the dimensioning that I will be using for creating my geometries. And if we are wanting to type anything we can type but it's not required. We can just statically press okay. And we will be landed on the screen. So let us move to the next video. 29. Creo Part model Layout: So as we have opened the part model or part type and Cleo, and we landed on the screen. And we can see that the layout is little bit different in comparison with earlier layout, what we were working with, that means a sketch layout I'm talking about. Okay. So in the earlier case as we have opened, Let me just try to open that one also. It will be a little bit easy for you to understand, right? And you have an option over here. With this option, you can toggle between two windows. So this is the window which is presently open and you can see I'm having a tick mark over here if I want to go and the part type I have Republican, this option. So I'm this toggling between two screens. So you can see that the difference between both of invoke the layouts is with respect to the layout on the screen, on the left-hand side and on the ribbon. So in the earlier case, you can see the as Vf opened, we will be having the options that are available for creating designs. And on the left-hand side we have the options which can directors to our desktop or documents or at any other places, right? So we were using this Options and we were creating different layouts. So it was very simple. But right now in part model, you can see that we have three planes, and each plane is designated with a term. This is the front plane with getting highlighted. And this is the top plane. You can see prop plane, front plane, and this is the right plane. So we have three planes on the screen. And we have a ribbon over NEO would, which are again categorized into subtypes like operations, get data or datum shapes, engineering, editing, etcetera. And we have some options over here which can help us to refit the zoom, changed the Display Style and CELAC, the axis point coordinate system, et cetera, understanding as you're progressing. And on the left-hand side we have a model tree. This is very important section because this section will help us to know what are the steps you have performed in order to achieve or create a new model. So this is the major difference between sketching and part modelling. And with respect to the file type, you can see that the sketching file types are saved as SEC, whereas the Part models are saved as dot PRP part. Ok, so that is the basic introduction about the layout. Let us go to the next video. 30. Understanding Solid Modelling: Hi. Before discussing the different tools and options in Creo part modelling, I thought it is important for us to understand to what a solid modelling, what is feature-based modelling and what is parametric modeling? So these are the three concepts which are very vital and very significant for us to understand and work. And let us try to discuss what is a solid modelling concepts. And in order to explain that, I will be opening one of the Kryo file. I have public open. I need to select the DOD PRT files. And you can see there are multiple files which I have seen leaving my previous works. So I will be selecting the first option or the first file and press okay. So right now you can see a solid model. So what is a solid model? Unsorted modernism, realistic visual representation of a design. So you can see that I have tried to replicate the Airbus A320 0 a craft, and I have created a scale model of the a craft. This model was created for an objective, for a research purpose, right? And what is solid modelling concept in Creo? So clear parametric enables us to create realistic solid models, representations of different engineering systems. These are nothing but the virtual design models that are created for visualization and evaluation of the designs, like in this particular case of the aircraft, what you are seeing in the screen right now, I have created this model to investigate the flow properties over the wing of the aircraft, right? And it was a separate kind of research. So this particular methodology helps us to save lot of time and it helps us to save the economics. I'm in. For example, if we are trying to analyze the visualizations of flow over the a craft by building a prototype, it would be obviously a costly affair. So in order to save all the complications and also the cost of creating prototypes and analyzing them in one wind tunnels or any other methods. We can try to perform the evaluation using the softwares which are present with us. So that is the reason trios helpful for us in a very flexible and very powerful, powerful away, right? So I have created this model and f evaluated its performance with respect to the aerodynamics. Some other solvers or flow solvers such as answers, right? And one more point to understand is the models. What are the sordid models, what we are having in Creo parametric, they have their own material properties, such as they have the mass, they have their own volume, and they have the central gravity as well. And if we are adding new features in the model or if we are removing the features from the model, the Properties gets updated. So that is, that is the point to remember the features in the sense, for example, this is the vertical tail, right? So this is a feature in the overall sorted model. And this is a wing. So this is another feature on the acre OF model. So this is a right wing, this is the horizontal tail. So all of these other features, if I want to add another feature, say for example, I want to add engines over here. So as I'm adding the engines, the overall mass of the aircraft changes. I mean mass off the scale model. What I've created, I'm not talking about the actual model because this is a scale geometry. And I will be showing you this thing with an example. So for example, let us see what is though. Let me just try to relieve some of the part first. And by the way, this is the model three, which I was trying to show you in the earlier video. Here you can see the number of steps that I've used for creating the model, the solid model. So these are the number of steps which I have created and the best part of VOS we can easily try to go at any step by just clicking on the Insert here and stopping at any location, FM stopping over here. I have reached to the step VRef created the center part of the aircraft. Then I can try to go to other steps as well. And you can see the fetus I creating, right? So let us try to see what is the weight of the mass of the aircraft, then this particular stage. Ok, so in order to do that, we have to first see what is due material. So we have to assign a material before checking the mass. And my data assignment can be done, can be performed under File option. We have to go to a payer and we have to segue modal properties. So here you can see the units which we have selected in the earlier selection or when we were working on the new option near model, we have selected the default option and we have selected the millimeter Newton. And second, so i will be always following this units. And you can see the material is not assigned right now. So I will be assigning any material right now by clicking on change. So I will be having this window, it need to resize it. I have to click on the legacy materials. And these are the materials which are available as per default standards. And let me just try to click on steel and double-click it. I will be having the material over here. All right, so although the aircraft is made up of aluminum or indifferent composites, and let me just try to assign stephen c, what is the mass of these scaled model right now? And pressing, okay, so I got the material assigned that is steel for the old scale model. And let me just close it. So in order to check the mass of the craft and it does go to analysis. So this is a ribbon. Here you can see different options which I have mentioned in the earlier video. So I will be changing to analysis. And I have the mass properties resident over here. I will be clicking on the mass properties. And I have booklet on preview. So you can see the volume, the surface area, and the density, along with the mass. All of these are present over here. And you can see that the mass is 6.53 e minus two, which indicates ten power minus 210. So you can kind of wooden cages and you can see what is the mass. So as of now, let me just remember that the mass is 6.510 power minus two, right? So let me just try to press, okay. And we try to remove or go to upper stages. This particular location with only the solid model of the fuselage. Liquid mass properties again, click preview. You can see the mass has been reduced to 6.210 power minus two and tons of the units. So these is the way you can analyze the mass properties. And what I'm going to tell over here is as we are adding the features or via deleting the features, there is a change in the material properties of the total solid model. Right? So this is about the solid modelling concept. Let us try to go to the next concept in the next video. 31. Understanding Feature based modelling: Let us try to understand what does feature-based concept or feature based modeling and Cleopatra metric. By the wig, your parametric is also called as a feature-based product development tool. So n feature-based modelling. We are willing or VR creating or one simple feature at a time. And for you to understand this concept, I have created a sample 3D model, 3D solid model of a connecting rod. And I will be showing you. And one thing before explaining this particular topic or feature-based concept, I would like to make it. And I have not followed any dimensions for creating this particular connecting rod which you're seeing on the screen. So my objective was to meet you understand what is P2 based concept? So I have randomly created, I've randomly assumed some dimensions and F collide to form a connecting rod. So I beg your pardon, if you are really feeling that the design or the dimensions are inappropriate. But my intention is, my intention is to explain you what is a feature based modelling clear. So this is a connecting rod, what you're seeing on the screen right now. And so what does a feature based concept, the model that I've constructed for creating this particular model, I have followed a CDs of easy to understand fetus that rather than confusing mathematical shapes and entities. So I will be using the particular model tree on the left-hand side. And I have already mentioned you that the modern tree helps us to some, to any particular step that we have for Lord when we are creating the model. So these are the steps which I followed. And these are the CDs of easy to understand features. I can say it will. So let me go to the first feature or first step that I've created in order to make this so-called connecting rod. So this is the first step, which is an extra command. So I will be explaining you in the next videos what is explored and what is allowed and everything to don't worry about it right now, please try to understand what is a feature based modelling. So in order to create the connecting rod, and this is the first feature that I've created. So this is nothing but two or a cube 3D, 3D solid model that is basically forming the overall shape and size of the model which I am intending to create. Leah. So after this, the next feature of what I've created is a round option. You can see on the top side, I've created around. And after this, the next feature that I have gone into, another round at the base. So right now I have removed the sharp edges. And after that I've created another feature which is nothing but an extrusion at one end. We can see more clearly Cleo, and after this, I have created another feature on the right hand side by mirroring the first veto, the previous feature. And in this process you can write to understand one thing that each and every feature is with respect to the previous feature. I mean, they're referring to the previous veto. So the moment I have mirrored the Light Side extrusion, this right side extrusion was with reference with the first feature, I have silicon, this feature I have selected the plane of the mirror. And I haven't edited a mirrored solid extruded part on the right-hand side order feature. So each and every feature in relation to the previous veto. So after creating this two sections, IF created a whole. Firstly, I've created a hole on the left hand side. So this is another feature which I have created and I have mirrored the hole on the right hand side. And the last to finishing touches very given by using the long command. This is something similar to Philip command which we have seen in the sketching part. So in this process, I have generated a complex part by following the methodology of approaching or design or creating a design feature based. So this is all about feature-based modelling or feature-based concept didn't create parametric. Here you can individually create each feature of the geometry, which is very simple to create. And after creating each feature, they are added together and they form a complex part or an assembly, as we have seen in this particular example of the connecting rod. So this is all about feature based modelling. Let us go to the next video. 32. Understanding Parametric Modeling: Let us try to understand what is the last and the most important concept that is pedometer concept. So let me try to open one of the existing model which I have created for explanation purpose. As we have already understood, what does feature based modeling. I have created this particular cylinder with a whole following the same approach has mentioned in the previous video. So firstly, I've created a cylinder, circular cylinder, and I have created a phaser and this particular cylinder that is a hole. Right? So it is very important for us to understand the relationships between features when we are creating a new veto. Any feature that does the reference, building its creation becomes the parent of the new feature. And the new FIFO had a financing. The parent is referred to as a child of the parent. So this is a kind of parent-child relationship. So I will try to explain you with this particular example. So when I was creating this whole I have, let me just try to edit first. And don't worry, I'll just try to show you everything in the next videos. So when I was trying to create this hole in the cylinder, I have referred to the top sort of phase and cylinder. And I have created this particular circle with centre at a distance of 70 units from the top surface or the top feature of the particular cylinder. Real. So this is a relationship. Now the main cylinder or the top surface is the parent. And this particular feature or what I've created is a, so this is having a parent child relationship here. And it doesn't go back to the solid shading. Now, if the parent features and the children of the patent update accordingly, right? So if I'm trying to increase the height of this particular surface, that means the parent phase or the, or the Baden fetal. So the child feature, which is connected orbitals having a relationship with the parent feature also gets updated. So as I've already mentioned that this hole or the center of the hole is at a distance of 70 units from the top. If I'm blind to increase the height of this particular surface or the parent veto. The child feature also gets updated. So I'll be showing you with this example. So let me modify the height right now. Let me make it 500. You can see earlier I wasn't having the hole in this particular range somewhere over here. But as I have updated the paid-in fetal, the tile feed serve has also updated as the distance between the center of the circle and the top feature was 70 units. The tile feature is mean living that two units for any modification to the parent feature. So this is about the parent and child relationships. Clear. For example, let me go back and let me try to clear. Let me try to change the reference. Okay, and now, right now this is a tile feature, right? And this is the bed and fetal. Let me delete this. And friends and let me refer the position of the ball with respect to the base to please try to understand the concept over here. Okay, so right now the distance between them is a 100. So with this reference, I can tell that the Paden feature is the base of the cylinder and the child feature is this hole which is having a relationship between parent and child. So that relationship is with respect to the same good of the whole. And the centre of all is a reference with the bottom surface and it is having particular descended pin them. So right now let me see if I'm modeling, modifying the auto updating the top feature, what is going to happen to the title feature? So please try to have a guess. Let me just change it to 500 again. And right now, the whole which have created with respect to the bottom reference will be at the same location because the parent of that particular Hall is the base and I'm not modifying the base right now, I'm just modifying the top surface. You can see over here. So this is the hole. There is nothing happening to the whole because the whole is referenced to its parent and the parent is the bottom surface. I have not done any modification to the patent. I have applied some modification with respect to the change in height to the other side of the cylinder. And since this side is not related to this tile, so nothing is going to happen to the title. I'm in the dimensions or the position of the title feature. That is, the world will not be changing. So this is about the symmetric nature of the Salford. You might find this a little bit confusing, but when we are practicing sample exercises, I'm pretty sure that you will be understanding the relationships between two features more precisely. So what is the best practice when we are modelling the geometries? So when we are creating fetus in our models, we have to see that we prefer the fetus and the geometry to the geometry that is robust. I mean v after refer the feature with locations or with surfaces which are not commit changed in the future, the positioning will not be updated, right? If we are having, having any doubt that, for example, this particular solid phase may be modified or to the height may be changed. And so it is better to refer the hole with respect to the base because I feel that the base will not be changing, right? So this is the best practice in order to create a robust model and which can be easy to modify without any glitches here. So this is a best practice what we have to follow, and in the nutshell, what we can tell about parametric concept is the model geometry is controlled by parameters n dimensions. So when we are modifying the dimension that 11 geometry is automatically updated here as I have in the first case, as I modified the upper surface because that was the parent. The child feature also got updated automatically. So that is the barometric nature of the Kryo biometrics software. And we have also learned what is a parent child relationship. So features that referenced during creation become parents. So when we are creating a new feature, and in order to create that new feature, Vr reference, referencing any existing feature, that particular day feature to score less parent or row, it just becomes a parent actually. And the if any modification is applied to the parent veto, the tile feature predictability changes accordingly. So this is all about parametric concepts. So it is quite to go to the next video. 33. Basic Extrude process: Welcome to the section of solid modelling. From this section onwards, we will be designing or we will be creating models which are three dimensional in nature. So in this video, we will be discussing the most important option in three-dimensional modelling that is extrude command. So first let me open the part file by clicking on Neil. Has the default part model is selected or the part type is elected and the subtype is def, solid by default. So this is comfortable for me. And I want to change the dimensions which I want to work. So I am selecting this option and I'm pressing OK. After pressing OK, I have to select the dimensions with time Vulcan. I will be working with millimetres. So I'm selecting this option C that you select the millimeters newton seconds part and solid, clear because there's another option called moral component. And we have harnessing over the year. So we are working on part models. So the CAD models are created using the pipe model. I'm pressing OK right now and as soon as I've closed, okay, I have landed on the layout and the introduction of this layer was already present in the previous video. Now, let us try to create a three-dimensional model using the basic command called x showed. So let us see various extra located first, extruded located under this category of shapes. There are also other options called revolve, sweep, swept blend. We will be discussing these options in the future videos. And you can also see as option color sketch. So we have already covered the two-dimensional sketching. So if we are opening this option, we will be directed to create doh, doh di Minister sketch on any of the planes which are mentioned on the screen. So let me just quickly repeat over here that this particular area is used for drawing or smart linger three-dimensional objects or three-dimensional models. This is the ribbon for different options available for us. We can write two uses options, and we can try to create a solid model. We have the model tree on the left-hand side, which indicates the steps lewin for creating the solid model. So let us try to see what is extruded option. If we are applying to Harvard, hover the cursor on the extra option, we have a message over the data. First, let us read what is mentioned. Extraordinary is used to create three-dimensional geometry by projecting a two-dimensional sketch out a section and a specified distance normal to the scattering plane. This means firstly, we have to create a two-dimensional sketch. Say for example, I'm creating a circle. If I'm wanting it to extrude. The Extrusion means to convert that particular so alkyl indoor three-dimensional, solid model. Right? So what is happening in extraordinary is the two-dimensional layout is getting projected. It is getting projected perpendicular to the plane on which vf created the two-dimensional layout or the two dimensional sketch. So this is quite confusing if you're trying to follow the definition. But if you are trying to see the wavy or creating extraordinary, it will be a very easy thing for you. So let us try to use extrude option. For that first, please click on extrude. The moment we have click next door. You will be having a dashboard over here, or you can call it as a little been in this a ribbon data, certainly for options which are selected by default, the first option is extolled as solid. Yes, via working with extra tests ordered. That is another option called extrudes surface. Extruded surface we will be discussing in the future options. Extra surface comes and does surface modelling. Right now in this section we are discussing the solid modelling. After this option, we have another option called depth. Depth indicates their distance. The two dimensional sketch is getting extruded for. I will be showing you with the example. Now that we have opened the ribbon or we have opened the dashboard of the extraordinary. We have to select the plane on which we want to extrude the two-dimensional sketch. Selection of the plane depends on the geometry, what we are having. For example, if we have a cylinder that is standing on the floor in order to create the same object in the creosote fair, the view of the object is what important. So in order to create the same geometry, I will be choosing the blame named desktop. I will be selecting a plane named as top. And I will be creating a two-dimensional sketch on this particular claim. And I will be extruding it normal to the plane. So I'll try to show you all these things in the coming videos. So do not worry about it. So the next thing, what I have to do is I have to click on placement because I have to define a plane on which I'm going to extrude the two-dimensional sketch. I will be selecting the placement option, and then I will have to select the define option. When I'm clicking that define. We get a window on the screen named us sketch. And we get a message over here, selector plane or surface per defines sketch plane. So I repeat, sketch plane is the plane on which we are going to create a two-dimensional sketch. So let me just try to click on the Franklin. Since this is the first time we are working with extrude that we worked with the front plane right now. So I have selected the front plane. And the moment I have clicked on the front plane, I got a notification or a message over here. The front plane is selected and let me press gets right now. So clicking on sketch activates though, sketching layout. So you can see, and I'm sure you're quite used to this particular options because you have already covered this options in the two-dimensional sketching. And these are the most important for a designer to understand. So I have this options activated right now. The reason for this options getting activated this to help me to create the two-dimensional sketch on the front blame or to have selected. Clear. So right now you can see that this blame, the blame on the front plane, I'm getting a center axis, which is intersecting with another center axis. So this indicates that this particular plane is activated right now for creating a sketches on it. Now, the next important step is to align the view because we cannot create a sketch in their default view, which you see in the screen right now. So this is the default view. We have to press the normal view or the sketch for you right now. The moment I click the sketch view, you can see there was a turn in the plane. Let me go back to their default wheel by pressing control D. And this was the default V or I was having. So I've should not create any sketch in this particular view because it will be very confusing. I will show you that also. So right now, first thing is I have perceived that I am going to the sketch view. So this will basically orient those lame normal to the screen. Now, this is a quite simple for us. We have already used this options and it is tried to use a circular option. And let us try to create a circle originating from the center of the coordinate system, that is x, y, and z. You have already learned the procedure to create this articles. So I will not be departing on these things. Let me try to keep the diameter was 200 m m. Now you can see that those sketches created one important thing to remember when we are creating an extraordinary, when we are using and extrude command is that the sketch reward you're creating should be a closed-loop. Simon. Sure, the difference between open-loop and closed-loop. So right now the circle is close. Look, because there are no ends that are open. Let me try to create one other. Sketch. Say for example, I'm trying to create a rectangle. But the enzootic rectangle R naught connected it behind their dimensions. You can see that the ends of the rectangle not connected. So this is not a closed loop. If this gets us close, we will automatically get a shading and this indicates that this is a closed loop. So let me just delete this open loop. Now we have this sketch ready with us. And we have to simply press OK. After pressing OK, you can see this particular color, what we are seeing. Now you can go and the object by using the medium click options. So as I'm progressing with the video, I will also be telling you the options are the way to use the mouse while working with the modeling part. So now I have to click on the middle, click the roller what we are having in the mouse and turned up and move the mouse. So with this technique, you can just move the object and see how is it created. And if you want to come back to their default view, you simply have to press Control. And B, the extraordinary commanders has worked. It has created an extrusion. So I'll repeat again. Extrusion is a process of converting or low dimensional sketch into a three-dimensional solid model. It happens by creating a two-dimensional sketch and projecting it linearly but perpendicular to the plane. So I have created the circle in the front plane. This was different plane, if you remember, I have created this alkyl and right now the Circuit Court extruded audit has got linearly projected in the perpendicular direction but perpendicular to the plane. I'm talking right now. Leo. Now what should it be, the depth of extrusion or the length of extrusion. You can try to change the length by clicking on this dark and moving your mouse. But this is not recommended because in the geometries when we are solving the exercises, you can see there is a valley of distance which we have to follow clear, so we can change the value over here. For example, I want that to be something around 350. I simply have two pi by three per unit. So what he hadn't placenta, you can see that the finger God or the solid Morton codecs tour it further. What if I want to extrude though? Model on the other side of the plane, okay, on the behind on that particular region. So in that case, I can simply type minus v p. You can see that the object or the model is predicting on the other side of the plane. Let me come back to the previous plane. So this, instead of typing and negative value of depth, we can also use this option. This is also very simple with the clicker does happening. So I'm just playing to LEO and different ways of projecting the geometry in different directions layer. So this is another simple option by clicking though, by changing the direction with respect to the plane. Now, if I'm, if I'm wanting the particular cylinder to be symmetric, I mean, I warn equal amount of material on the right-hand side and equal amount of material on the left-hand side. So one thing to remember is with the extrusion we are adding a material. So initially your, you have created a circle, you have created a two-dimensional circle. So using the extort command, you have added my data covered and you would explore lingered for the required depth in any direction, which is one thing. So I am adding material in this direction right now. And the depth I wanted it to be 400 units. Now, if I'm one thing the cylinder to be symmetric about the plane, I want equal amount of material on both sides of the plane. So in that case, I need to click over here. So by default, this particular option is selected. And this particular option represents the Extrusion From sketch plane by a specified depth value. So this is the general option. And this option we just have to end up the value and we can change the direction so that kind of depth or that amount of extrusion is happening. So if I'm wanting it to be symmetric or on both the sides, I have created a second option. By clicking on this option, you can see that the cylinder got aligned equally on both the sides. You can just use them medically cocaine and you can see the direction c, You can see that it is equally on President on both the sides. So now you can either use the ascendancy, the radiation for understanding purpose. The material is getting added equally and it is following the sketch what we have created, that wasn't so good. So this is the simplest way to create an extrude command. Let us go to the next video and see what are the different options present in Extrude. But before that, let me conclude this particular extrusion by pressing OK. So whenever I'm satisfied with the explosion, I have to press OK. And less controlled Lee to come back to the default view. So now the solid modulus ready, this is a cylinder. And you can see the view. And then you can try to imagine that. As I mentioned, I mentioned to you in the starting of the discussion of extrusion that if I want to create a sit in dust tangling and on the ground. So I have to select the top plane, right? But right now I haven't selected the top plane. I've silicon the front plane. So this is something like a cylinder which is auto pipette displays on the ground. So this view is something similar to that particular thing more than Blanco tell you. So you can just imagine how a bypass laid on the ground. How does it look? It looks in exactly this way, right? So if you're wanting to create that particular thing, we have to follow though, usage of Franklin if you're wanting it to this timing. So we have to use the top plane and we have to create the extrusion with respect to the top plane. I will be showing you in the next video. 34. Extrude on different planes: Now that you have seen The way to create an explosion, and we have created this extrusion symmetric with respect to the friend plane. You can see that the front plane is over here right now. And you can see that the top plane is this one right now. And you can see that the right plane as this one. So initially when we were having the blames aligned, they were aligned in some different way. So right now let me just tie to the extrusion in different planes, show you the differences with respect to the views. So in order to do that, let me just delete this extrusion. And the planes are aligned. And before we'll, and let me click on explored placement, define. Now let me define this plane that is the top line sketch. And it is very important to align the view by clicking on schedule. So what if, what if I haven't clicked this sketch option, sketch v option? And let me see what the way you will be getting this circle. So you can see that the circuit will be little bit inclined as it is lying on the plane. You can see that this getters sketched on the top plane because we have selected the top plane. And you can see that the so called list created on the top plane. So this view is tying to help us understand where the sketches created. So far clear understanding, let me click on sketch view. Now this view is normal to us. I mean, we can see it more clearly. And fear wondering contain the diameter. We can do that again. Pressing control the takes us back to the before we'll sketch for you. Now I'm satisfied with the figure. I'm comfortable with this particular circle. I'm ensuring that the circle is a closed loop. Now I'm pressing OK. So in order to ban the geometry, we can press shift, shift command on the keyboard and began President middle pluck. And we can move the mouse on any direction. So this will basically panned object or tandem orbital. So this is another option what we are learning while creating a solid model. Let me verify the depth again or destroy 50. Let me use the middle mouse button and turn the object. And I wonder to be symmetric. That means the sprite to increase a cylinder length, say 600. And let me press OK right now. After pressing the full view, you can see now that the cylinder is in a position, reaches quite reassembling as timings that ended up yes or no. So in the previous video, we have seen that we have created the extrusion and the front plane. The explosion was happening in this direction. Clear. And we have the extrusion right now using a top plane, and the explosion is happening in this direction. So let us try to create another extrusion using another plane. So for your practice, you can display proposed of you're new and you can just practice creation of the sketch or the two dimensional sketch in different planes and see the variations with respect to the views. After pressing the control, the option that is coming back to the default view. So let me go back to the previous option again by deleting the extrude. So this was their default procedure to us. I extrude command by clicking on extrude, going to play spent, define, clicking on the sketch for T12 work and creating this sketch on the plane. So as I'm trying to explain their default Saudi example, I'm not aligning it to the normal view. Should interested, I will just align it. It has. Okay. And wanted to be symmetric. Let me just try to increase the Lenton press. Okay. Now you can see that the alignment is different direction to this direction. This was the friend direction, and the previous one was there Tom direction. Now that my extrusion is created, if I'm wanting to write and under the extrusion to this particular geometry, I can do that as well by using either the planes are decide officials of the optic or deaf created. So let me just show you one more example by creating a new extraordinary on this franklin. Okay, so let me click on front 30 extra option and we'll do placement, define CELAC differently. And put a sketch. After that, let me click on the sketch view so you can see that the previous exclusion is already visible. So this was the previous step, what we have. Now we are into the next part of the next step of the condition of any model beard. So that I know I want another circle. So let me just try to use rectangular device. And I'm playing good chooses center and center rectangle originated the rectangle from the centre. Let me enter random length of 400. So I have created the sketch on the front plane. Now let me press OK. Now you can see that the material of the second extrusion is overlapping or getting intersected. It is getting combined with the first extrusion. Leah. So this is happening and this is what is happening in extrusion right now. The data is getting combined. I wanted to be on put the sites. So it'll be using symmetric. And let me just extend the or depth. Do something at our 900 and press ok. So this is another explosion, the second extrusion with the first extrusion. So this is the way you are. Using the extract command and creating multiple extruded solid models. So I request you to use the extrude command and create different cross sections. Try to see that the cross section shouldn't be a closed loop. Because if we are having open loop, you will not be getting the extrusion. And show you one more example. The other dimensions. So right now the sketch, what I've created, the two-dimensional sketch is an open-loop. I'm pressing OK. See I'm getting a message fails, feature failed or regenerate. The reason is because this is an open loop. So let me press Cancel and let me close out directly. And as control B, let me create one more extradite right now with a closed loop. I want to create in the top view. Now in order to avoid the confusion, let me click on sketch V0 and you'll cylinder from the center, admitting TO diameter to be around 400. But that's okay. Going 3D, I will be showing you this option later. So now I'm getting, I'm adding the material and I want to add them. A dealer on one side, it is enough for me right now. This is a cent example. Okay? So this is a 07:00 AM pressing OK. So I have the third extrusion. So this was in the top view and this was on the right side view. And this cuboid, what you're seeing squared, whatever creator dynamics coated. So this was in the friend view. So here in the Model three, right now you can see the three steps. What do you performed? As I'm clicking on the first step, the first object is highlighted or the first mandalas highlighted. Similarly, the second step, second object of the second mandalas highlighted. Then the third extruders getting highlighted. Now if I want a team, the view I'm in chains, the widowed design looks like I have to go to this option. Coalesce and display style. So here I have multiple ways of seeing the geometry. Flame way. So you can see the axis of this alkyl over here. This is the center axis. It is a bash and smarter dash. Any longer dash line, this is the axis of the circle. This is hidden. So here you can not see some of the lines. See something's getting highlighted. The intersecting lines are getting lighter shaded right now. Then we have the no hidden. We are not able to see any intersecting lines in there before that view. Let me try to hide the plane. Here. This is where a little bit more easy to understand. Then we have another view coordinates shading. This is the default. We also have another option correlates shading with edges. You can see that dissent highlighted right now. And in this case I'm just not highlighted. So this is their default view or default Display Style. Whenever you are opening or working with the kleos off air. Then we have the shading with reflection. You can see there is a deflection in the bottom. So this is like a render. You are having the object placed on the surface with the deflection. So this is generally used as Yaphet guard sort as hardware device to work with this kind of displays tied. This can only be used when you add in the last days. I mean, when the F completed the modelling part and you want a good image offered, right, to put up in your research Walcott people or anything. For that purpose, we can try to use this displaced identical snip off it. So the default display stylist shading. So let us keep this view and work with this. So let us move to the next video to understand motor boat extraordinary. I'm really hoping that you are finding this very interesting. 35. Extruding on Side -2: As I have shown you the procedure to open the extra option and select the blame for creating the extraordinary, which was something similar to this. Clicking on extraordinary men going to place meant defining a sketch and selecting the plane, clicking on sketch. So this is a process of, say, around five to seven licks, I'm sorry, maybe three to four weeks. But there is another way to open the extraordinary jump directly into the sketching section. And I will be showing you that bay. So let me close off this and it may cancel and come back to the default view. So for example, if I want to create extraordinary in the top name, okay? So I can click on extrude and I can directly click on the top plane. So when I'm selecting the top plane, immediately I'm coming to the scattering layout. Okay, so this has prevented me to go to the default procedure that has to go to the placement, define, select the blame and press ok, so all those steps have been canceled. And directly I'm landing on those sketching layout. Where in I can just click on the normal view and start creating this alkalis. So this is another way we can try to open the extrude option and create extrusions. So the wave was Click on the extraordinary, select the plane you want to extrude the geometry layout. So I'll try to show you one more way. The next way is to select the plane first example, I want to select complain on the front view, or I want to draw the extrusion or create a modal in the front view. So I'm sleeping the front plane right now. And I'm clicking on explode. So you can see the moment I've clicked on x stored, I have the sketching layout with me. I can go to the sketch view and they can start creating the sketches. So it is not important for you to create the sketch with respect to the same bird. Again, I'm telling you it depends on the geometry or we are having we will see the exercises and see how we are approaching each extrude option. So in this case, I have drawn the layout on the left-hand side of the origin. Now let me see what is the kind of extrusion I'm getting. So you can see that the origin is over a year and my geometry is getting extruded with respect to the same Blaine what I've created here. So it is perpendicular to the, with respect to the schedule and f created, and it is perpendicular to the plane on which I've created this sketch. So this is another way of creating, explored. The location of the sketch totally depends on the geometry, what we are working with. So I'm this tangled paleo, different ways of creating extraordinary right now. So let me just cancel it. Go back to the default view. Now, let us try to see what are the other options and extraordinary. So first let us create an extrusion. And it does create us. So I have created the cross-section. So by now you must have understood that I will be creating a cylinder again. Because so Callisto cross-section of a cylinder. I've pressed okay, using them, ridiculous. I'm just moving the direction. And now you can see over here we have an option called options. So when I'm clicking on options, you can find something called less depth over here. And this depth is equal to the value or desert. And over here you can see I have a value of log of d. Over here, I have a value of typography, but there is a difference. The difference is with respect to the site. Now in this case, you can see that the extrusion is happening only on the one side of the plane. So this side is designated as Cygwin. And the kind of extrusion wartime having this a blind extrusion. So blind extrusion in the sense that depends on the total depth value, what we are using. So if we are changing the value that Mendel mode of extrusion will be happening to our sketch on the geometry. Now, I want another extrusion by using the same. So collaborative creator, the two-dimensional sketch. And but I wanted to be on the other side. So the other side of the blenders designated a site too. So by default, this is not active. If VR1 ping in some cases to get it activated. So we have to click on Options. And remember that first you have to create the extrusion, then you have to go to the options instead of pressing OK. So I'm clicking on side two right now, and I'm pressing, clicking on the none option. So when I'm clicking on the non option that has a drop-down box over here. I will be celebrating the blind option first. Automatically I am getting another extrusion on the right-hand side. So when I am blind to move the r increased the material on this side to that is no change happening on the side one. Similarly, if I'm trying to change the depth of the site when there is no change happening on the side group. So these are independent of each other. And you can change the dimensions or the depth from this particular location. Also, say I've won 501 site and I want to be on one side. So this is the way you can create extrusion on both sides of the plane. Let us go to the next video. 36. Extrude on Surface: So I will be utilizing the same geometry what I've created in the previous video. Now that my extrusion is ready with me. And I have created the exclusion on both the sides. But when I'm looking at the model tree, the total geometry is listed as extrude when. So please do not get confused. If we are creating an extrusion and the site to that comes and does extraordinary one only because this is the first geometry what we are creating using a common sketch, that was a two dimensional sketch, what we have created. Now let us see the way to edit this particular extrusion. Because you know, if I in the earlier video, I have mentioned you that the total lend those 500. By double-clicking on the geometry, you can see that I mentioned or have considered. So I have the length of 501 side and I have the length of geography on one side. So the material is on both the sides, but having different dimensions. And you can see the sketch would've created over here, and that is having a diamond dropped to 50. Now if I want to change the depth of the particular circle or the cylinder oh, I need to edit the geometry again, R-rated the extrusion. So in order to do that, I can click on extraordinary. And after clicking on extrude, I'm getting a set of options over here, which I will be discussing as we are progressing in the course. So right now we have this option or less edit definition. So we can click on this option. So when clicking on the edit edit definition, read landed or VR returned to the extra ode command again, read, we can see the dimensions and the details of the geometry, what we have created. Okay, now, if my intention is to modify the depths, I can directly do it in options by changing the depths as desired. Alright? What if I want to change the diameter of the circle motif created in this particular window, there is no option for me to edit the diameter of the circle. So in this case, I have to do something else. I have to go to the placement option. And when I'm clicking on placement option, you can see Sketch and under sketch you can see internal sketch r1. So this means that this particular scheduler deaf created. If you can see over here, this is dumbed or labeled as intermodal sketch N1, I1, but change the diameter of that particular sketch. So in order to do that, I will be clicking on edit option. The moment I've clicked on edit, I have returned to the two-dimensional sketching. Now I can just go to the normal view or the sketch view. And I can fit this, fit that layout with the screen. And I can change the diameter as desired. I've increased the diameter right now. I'm placing, refit and impressing, okay, right now. So after pressing OK, you can use the medically can turn to odometry and see whether you are satisfied with the product or the geometry or they are having right now. And again, if you want to modify the diameter, you can do with the same wave. Right now I am going with this monitor diameter and pressing OK. And I'm taking my geometry. So it's looking satisfied right now. I'm sad if, if I'm supposing that this is what I wanted. So I'm okay with it. I have to simply press OK right now. So in this video, you have understood the procedure for editing your geometry. So if you can see over here, you can see the extrude command, what we have used, and this is the first option, what we have worked so far. And this is the first step would be evoke so far. Now, let me try to create another extraordinary, but not on the plane, not on the datum plane. Let me try to use the surface of the cylinder. So generally, you have to understand that, you know, you can create the extrusions on the flat surfaces or datum planes. So whenever we are creating a two dimensional sketch, you just imagine that we are creating on a paper. And it is difficult for us to create a sketch on surfaces which are not claim or which are not flat. Same goes with the paper drawing. Imagine if I'm asking you to draw a sketch on the curved surface, it will be very difficult for you to draw it on the curved surface in competition with the flat paper. So same goes for extrusion as well. So right now in mind geometry, I'm having to flat faces. And let me try to show you before that another function of mouse. If I'm clicking on the control button, the keyboard, and with the middle mouse, if I'm just moving muddle click. If I'm just moving the mouse in the down direction and in the up direction. So this is a kind of zooming in, zooming out with Revit using a control option at the visor. Simplest form of zooming in is scrolling your material, click and scroll the scroll bar. And you can zoom it anyway. Right? So the discussion over here is we have to create an extrusion and the flat surfaces. So if you are observing this particular geometry, you can see that we are having two flat surfaces. This is the first flat surface, and this is another flat surface. So extrusion can also happen on the surfaces. And let us try to see what is the way. Let me first align it to the default view. Okay. Now I can click on the surf surface. You can see when I'm hovering on the surface it is getting highlighted, isn't it? You can see those highlighted and getting a name of the surface, surface five. Ok. So I'm clicking on it. I'm clicking on extrude. Now you can see that the plane of sketch is with respect to the surface of the cylinder. So whatever, whatever I'm trying to sketch right now will be on this particular surface, not on any of the datum beings. In this particular case, the sad face of the cylinder is my datum right now. So that is the reference on which I'm going to create the extraordinary. So let me apply it to align it with respect to the sketch view. So I am having the previous cylinder which is visible and it is aligned. Let me create a circular again from the center. Let me give it a little lesser diameter so that he can see the difference. I'm sorry, 7-0. Now, now that I have sketched the two-dimensional sketch, I have to press okay. And you can see I'm getting an extrusion from this side phase of the first extruded geometry. So this is another feature and export command or you can work with. Similarly, you can try to increase the depth. But if you are trying to go on the other side of the surface, automatically, I am getting this option silicate. I'll tell you about it in the next video. So you can see when I'm going to the other, going to the other side of the surface. The explosion is happening inside. That means my data's getting combined with the material. Okay? And if I'm just increasing the depth again, I can come up from this direction. So I am overlapping the more detail what is existing in this particular thing in the cylinder. So this is not recommended if I'm wanting us extrusion from this direction, it is better option for me to use this surface for creating the extrude. Said let me go back to this direction. So this is the total depth toward having gone from left side to the right side. So this is a quite huge material. Okay, let me just try to keep it as a 100 for now. So I'll show you the procedure again on the other side. And just turning my geometry, clicking on the surface. Pressing extrude. Now aligning geometry. Now let me draw a rectangle, some random dimensions. Okay? And you, and see over here that my sketches entity, let me change. Third displays tile. And you can see that I've created a time two-dimensional sketch of 50 by 50. Am. I have present? Ok. Now I'm getting an extrusion over here. Let me change the displays time. And whatever depth I want I can go. And I can stop it by clicking muddled click on. Okay. So I got the jom into pity, I have aligned it with the default view and you can see that I've created extrusions on the first explosion. What I've created, so you can see this is the first extrusion, the main cylinder. Then on the left-hand side I've created an AES and other smaller cylinder on the surface of the first cylinder. Then on the, another solid phase, I have created a square block. Now you can find many more flat surfaces over yo, can you make a guess? This is the first surface where I can try to create. This is another surface and this is another surface. This is another cell phase here and here. So you can just try to practice by creating multiple extrusions on different, different surfaces. So that means a spite to clear on this particular surface. Align it. Let me just zoom in and use the center axis as a reference. And just create a because we see what's happening right now. Okay, now I have created a sketch on this face. And let me extrude it. You can see the material is getting added. And also you can see that the materialists visible from this side because I have created the diameter to be larger than this phase wartime having. So this is also possible. It is not required for us to maintain the dimensions of the base. We can create any dimension exclusion. But the point is, we only have to create the extrusion on the flat surfaces. And in order to go to the next step, we can either press OK or we can click muddy flip. So I'm clicking the muddling because it is short-cut. And I'm pressing Control D for aligning to the default view. So you can see that this is another extrusion we have created. Now you can see that there are four steps. What we have done in four steps, we have used extrude options. If I want to go back to the first step, I can just click on this option and I can drag it to the first step. So this is another way to go back to the first step. And if you're having any modifications, you can just click on it. Change the diameter if you're wanting to change the diameter, say a 100. So this is a parametric modelling. What I've explained to you and the other features with respect to this. It'll be updated automatically. Clear. So this is another way of dealing with extrusion. Let's go to the next video. 37. Adding Taper in the Model: In this video, I will be trying to help, trying to show you another feature of extraordinary. And let me just create an extraordinary game. So extrude as one of the most important option, then you are creating any geometry because you can try to create any form of shaping. So let me try to use another shapes using an ellipse and see how does it look. So this is the major axis. Minor axis. Let me extruded on both the sites. Now, let me show you another option. So in options, we also have another feature called Les add paper. So this is nothing but adding openness to the geometry. You can't do that as an inclination angle over here. I can change the angle to be, some might be followed as one in the starting, I continue to be 55 nor dabbling with the geometry didn't go to three. So three is happening due to the geometry. You can see that there is an amount of openness. You can see that the figure is getting papered in the bottom section. Can you see clearly, yeah, this year you can see two degrees. This is 10 and this ends. There is no paper. This is the front view, right? Back view. You can see clearly this is the front below 0 degrees tapered. And I'm increasing the tapered angle to be one degree. Right now. You can increase two degrees. So there is a limit after which you cannot form the figure. And in this particular geometry, the taper limit was for, I believe, because when you're creating five or it does not getting reentered. So photos, the limit for this case because the geometry is, and in particular in ship, this is the maximum amount of taper ness you can give to the figure or the geometry. It has title, give the dependence to something boxy type. It may go back. Let me create an extrusion from there, Bob feel. Now have extraordinary, extraordinary 500 and press OK. So I have the figure. Let me edit it and go to the Options command at paper. So you can see the angle over here, and this is 20 degrees right now if you only can just read the angle, either insight or backseat outside. So this is adding material and this is at a moving material. So extrude command is useful for adding or removing materials. And you can see the paper necessities getting, which is created on all the sides, on all the surfaces. So depending on the geometry, what we are working if theta's and involvement of openness, obviously that will be listed in the given geometry photos, that amount of tape illness we have to added. So this is another feature in extort. You can decide to practice and see different, different cross sections. You can try to explode and you can see the dependence. This is the kind of pyramid. So this is the way you have to, but this is upside down. So this is the way the another option that is used and this is called Less a bird option. So you can just type your practice and it does go to the next video. 38. Using Extrude for Removing Material: Let us try to discuss the next feature of extort command. Extrude is really a powerful tool. Let us try to see what is the next command or next option, next feature which I want to discuss with you. So first let me try to create to an extraordinary feature and let it be a circle again. So I'm continuously using so-called because this is just an example purpose. The objective is for, is to understand the concept. So these are the basic geometries that I can get it and explain. So right now I've created a cylinder type of geometry which some depth, say 500. And I'm placing okay. So this was very simple. This is a simple process for you right now. Now, if I want to, now that I've added to my detail using extract command, we can also use the extra load command for removing the material it is tied to see that feature right now. So let me try to tell you that I will be creating a hallway year. So whole list, nothing bird removal of material. And this is a solid material or time having over a year. And I will be trying to create a hole in this particular feature using the extort command, because extra code can also be used for removing the material. So let me click on extrude first. And let me select this surface. Or I can directly select this office and press extra, put the visit is correct. So what w're comfortably can do that way. Let me align it using sketch B option and it make liquid create a circle of little lesser diameter than the original silicon. Let it be 250. So I go to sketch it Eddy right now. So in the previous video, I have shown you the way to extrude from this particular surface, side surface. Now I'm pressing OK. So automatically I'm getting an extrusion. But if I'm trying to push the extrusion on the other side, by clicking on this option. I am getting this particular feeds option got highlighted that density more material and you can see that the material is it and move it over here. So this is another feature off extrusion now as embarking on the latest features, latest version 6. So when I'm just clicking on this option, that remember detail option is getting highlighted automatically. But maybe in the, in the previous versions, this option will not be highlighted automatically. So in that case, you have to just click on this option so that your extrusion is happening inside the geometry. And then you have a selector remove material option. So your geometry will be something similar to this case. So you have to look further the moment data option, which will be exactly on the right-hand side of this option. Click on remember DDL, and you can see that the myData elicited moved. Now the depth of the material to be removed can also be altered by altering though. The value in this particular location. C, I wanted to be 350. You can see it has gone deeper for your next insight, 35P m, m. So this is the way you can use the route command for removal of material. Also. Now, you can see there are some options over here. So this first option is the depth option or the blind option. This will work with respect to the value or during, during, over here. Okay? The second option is symmetric option, which indicates that there is the material removal process happening symmetric with respect to this Decide phase. Since we have the media on the right-hand side and the material is getting removed. But we do not have anything on the left-hand side. You're not able to see any process over here. So this is also correct process, but it is not required for us to use them. Cemetery option because we don't have any more detail over here. We can just try to use the depth option or the line option. That is another option over a year called Les extrude up to the next office. So v i removing material up to the next surface. This is the next selfies of witches. But isn't, I mean, let me just show you a game. This is the earlier case. The depth is still here. P45 units. Now if I'm clicking on this option coalesce, extrude up to next surface. You can see that the extrusion is coming in, stopping at this particular surface because this is the next office which is first. So you can see when I'm selected that option, I am getting this particular feature here. Now what is the next option? This option is score less extraordinary designated or less offices. If I'm using this option, obviously will be having a whole might imagine that as another extrusion present over here and another extrusion afterward it so whatever number of materials you are having, the intersection or the hole will be created continuously. So this option is used for that purpose. And the next option is extraordinary intersect with all selected surfaces. So if I'm having a group of surfaces present over here, I can select a warped surface. It has to go. This is the first phase wartime having right now. And after this, imagine if I am having another extrusion over here. For that particular extrusion, I can select the surface till we are. I am wanting it to be the last row options I will be showing you. The last option I'll be showing you when I'm just continuing the videos because this is extra Doppler selected set surface edge Schwarzkopf plane. This is also nothing but just trying to create your extrusion upto certain references. So in the next videos, most probably I'll try to explain that Boltzmann detail. So the intention on these videos to understand that the extrusion is also a process of fit removal of the material. So exclusion can happen in two ways. It can add material off any cross-section. It can also delete material of any cross-section. And if I want to change the cross-section of the metadata, like undoubtedly go to placement and they can edit. I can align it. And then let me just delete this. Let me try to create those four-sided surface and you can see a god, this is my detail removed over here. So let me just try to keep it as blind. And I wondered there it'll 416. So this is the way I have created slot into the material. So you can write to practice this option causes very important option. We also have certain options in video barometric, especially Denning designated for creating holes. We will also be seeing that one. So you have a short option also for removal limitation. You can write to you this option if required and you can try to use whole Option. And depending on the exercise, what we are having. So let us try to go to the next video. 39. Removing Material with Variable Depths: In this video, I will be discussing the removal material process. It little bit more detail. So I have created different exclusions, different geometries, and I will be explaining you the process of creation of the geometries as at certain distances in the future videos. But right now I'm playing to explain you the material removal process. So it it is tied to concentrate on it. So I would like to remove the material from this particular surface. Let me start creating an extrusion over. He'll let me align it. So right now here, when I'm aligning it to the sketch view, I'm unable to see where does my figured because it is getting overlapped and the colored is same. It is a bit confusion for me to understand which geometry is my geometry right, on real-time creating those sketch. So in order to do that, you can just try to change the display style to know he didn't. And you can see yourself color over here. This is the cycle on which I'm trying to create the ultimate wouldn't my DDL sketch. There is another option call, option called reference. I'll try to show you that also in that future videos. So right now let me just try to create a circle. I wondered him with the material, which is having a cross-section of silicon. So let me change the display style to shading right now. And you can see that my sketch is created over here. Now I'm placing the o key option. Now you can see the exclusion happening. Let me click on demo material. I'm not getting the material removed on the solid phase on the geometry of a year because the side of the extrusion is on the other side of the material. So I have to change this height. So this is an important point to remember. I have changed the size right now, site right now. And you can see the depth can be weighted with our wish. So I was discussing about this other options, right. So I'm trying to explain that those options and I know. So this is the depth option. We can just try to keep the depth. And this is a symmetric option. You will be getting the extrusion equally on both the sides. And after this you have these selected so phase option, okay? And then you have this option 1 second extrude. Yeah. So remember d1. So this option, whatever discussing to you is extrude to intersect with all surfaces. So whatever surfaces are coming in the middle, that surfaces will be having the material removed in them. So let me just try to use this option. And you can see automatically the hole is created for all the materials. So no matter what is the number of geometries you're having, if you are using this option. That is extraordinary, intersect with all surfaces. So whatever surfaces are coming in the middle, you will be having the whole created in that particular surface or the material removed in that particular surface. Now let us try to use another option that is extraordinary. Lessig with silicon itself is. So the difference between both is the first option will not ask us to choose any cell office where we want to make the whole. It'll just keep on continuously going forward and seeing what diverse officers coming in the middle it has tritium would immediately reducing this option. We can write two, so I'd like to surface. It will be via wanting the hole to be. Imagine I don't want the whole to be on this particular solid geometry. So I'll just say like up to the surface. And you can see that the hole is created till here. There is no creation of fall on this particular solid body. So this is the use of this option. Now let us try to use the next option that is x2 doctor, up to selected surface, edge, vertex cover plane or any other datum point. So the difference between both is in this option, we have to set this third phase. We can only selling this third phase of the geometry. Like I have selected this office. So I am getting the whole deal here, but I'm not getting the whole on this particular geometry. But with the last option, I can select any other datum point. Like for example, if I'm wanting to select this plane, then my hole will be created till this plane afterwards it is not created. So this is about more of the details of the material removal process. So generally we will be using the first or the second option, most commonly in all the geometries. Because it is really required for us to create an intersecting whole continuously. And just remember one thing that this cemetery option is for creation of ordering extrusion on both the sides. This side, we are not having any material. That is the reason we're not finding anything over here. But the material is getting a MOOC on one side. So I hope I'm really clear about this topic and I will be explaining you the process of creating multiple geometries by creating multiple planes in the future videos. So let's go to the next video. 40. Extrude - Excercise 1a: Hello guys. In this video, let us begin with the 3D modelling exercises. I will be dividing my screen into two parts. The first part on the right-hand side will be the model of what we are going to practice for sample. And on the left hand side, I will be having the Kyrios cream. So I have already explained to you the process for opening the Kryo parametric part module. I have changed the units two millimetre. Let me just try to do it again. Now, let us begin to create that three dimensional model, as seen in the picture on the right-hand side, into the career parametrics or fair using the extract command. So I have already explained you the usage of Extrude command. It is basically used for creating a linear extrusion with respect to the plane on which we are creating the sketch. So right now I have this model with me. And you can see that it has a base and data to exclusion from the top. And apart from the extrusions and the base, you also have certain features which are visible for us. That is, we have a hole over here and this is a half circle basically. And this has been extruded inside. The material is removed in a circular fashion. Then on this extrusions, again, there is a slot kind of feature over here, which is having its own dimension. The land of the base is given to us, that is 80 millimeters. And the width of the base is given that this 50 millimeters, the height or the thickness of the basis given to us, which is equal to 26 millimeters. So we have analyzed the geometry. What we have. One more thing we have is the diameter of the hole, which is placed in the center of the total geometry. The next thing which is visible over here are the dimensions of these exclusions. That means though extrusion height, which is equal to 20 units, and the word of the extrusion is 20 by 20. Apart from that, we also have the diameter of this hole mentioned over here. And the distance of the hole from this edge is given to us. So this is assumed to be the center of the total part. And from this center to the edge of the extrusion is 35 units. So let us try to create this model in this curious software. Now, using, when we're using the extra command, we have to decide which plane are we going to excuse for extrusion purpose. So I have multiple options over here that I didn't know. You know, you can try to use the front plane. If you are assuming this is the front view, you can use the front plane and explored. But the depth of 80 units, it 0 units. Whereas V7 under option, we can try to use the top plane and we can exploit to a height of 26 units. So I'll try to show you what the way so that you're clear with the way of extrusion. So first let me try to consider the front view as this surface and that may extrude. In this way, I mean perpendicular to the phase which I am highlighting with the cursor. So let us click on extrude command. You can either click on placement, define, and select the sketch, or you can directly sketch the, Select the plane of sketch. So I have the 2D model open right now, it is better to align your 2D module by clicking the sketch view option. Now we have to create this rectangle. It is having a base of 50 by 26. So that mean tried to create a center line first so that I want the figure to be symmetric. Now, I will be using the corner rectangle and I will be creating a rectangle which is symmetric. You can see the constraints symmetry getting activated automatically. Now let me zoom in and let me now adjust the height, which is equal to 26 units. And the width of the rectangle is 50 units. So I have created this phase. What we are seeing over here, it is having a width of 50 units and a height of 26 units. So you have to analyze the dimensions which are mentioned. Because sometimes you know if you are starting from here and you will be finding for p units over here, but you will not be finding any units over here and maybe it'll be good. You'll be getting confused. So you have to look up the total geometry and see where other dimensions pleased. Now, after creating the 2D sketch, we have to confirm whether the sketch is a closed loop. Yes, indeed, this particular geometry, what I've created is a closed loop. Because the shading is automatically at the activated when all the, all the edges are meeting each other. Now I have to press OK. Now you can try to extraordinary on this side or the other side. Or if you want, you can try to keep it symmetry. So let us try to keep symmetry. And what is the total distance? I mean, what is the total width? It is almost 80 units. So let us try to first, let us try to push it on the other side and see what we are getting. So this is 80 units. Now you can try to adjust it. This is also 80 units. And this is again a two units. So once we are setting the total extrusion, the extrusion will not be changed by changing the alignment of the sketch. So I am basically aligning it with respect to symmetry because I want the total geometry to be cemetery. And now, when I'm fine with the Extrusion, Depth. And the value mentioned in mind geometry, I have to press ok. So we have the base ready with us. So in this method, the base was created by extrude, extruding this surface with an extrusion length of 80 units. Clear so that we now delete this one. And let me press Control D so that the planes are aligned by default view. And let me select the extrude option. Now I will be extruding the base using the top view. So when we are planning to x toured with respect to the top view, we need not consider this dimensions. I mean, what we have considered in the earlier extrusion. We have to consider the length of the total base and the width. The thickness, that is 26 unit will be the extrusion length. So let us try to construct or create a sketch having the dimensions 80 by 50. So before that, let me just click on a sketch view. And now I can use Center rectangle in order to generate a rectangle from the center. And now let me adjust the. So in order to pan, you just have to click on shift with the medic lick to pan the sketch. And let me change the dimensions to be 50 units. And the length of the geometry is 80 units. Now that I'm satisfied with the sketch, I have to press okay. And you can press medical check and you can see what is the kind of geometry or getting a 3D solid block. Now you can adjust the height with respect to the thickness of the base that is equal to two into six units. Once we are adjusting the extrusion length, it is our choice to use any of these. So I'm trying to keep it symmetry. Press OK. Now you can click Control and D And the same block is created. But in this way we have considered the top view for extrusion in the earlier process or the earlier method, we have used a friend before extrusion. So what I'm trying to explain over here is it is totally your choice. I mean, you can try to consider the front view, front plane, or the top plane. It totally depends on your understanding. So it is really required for us to understand the geometry, what we have to create. After understanding the geometry, then we can take the decision, depending on the geometry, for the selection of the planes, for the purpose of explosions or any other command, what we're going to use. So now that I have created the base, let me try to create and at the fetus water present. So I will be creating the explosion blocks which are placed on the top. I can also try to create this. I can also try to remove this material over here, but I believe in the manufacturing processes, first, we have the total block ready with us. Then the process of material removal is being performed on the product. So first we have to make a rough model of the product totally. And now that we have completed the creation of the base, let us try to create this. Do exclusion blocks. And let me continue that in the next video. 41. Extrude - Excercise 1b: It does create the extrusion logs. So we have to see that wherever the blocks located and analyzing this picture, we can see that the blocks are located on the top surface of the base block. So we have the base block daddy with us. We have to simply create two squares and extrude them on the surface. So for that first we have to click on extrude option and we can directly Click on the surface of the block. So in this particular extrusion, we are not using any of the plane, what we have used earlier. The planes in the earlier case, we required for creating the base block. Now that the base block is created, we have to use the surfaces of the base block to create out of the features what we have in the geometry. So I will be clicking on the surface. As soon as I've clicked on the surface, you can see I'm getting a plus mark. I mean, this is nothing but the two center lines which are acting as a reference and which indicates that you can sketch the geometry in this particular surface. So the first thing what I have to do is I have to click on the sketch view. So I have clicked on the sketch view and my sketches aligned with respect to the top view. Now I have to create the square over here because the reason is this is 20 and the width is 20. So it is perfect shape square. We can directly click on center rectangle and we have to follow the center I exist because I believe that is now no particular distances mentioned from the edges of the base block to the edge of the square block. So I believe this is placed on the center line of the total block. So I have to see that the rectangle or square, what I'm creating is on this particular axis, the vertical axis. So I have to create one square on one side. Let me create a square. Now I need to add just the dimensions. If you are unable to see the dimensions, I recommend you to change the type of shading to no hidden. And here you can see the dimensions, what are being assigned to the geometry or the sketch. So the side of the square root is 20 units. I have changed it to 20, but I have to see that. I have to ensure the location of the square or the extruded block. So in this particular sketch, if I am trying to zoom in, you can see that I have a distance of 35 units from this particular edge. The center of the total base. Let me zoom out. So this is the center of the base and it is also recommended in the previous extrusion, I've used symmetry. If I was not able to use symmetry, and just go back and show you what I'm trying to explain right now. So in case if I'm not using a cemetery option over here, my blockers. Okay, this is top view, right? I cannot try to show you what I am trying to tell you what I'll try to explain you again by creating another extruded block using the friend view. So first let me create this square 00. So I have the base block exactly align with respect to the vertical and horizontal axis. It is exactly symmetric. Now I'm just clicking on the rectangle and I'm creating a square. And I am trying to change though, shading to no hidden. And let me change the dimensions. So now you can see the distances 35 units from the center of the base. So I have to click on dimensions on this particular edge with the center axis and press okay, so right now the distances 43, which I am changing to 35. So this is a perfectly aligned sketch as per the requirement what we have. So I'm just clicking on OK. And I can just turn my geometry and let me change it to shading. So now I need to assign the extrusion height, which is again 20 units. And by default I was getting 20 units because Creo is assuming that the block, what I'm trying to create a square block because you know, the length and the breadth of the scheduled f created was equal. So it has assumed that I am one ping and extrusion of 20 units. So this is an additional feature of Creo. So right now I have to see that my block is on the surface and it is about the surface. So right now I just have to press ok. So in similar way I need to create on the other side, just by clicking on extrude, Click on the surface and align your view. Now, it is better to change the type of shading you are having so that we can see then other block also. And to create this blocket is very simple. Just we have to, this is perpendicular. So let me change the name instance to 20 units. And I have to see that the distance from the center of the base block to the edge of the square block is 35. To change the direction and press OK. Now you can change the shading and you can see that the block has been roughly created. The only thing what is left, right now is to create the features which are present. So we have to see that we have to create two slots over here. And we have to see that we have to create another circular, circular hole over here. And we have pre-cleared One more whole over here, which is in the form of a circle, and it is having its own radius. So let us try to first create this one. So in order to create this, when we are using the extrude option again, and we will be using the remote material option, which is a feature of Extrude command. And we will be removing the material from the surface, which is having a radius of 16 units. So first we have to click on. Extruded and click on the surface. So C that you are clicking on the surface and aligning yours geometry. Now you need to create all of 16 units. So I hope you remember the OC option. We have to use a center in end, OK, because we have a center over here and it is having a radius of 16 units. So let us try to use Center and ends arc. So this is a center right now. Again, see the cursor is automatically stopping over Yo and let me change the shading too. No line. Okay, now that I have created the arc, I have to change the radius of it. So currently the radius is nine units. I have could double-click on it and change it to 16 units. And you have to see that your sketch should be a closed loop. So right now I'm getting two boxes highlighted over here, which indicates me that this particular edges are open. I am able to get this shaded blocks over here because this feature is turned on Highlight openings. So C that you also keep this feature turned on. So I need to make this sketch a closed loop. So I have to click on line and simply connect the two edges in order to make them a closed loop. So my sketches ready right now, I have to press. Okay. And let me change back to shading so that VR understanding what we are trying to do. So I have to see that I have to click on this option. And in 6, the remote material option automatically gets highlighted when I'm trying to push the event, I'm trying to change the site of the extrusion. So in the previous versions, this may not happen. So in the previous versions you have to click on the removed material, so C that you follow that particular thing. So now in this particular geometry, we are not given the depth of the hole or the depth of the slot. So in that case, we have to assume that the particular material is being removed along the length of the total base. So we have to see that we can use this option that is extended up to next surface. So right now let us see till when the removal is happening. So it is happening till here. If V1, we can just try to move with the cursor and leave it over here and press OK. But it does not recommend it to, to do that thing. We can try to click on this option. This feature tells us that the extrusion is happening up to the surface. So the surface is in this particular location. So the extrusion is being stopped at this particular surface. So in this case, the extrusion is a removal of the material. So now we have removed the material, let us press Control D, and let us press ok. So this particular feature is being created right now. The next option left for us is to create a hole in the center and two slots on the smaller blocks. One more thing, what do you can try to see over here is, I was trying to tell you that the depth of this particular slot is not mentioned. So if you are analyzing the geometry more clearly, if you're seeing this particular hole, you can see an edge over a year. So this edge is nothing but this edge what is following along the length. So this is another visual representation to make us understand that the particular slot or the whole what we're creating should be completely along the length. So if in case we are not able to see this particular edge, and then we have to think about the particular geometry a little bit detail because, you know, maybe the slot is being created till half of it or below before this particular hole. So in that particular cases, I feel maybe, you know, we will be given with the dimensions of the particular slot. So in this case, the dimensions are not given. And with this particular visual representation, we can understand that the slot is being extruded along the length of the base block. So now let us try to create the center hole over here. So we have to use the extrude command again. And we can click on the surface. And we can click on sketch feel. Now when I'm clicking on the sketch view, whatever features are created on the surface will not be visible in this view. So this is a kind of confusion for us. So in order to avoid confusion, there are two ways. First thing is we can try to change the display style, no hidden. Then we can understand that we have certain features present over here. And there is another option over here, which is called lesser referencing. The reason why I didn't explain this in the earlier videos was that I wanted to explain this during the exercise. So this particular reference option is used for specifying the or identifying the locations or the surfaces and just tried to show you. This is the most important feature in career parametric, especially with respect to 3D modelling. So right now I'm clicking on reference. When I'm just moving my cursor over the geometry, you can see that the geometry is getting highlighted. This particular edge is nothing but the block would have created. So the four blocks are getting highlighted. So I can just click on this particular thing and you can see I'm getting a vertical reference line. That means there is an edge over here. So I can create one more line over here. I can create one more line over here and another line. So this will basically help me understand that there is an a feed, there is a feature over here. And likewise, if I'm wanting to create another reference line, I can carry it over here. Okay, so now that I've created the reference line, so I'll just try to show you what is the use of it, even though it does not required for us for this particular geometry. But I'll try to show you what is the use of it. So imagine I'm just trying to create a circle over here, or I'm trying to create a whole ok. And I wonder distance of the hole or the center of the circle to be from this particular edge. Ok, so I can just try to use a reference line also. So I've click, click on the center of the hole. And this particular reference line. Sorry. Yeah. So you can see that a reference lines are basically used for referring the new feature with respect to an old feature. So I was having a square root over here, a block over here, and this is the edge of the block. So in particular view, the Display Style is shaded. In this particular display style, I may not be able to see the edge. So for that purpose, I have created a reference line over here, a horizontal reference line. And after that I can click on the new feature. And I can vary the dimensions of the new feature with respect to the reference line what I've created. So this is the purpose of referencing. It is the most important feature when we are trying to solve more exercises, you will be understanding the purpose of referencing. Okay, so let me just come back to the work what we're trying to do. So this particular circle is having a diameter of 20 units. So now that I've created all, let me delete this circle first. So I have created a reference lines and the width of the block is 20 unit. I have to create a circle, which is also having a diameter of 20 units. So I can again, as I've created the reference line, I can use them also and just tie to click the center circle and we'll just try to see that my line is, or the circle is touching the reference line. You can see this touching over u. So this indicates that the circle is having a diameter of 20 units because I am referencing with respect to the block which I've already created. So in this particular case, I will not be required to enter any of the dimensions because the circle is following the reference of the previous block, what we have already created. So this is an another usage of reference in Creo. So right now I have created the circle. So let me just try to press. Ok. Let me change the displayed style, the shading. I have two extruded on the other side. And the material is being removed to the surface. So you can see that the circle is created. You can see from the bottom also by rotating it. Now the only thing which is left for us is the removal of material on this blocks. The mini blocks. So let me click on this particular feature. So in order to save the steps, I'm in the state of the amount of time we can write to create both of the extrusions in one sketch. So this is also possible for us. So it is not required for us to use multiple steps. If the features are same, then we can try to create the same sketch option. So right now I am not able to see where my blockers, so I'll be using the reference feature. And this is the block outer edges. And this is the base block. Outer edges encloses option. So now I have to create a o square over here. So for that I'll just go to central rectangle. And I have to see that the square is placed along the center point of this particular excluded block. Ok, so let me just try to credo centered rectangle first. Sorry, centre line. And I know that this dimension is 20. So let me just keep this as ten. Because I want the center of the rectangle to be exactly at the center of this block. So I'm just trying to create a center as I'm already having the vertical line and just creating a horizontal center line, which will be my reference. And I will try to create the block from this point. So I have to stop and I'm getting an equal sign because that will indicate that it is a perfect square. In this try to thin this shading view, change their dimensions to ten. So I was mentioning you that let us, we will just try to create both of the slots in one step. So that is also possible. So I have to create a center point over here. So I didn't define this enter point can be possible with the center line. And adjusting the dimension of the center line to be ten units. Orbitals. We can also try to do one movie. We can directly create OA squared. Okay, I've random dimensions and then we can try to change the dimension of the center of this rectangle that is equal to ten units two. This will indicate that though slot or the whole, the circular, rectangular or square row slot, what I'm trying to create right now will be having its center at ten units from the outer edge. So this will be basically the center of the total block. Now I can adjust my dimensions, that is ten by ten. Then both of those sketches are created. We can press OK. And we can see both of the explosions happening. Together. Now I have to create though remove material option. So I just have gotten the direction and the material is being removed. After which I have to press. Okay. And let me press Control D. So this is the figure, what we are trying to create right now. And we have worked on it and we have created. So these are the steps. What do you have followed? If at all you want to change any of the steps, you can directly and drag it to that particular location. And you can edit it. And you can change the particular dimensions, since it is a parametric nature of this software, the other features will automatically get updated. So let me go back to the mean. And the last option in place, Control D. So this is the figure what Vf created. So in the video I was trying to tell you that, you know, I have created this particular base block with respect to the top plane. And I have seen that the alignment of the rectangle is symmetric. And that is a very good thing because wherever we have certain features which are in the center of the total block, identification of the location for such features will be very easy if you're trying to follow symmetry. So that is the reason I was trying to recommend you using the cemetery option wherever required. So let me just tie to show you the other way, whatever was playing good ilium. Extrude the deleted. If at all I was using the pharyngeal. So I'm trying to show you different, different possibilities. And I request you to practice. The height of the block is 26 units. Okay, now in this case, let me just try to keep the block on the, on one side of the plane. So in this particular block, I'm not falling a symmetry with respect to the friendly. Okay? So this is on one side of the total plane as seen in the extrusion. It is on the right-hand side of the plane. Now in order to create this feature of hole. In the earlier case, it was very easy for us because this point was the intersecting point of two planes, right? But right now this will not be though, intersecting point. I will have to create or I will have to specify the location. You can see one plane is in the bottom. That is the reason I'm getting this horizontal line over here. In the earlier case, I was getting this horizontal line at the center location. So identification of the center is difficult for us right now. We can place it randomly and we can just try to change the location. That is 80 by two. So this was the different, whatever's trying to tell you in the earlier case, that creation of the features sometimes is we are having the total block or the total geometry is symmetric. So this is about the first exercise. I really recommend you to practice it. And once you are practicing, you will be really understanding the procedure and you will be understanding the tools, what we are having. We are only using the extrude command right now and we're creating this particular block sex throat command is one of the most powerful command, along with the other commands, water President Creo. So let us go to the next exercise. 42. Extrude - Excercise 2: Welcome to the next exercise in 3D modeling. So we will be trying to create this part, which is seen in the figure on the right hand side of the screen. And first let us try to analyze the geometry which is present to us. So this is a block and it is a very simple block. Basically it is a kind of cuboid we can just imagine, and it is having certain features. We have a hole over here, we have a lot and we have another slot in the base. So this is having certain dimensions. The height of the block is 64 units, the width of the block is 50 units, and the total thickness of the blog can be said as 52 units. We have another dimensions which are mentioned, which are used for presenting the locations of the features. For example, we have 26 units of distance from this edge for identifying the location of the circular hole with its own diameter, we have a slot over here. This base of the slot is located at a distance of 36 units from the top surface, and it is having a height of 22 units. We also have another slot over here that is having over 14 units. And it is also having a height of 15 units, which is mentioned over here. And this particular slot is on the center axis of the total geometry. So let us try to create this when. Now first thing is we have to analyze and we have to identify what are we going to assign as the front view for this particular object. So in some geometries we are not assigned or we're not given that, which is the friend view when some figures we will be given an arrow which will indicate that that is the front view. In this case, we're not presented with any arrows. So Vf to say like the friend view with our own toys. So for selecting the friend view, we have to see that we are selecting a view which is having maximum number of features seem. So in this particular case, we have two options of selecting the friend view. And this is the first option, and this is the second option. So naturally in this particular option, the second option, we're not seeing any of the features. We are just seeing a block of land plane block. Whereas in the first option, we are able to see number of features. We can take the total block, we can see the small feature in the base, we can see another feature. So I recommend to you at this particular surveys or this particular phase of the geometry to be as the front view for the total block. And obviously this will be the top view. So let us try to create an extrusion using the front view. So click on explored, select the foreign plane. Click on Sketch View. Now that we are aligned with the view, we have to create the outer block. So let me use centered rectangular because I want everything to be symmetric. Create a block of random dimensions. So change the width of the block to 50 units and the height of the block to be around 64 units. So I have created the block. Now I can press OK. And again, let me try to keep as symmetry. And then let me change the total extrusion length, which is equal to 52 units. And press ok. So this is the total block which has created for us. So VR following the process of feature based modelling via trying to carry out the total geometry feature by feature. So first case I have created the total block, then I will be removing the material from it in order to achieve or not to in order to reach to the final product. So now that have created the total block, I only have to extrude certain features by removing of material. So let me just try to create this particular features right now which are present on the surface. So again, I will be trying to show you multiple ways for creation of this fetus. So first thing is I will be selecting the surface and clicking on extra note. So I will be getting a plane of sketching over yo, I will be aligning mine geometry. And now I will be creating a center rectangle of some dimensions. Now let me change the displays tile to no hidden. And let me assign the position of the base of this visa with respect to the top surface as mentioned in the geometry, and that is equal to 36 units. So currently curio is assuming that the geometries with respect to the horizontal reference, let me change the dimensions. So right now, you know, maybe it is sometimes difficult for us to select this edge. In that case, we can use the reference option and we can try to create a reference line over the edge. So now it is very simple for us. We can select this edges and this pi two, seeing the distance to be 36 units. So this is the location of the slot. And the slot is having a width of 30 units and a height of 22 units. Clear. Now let me press OK. Let me change the displays tile towards shading. And let me use this option for moving to the other surface. So I have created the slot. Now let us try to create this veto by selecting the surface and clicking on extrude command, aligning to sketch. So this is again a rectangle. First, let me create a center line. So the reason why I am creating a center line is because I will not be getting the symmetric constraint with respect to the general reference line which is seen. So let me just try to show you over here. So I believe we will not be getting any symmetry. You can see I'm not getting any asymmetry of IO. But here I have created a vertical center line. So I may be getting symmetry difference. You can see, okay? So I have to only add just the height, which is equal to 15 units. And the width is equal to 14 units. And press okay. So maybe you know, in your computer screen, you may not be required to change the display style because since I'm screened recording, I feel it is better to display. It is by routine the display silent, explaining more clearly. But you can directly work with the shading and if you're comfortable with it. So let me change the direction and let me change the depth till the next surface. So I have created another feature. So two features are done. We are left with a simple feature that is a circular hole on the top surface. So I'm clicking on extruded and selecting the surface, aligning my geometry. So my odometry is aligned right now. And let me try to use circle with centre. And you can see that I am not getting any point over here, which will help me to identify the center. In that case, I can use the reference line and let me generate a vertical line with respect to this plane. So I have created the reference line. Now, I am really hoping that I will be getting a point to stop. You can see the stopping. So this is the importance of reference line in certain particular locations meme and not identifying with the cursor, the center location. So in that case is we can try to use a reference line using this command. So let me just try to stop over here and let me create a circle. And let me change the diameter of the circle to be around 18 units. And I also have to consider one more thing, which I was on considering earlier, that in this geometry I am given a distance of 26 units, which is almost though center of a minute is half of 52 actually. But we can also try to align the center of the circle with respect to the edge. And we can just take up at that particular distance is followed C to 26 units. So that is just a verification over a o. Now that we are satisfied with the sketch, we can just press OK. And let me press Control D. And let me change the display style to shading and changed the direction of the extrusion. So this extrusion is up to the next surface. And I have created the same figure with a scene and though sketch. So right now we have followed the procedure of feature based modeling. So I will be trying to show you one more way in which we can create the total geometry in two steps. Right now we are using four steps. There's another procedure with which we can create in two steps. Let me just delete everything right now. But the process, what we have followed right now is highly recommended. So i will be exploding the total seem order visible edges. Ok, so I just tried to show you quickly. First I'll be drawing the total rectangle. Okay? And we create a center line and make this sketch symmetry. It is already symmetric. Change the width to be 50 units and the height 64 units. Now, zoom to fit. Now I will be creating a rectangular V0 that is having a distance of 22 and the width of 30. And the height of 22. Yes, sorry, this is statistics. And this is 22. Okay? And let me create a slot over here, which is distance of 14 and a height of 15. So now this feeding has been disappeared because there is an overlapping off twos at this over here, I will be hiding the plane and showing you. So you can see, let me delete the segments twice so that the first edge is with respect to the original rectangle, what I've created and this I kinda just respect with this smaller rectangle what I've created. So now that my dimensions are fine, let me just extrude this thing. And let me try to keep it symmetry. Now the second step will be to create a hole. So you can see I'm just trying to create this particular geometry in two particular steps. This is 26 and the diameter of this circle is 18. Control D, extrude command up to the surface. Let me just try to keep it as we can see, there are certain complications in this procedure. We get it as assume that we have created a whole met. What I'm trying to tell you over here is the procedure what I followed over here is not a not recommended every time. Because this particular, in this particular method I have created the total geometry in two steps. Yeah, this is OK. Then. Okay, so you can see that the figure has been created right now in two steps. So whenever we are trying to create this kind of geometry, even though we are trying to achieve at the final sketch, which is given to us by this kind of procedure is not required every time because, you know, this will try to show you that you are not aware of the manufacturing processes. So when we are working as a design engineer, we also have to follow certain steps which are followed in the creation of the models in real times. So in the earlier process, what I've tried to show you, I have created the total block and I have a multi-material feature by feature. So this is a very good process of modelling a geometry. So that is called as feature based modelling. So it is better to follow as far as possible to create the geometry is by following the feature based modeling procedure. So we also have to see that the removal of material is less. And we have to see that we actually being the total block and the total geometry at once, then we are removing the materials whenever required to create the fetus. So there are different ways of creating the geometries. It depends on the user, the geometry, and the time given to us. So if you know at all, if you are attending an interview where they are not bothered about the steps, what do you or following? You can directly create in two steps and you can just show them the results if they are interested to see the final results. I mean, if they are basically testing your knowledge with respect to the software, if they are also interested to see the procedure, what you are following for the creation of the steps that is using the model tree option, you have to see that you follow the earlier process which I was trying to show you in the earlier method of creation of this particular model. So now that this particular sketches geometry is modeled, let us go to the next video and continuing them, continue the modelling exercises. 43. Extrude - Excercise 3: Welcome to the next exercise. So we have the geometry given to us. Let us first analyze the geometry. I really recommend you to understand the geometry at first. Check out the geometry, what is given to you, understand the features or doesn't see the dimensions carefully. And then initiative working or modelling of the geometry. So let us look at the base first, the basis given to us. It is having a dimension of 44 units. And the height of the geometry is something an hour and 48 units, whereas the depth is 34 units. So it is something similar to U-shaped geometry. You can see over here. And we have two extrusions on each side. We have a circular extrusion on this side, and we have a circular extrusion on the other side, which is hidden from view, but it is present because this particular dark shaded line represent the same feature which is present on the left-hand side. Then we have holes on the circles. The extrusion is to be created and then another extrusion is distributed and which is a through hole. So these are the fetus water present. Let us try to create the geometry. And if we are following the approach what was discussed in the previous videos. So according to the previous approach, that is Viterbi's modelling, we have to create a block and we have to remove the material from the middle. And then we will be having the U-shaped left. Afterwards we can extrude the circular sections and we can find a little Muda material. So first I would like to show with the same procedure or I just mentioned and coming to this geometry. So in this particular view, I am able to see the geometry match clearly. So let me just try to consider this site as the front view. Let me press on schedule. Now first let me try to create a block of 44 by 48. Before that, that could be at the center line. And now let me use the corner rectangle. So again, it is totally my wish or your wish to choose either send direct angle and create a block, or you can choose Corner Rectangle and create a blog. So I will be using corner rectangle for this case. So I am seeing that it is symmetric on both the sides. Now I will be changing the dimensions, that is 44 units and the length is around 48. I have the block. Could me Now let me extruded on the other side or I can try to keep it symmetry. The depth of the extrusion is 3040 units. Now let me press OK. Zoom to fit. Now I have the geometry that David Me or d-block. Now I can promote them a deal from the face. And let me now create a rectangle. So generally, you know, you will be finding difficulty to highlight or understand where does the edge ending? Since this is the latest version of the trio, we can automatically see that the outer edge of the rectangle is getting highlighted. But in order to avoid the confusion, it is better to use the referencing. So I will be clicking on the reference and I will be clicking on the edge. So I will be having a long horizontal line generated, which is called lesser reference line. I will be adding a central line. Now I will be creating a corner rectangle, which is symmetric. So the width of this rectangle is 28. And this edges, we don't have the distance of we don't have the land basically, so we just have to check up on what could be the length. So I have the base over your and the height of the base is eight units. So I have to just click on dimensions and click on the baseline and change the dimension to eight unit. Whereas these sided edges is also aid units again. So let me click on dimension, Click on the edge. And again, let me try to use referencing. I recommend you to use the RCA referencing. So let me click on dimensions, line and the reference line and click middle click. So you are getting a message that this is eight units. Yes, because this is equally divided. It is appropriate right now so we can just leave the dimensions. Let us verify on this site. This is again eight units. You can just check up. So you can just cross mark and you can continue. Now I need to move the extrusion on the other side so that the material get remote and the depth should be told us office. So the material has been removed right now. You have the bearing ready video. Now the final thing is to create two features. Those are circular features. We will be creating them using the extort command. Click on explored and click on this phase. Change the view to sketch view. Now let me zoom out. So I have the distance of the center of the circle given to me with respect to the top surface of the base. And that is equal to 20 units. So that means this title creator referencing. So this is the top surface of the base. If you want to verify, you can just change the display style. And you can see. So this is the base. And after this you have to create a center circle. So again, there is a problem with the referencing, so it is better to choose a reference line. Now let me click on sun center circle and change the diameter of the outer circle to be 24 units. Now let me change the length or the distance of the center of the circle to the top surface of the base, that is equal to 20 units. And let me press OK. You can change the displays tied to shading. And you can change the extrusion, lend to 13 units, which is mentioned over here. And we can press OK. We have the extrusion ready with us. Now let us create the same feature on the other side. So again, let me try to use the referencing and put a reference line on the base. And you can also see if you are hovering your mouse over here, you can see the extruded circle. So we can try to create a reference of it so that it is very easy for us to create this circle. And in order to get the center point, in order to place this and appointed though, precise location, we have to use the reference line again and click on the plane so that we're getting a vertical reference line. Now, on this vertical reference line, we have to take the center circle and follow the feature which was created previously to the same center point. And stops at the position where the reference line is meeting our edge of the circle. So this basically is giving us a constrained feature. I hope you can see on the screen and try to move my mom, move my mouse over the area. So this is equal to sine, which is indicating that the previous, although reference veto is equal to the present feta I'm in the dimensions are equal. So as Vf set the dimensions of the previous feature as per the given data. So this feature is absolutely correct. We can just click over here and stop TO construction. So we have the sketch over here and simply plus press OK. Now we have to change the extrusion length and that was equal to 13 millimeter. But it's okay and Control D. So we have the geometry ready with us, the simple part model. And the final thing which is left to us is to create a hole. So for that, again, I have to use this surface or the surface. We can use any of the surface and create a through hole. Now one more thing. What you can observe over here is the axis, so variable you are having circular features in the geometry. You will definitely find axes of the geometry of that particular feature. So the axis is basically located at the center point. So just try to remember this thing. It will be helpful. Now let me just click on Extrude again and remove the material following the same center axis. So I'm clicking on reference and creating a reference line for the precise location of the center point. And I'm stopping at the position. So it is better to create another reference line. We are, we are already having when axes we can just follow that thing and change the dimensions of the circle to 14 dial. So I believe this is radius. We can just click on it and we can change it to diameter and change the diameter to 14 units. Press Control D, So you have the sketch ready with you. You can press OK and changed the direction. Now you have the whole ready with you. I want the whole To be a through hole. So I will be just changing so either I can manually adjust the depth of the hole. But let me try to use the off heater which is present with us that is extrude to intersect with all the surfaces. So whatever surfaces are present, all the surfaces will be intersected and the hole is created. So this is the procedure for creating the geometry. But let me just try to go to the first step. What we can observe over here it is you have created the total geometry given to us as part of dimensions. Now let me go to the first step. What have we done over here? We have considered the total block, and after that we have came up the material from the central. So this process, what we have done right now, maybe feature-based modelling, but still there is an option for us to follow an at the different approach. So let me just try to show you the different approach for this problem. And we can have a discussion with respect to the combat version of what the features. So let me just try to create another file and change the units to millimeter. Ok, i will be quickly creating it. So what I will be doing right now is first I will be creating the base. Which is having a 004040 units and the height of eight. So I will be creating a center line first in order to maintain symmetry. And user Corner Rectangle. And copper deposition, we I am able to get cemetery Yes. 19 units to 844. So I have created the base right now and I'm extruding it on the other side with a depth of 3040 units. Now, on these phase of this particular base, I will be creating this extrusion and this extrusion, the left-handed light. So I'll click on extrude. And I will be choosing this surface right now so you can see the difference. But I will not be creating on the surface. I will be creating the geometry of the surface. So in order to find the exact position or in honor to locate the geometry or the sketch on the surface, it does desires for us to choose the reference and click on the top surface. After which Click on the edge again. And then use the corner rectangle and place it on the surface. Now let me change the distance or the dimensions from the top of the surface to the bottom, which is equal to four. I believe this is 4848. And the width this eight units. And, but it's okay. Now you can see that the geometry is on the top of the surface or the top of the base. And we can shift it to the other side and extrude the length or the depth to be around 34 millimeter. So this is the next phase with that I've created. And again that being Click on the surface and click on extrude Sketch View. So I have the base right now. I will be creating a reference line followed by the left side edge. So I have the rectangle over here with the dimensions it. And their distance from the top of the surface to the base is 45 degree for D it sorry. Yep. So I've printed it. Okay. And let me change the direction of the extrusion and the depth as well. So I have created the same shape and followed by. The circle. So I need the center point of the circle. So I will be clicking on the center line first and I would be hovering on the line. And you can see that the midpoint is highlighted. I will be clicking over here and generating the center line. So this will help me to align mice center of the circle. It has to be symmetric. And now I will be creating a random circle at any position, followed by the reference for the base. Now changing the dimensions. So the outer diameter is 24. This is radius led me to inch to order diameter and gender nine to 24. And the distance of the center point and this edge is 20 units. So I am done with this. The extrusion is starting and press OK. Now I will be using the middle option. I will be explaining you later about it. So any note, buddy, I'm sorry. Extrusion mirror plane. Now let me clear TO whole. So though objective over here is I want to explain the difference between two approach. So I'm a little faster and I believe I'm able to see the axis. So let me close that reference again and let me directly go to circle and the circle from the same center and chain third dimension to be in the form of a diameter that is equal to 14. And press OK. So I have the extrusion with me. I need to remove the material by going to the other side and choosing the depth that is equal to intersect two oldest offices. So I have created the same geometry. So now if we are seeing the difference between both those steps, what we have followed. Now in order to move to the previous window, we have desorption over here, which is Windows. Click here to select a window to activate. You can select the previous window and you can see the previous windowed PF all gone. So in this case, we have actually worked on the procedure we had. We have select created a blog, then we have removed the material from the middle and we have, oh, created other features. But in this particular method or in this approach, we have not well formed the same way we have created the extrusion of the base, and then we have created another face, then vf bordered with this phase. So this procedure is also correct because right now I am assuming that the first base is a raw material given to me. So after which, I am going to weld this particular raw material on the right-hand side to form a L shape. After that, again, I'm creating a link over a year and I am creating this left side face. So I am right now forming a U-shaped which was designed to me. So this is the thought that I was having in my mind when I was using this approach. So the difference between whether protests is clear right now in the previous approach, we have wasted a lot of material away yo, in the process of creating a block, we have taken a raw material which was having such amount of material and we have removed the material from the center. So we have eastern that measurement of material in this process. So in this particular process, we have considered singles, single pieces, and we have assumed that we have a link them together to form a U-shape bearing with additional features which are present. So this is another approach, what we can follow. So the approaches of each and every geometry or the part model or the mechanical component depends on the component itself. So we have to analyze the geometry and then we have to start working on it. Again, I'm repeating if in case though tool test what we are going to give for the creosote fish for your design in engineering interview. So if they are directly checking the last geometry, then the approach is not important. But if they are checking the approach, then you have to follow, you have to analyze the geometry and you have to follow certain procedure for creating the part. So this is about the third exercise. I really hope you're understanding the part modeling part and let us move to the next video. See you. 44. Datum in Part Modeling: Welcome back. Now before moving to the next exercise, I thought it is important for us to discuss something about another option on another hand, doodle, which is present in the query or barometric. Before stating the dual, what I'm going to discuss right now, I will try to show you the need of the dual. So in order to explain, I'll just create a base, a flat rectangular base. Okay? And let me extruded. Well, I'm not falling the symmetry with respect to the vertical axis because this is just an example. So I have bays with me. Now imagine I want to walls on the edges, on this particular edge and add this particular edge. So how am I going to create those? In order to do that, I can directly use extrude. And I can click on this face. And I can create the wall by specifying that references and using the rectangular geometry. So I have created the sketch. Let me press OK. And I want the world to be around 20 units. And let me create another one on this side. Okay, now that I've used sketch, I can sketch the finger first. Then I can use the extort command over here and the ordered edges. So I'm following the geometry of the previous figure. I have just sketched Eddie with me and now I can click on this sketch and good rec strode. So this is another way of creating extrude command. Okay, so I have the base right now with two walls on the side. Now imagine if I have a requirement of creating a wall in the center, in the center of the base. And what will I do? I can use the symmetric plane and I can create a one on this symmetric plane. Okay, So this is done. I have created the wall in the center. Now imagine if there is a requirement of a wall in between these two walls, wall r1 and r2. And water to and wall tree. Imagine I want to walls in between them. So what will I do right now? I mean, how will I create the rectangular sketch and how can I create an extrusion of a din? So in this case, this particular case, I will require sketch blame at the position where I am creating go one RNA extruded. But because if you have observed till now by most of the prag, most of the practice exercises also that we are sketching the geometry or the profile of any extrusion. We have sketching it on the sketch plane. So if we are wanting a geometry auto part or an extrusion in between these two walls. There is no plane over here to, I mean, data's no sketch plane over here. In that particular case, we have to define a sketch plane, our dad and we have to create a new sketch Blinn. So creating a new sketch plane is quite simple. If you remember, in the 2D modeling are the 2D sketching. We have discussed something about datums. So we also have the datums in 3D modelling. If you can see on the left-hand side, we have a category called as datum. Here we have the most important datum, which is a plane. This is the most important option, and this is the most important tool which is chosen. Modelling, I have literally used multiple number of claims for the examples with time showing in the introduction video of this course. So let us click on the plane and let us specify their distance and the location of the plane. So imagine I want a plane in between these two walls, K, so I can choose either of the two surfaces or the phases. Let me try to use this phase as the reference for the you playin. So as soon as I click on this phase, this particular phase is highlighted. And I'm getting an ADL which indicates that the direction of the plane to be created. And I'm getting a dot over a job with this a dork. I can drag the new plane. And additionally, I'm getting some dimensions over yet if you can absorb, I'm getting a dimension 35 over here, and I am getting the same dimension, 35.10 over here. So again, so I can chain there dimension either by double-clicking on this number or I can directly click on translation and change the numerical value to say 40. That means the distance between this phase and this particular plane is 40 units. And if I'm comfortable with this particular Splain or if I'm falling the exercise, if I'm following any exercise and depending on the requirement of the distance like invaded their distance. And I can press OK automatically click the plane is that idea right now, we have a new plane in the in-between, both the walls. And we can create another one on this particular plane by clicking on this plane and going to extrude command. So this is one of the important option. We can define the references. Now you must have observed that when IF breast does get 5y option, the alignment of the geometry is quite different when I was walking in the earlier case, let me go back to the default view. This is the plane on which I'm working. And if I am clicking on the sketch view, you can see that the alignment of the plane is somewhat different. So in this particular case, if phi are getting confused, it can change the alignment. By clicking on sketched setup. It is exactly about the reference. So you can click on skits setup and you can change the orientation. Now the orientation is bought them. You can change it to top. You can turn to to write. I guess left is that I do. And so this is what we wanted and we can click sketch. So this is the change of orientation. I wanted to tell you this particular option or the feature when we are practicing this kind of exercises. So I hope you have understood and whenever the alignment is quite different, audio feeling uncomfortable using that particular orientation, you can just directly click on, get set up and change the orientation. Now as I was trying to create a plane on this particular, I was flying to create a wall on this particular plane. Let me try to walk on it by specifying that it finances act first. And this is for the base. And now let me create a one off little lesser height. Let it be symmetric with respect to the plane. So now you can see that u1 is being created over here. Similarly, if I want to know new profile over here, but in this particular zone, I can write to create another plane. So for creation of plane, I can use any of the finances and differences are more important. I need to select the surface with which I want to direct the nucleon. So I can also try to create a plane with respect to the bottom face. And I can try to change or distance or the location of this new sketch plane. Say for example, I want to keep it over here. So I got a new plane over here and I can sketch on this new plane. So you can see that the datum plane is quite useful photos, I mean, we can fly to create new sections at different locations by specifying the location or by creating a new word, datum plane, and walking on that datum plane to generate the geometry or the part. So this is about datum plane. And try to practice basic exercises on your own so that you can just try to understand what is the functionality of datum plane. And we will look into fathered exercises. 45. Creating a Profile Rib: Let us now learn about another topic. Another tool in Career Pattern metric that comes under the category of engineering. And the topics to be discussed right now is. So the reason why I'm toggling between different options is because we are we have already started with the exercises and we have seen the basic extrusion exercises. So now data some exercises which it required us to have a knowledge of datum plane, and which also requires us to have a knowledge of rib. So that is the reason I'm going option Weiss and I'm trying to go in a sequential order. So do not get confused. If I have directly skipped from extrude could blame in a sort of discussing other options and from blame to the rib and the sort of discussing other options. So I'm trying to go in a sequential order. Please understand. Now what is a basically a ribosome required in a structural or a solid part geometry for adding strength or improvising or improvising the strength of the particular part model. And it basically reduces the bending and the geometry. This is a kind of structural him element in your geometry. And to understand the method of generating a rib and to see how a rib looks like, let us work with an example of it here. So first I will be creating a extrusion. And you can also see that the river is not accessible right now. The engineering vetoes are not shaded as this particular features because they are only accessible if we are having a solid part in the plane within a solid part ready with us. So first I will be creating an exclusion. Let me get you to base of random dimensions. So as I'm explaining right now, I'm not bothered about the dimensions. This is a vertical structural member. Now I need to extrude this. And before the extrusion, I need to ensure that it is a closed loop. And I should be having the visibility of the shaded region. And in this particular case, I am not having any shaded region to be seen because they are two rectangles crossing each other. So I need to delete the extra edges or segments by using the delete segment command. I have deleted this. Still, I will not be getting the shaded feature because this particular dots representing two segments which are present over here. So I will delete them as well. One mode is spending over yo I'm sorry, I've deleted double time. Yes. So now this is a kind of L-shaped structural member. Let me try to keep it symmetric and press OK. So I have this structural member with me, order part, solid part. Now imagine if we are using this particular component for some application. And as we are progressing, I'm in, as the usage is progressing data little bit chances that this particular L shape gets a bent. I'm in this particular perpendicular furnace is deteriorated and you may be having some structural strength reduction. So in order to avoid all those things, you have to provide a supporting member over here, which is touching both the faces or both the surfaces. So let me try to show you. And now that the part model is ready, you can see that all these features are accessible right now. So let us discuss the first option in rip that is profiled rib. So for creating a profile rib, i need to have solid part first. Then I need to select the plane on which I'm going to create the rib. So I will be selecting the Central Plain. And I need to align the view. After that, I need to use references and click this surface and click on the surface. Because the rib wartime going to create it right now should be in contact with both the faces. So I have to create a reference on which I can create a sketch. Now, I can go to line option and click on the first phase, connected to the second phase. And press OK. Now if you are wanting to chain the dimensions or the locations, you can change it. Say for example, I wanted to be 80. This both are equal and let me press OK right now. So now you can see I'm getting an ad over here which indicates that some kind of extrusion or some kind of geometry is getting directed to decide. But I1 the particular rep to be on the opposite side. Because creating a ribbon the eight is not possible. So it has to be in contact with both the phases. So the moment I have g in the direction you can't see extrude feature is created, which is basically following the path of the line what we have created. So let me show you that line again. So this was the line what we have created and our triangle is formed with respect to this particular line. Now you can see the difference between general sketching and creating the differences. For the rib. We do not require a closed sketch or we do not require a closed loop. It can be a single line that connects two edges. So this is a single line which is connecting two edges. I am getting a symbol over a euro for dark shaded point, which indicates that the line is an open-end. But still I'm comfortable with this because profiled ribose created in this particular method. So I just press OK. And you can see that the ribose created symmetry, falling this symmetry on Buddhist sites. If I'm wanting to change the direction, I can just click on this and I can change or shift the location of the rib on the other side of the plane. So there are three options for me to choose from. And datas obviously meant that option for changing though depth or thickness. So this particular part is called a rib and it is adding a structural strength to your main component or the main part which is particularly used. Now if I'm wanting to add another rib on this particular side, as discussed in the previous video, I need to create a plane. So let me try to show that I'm creating a plane with respect to this plane. Let me close it. Click on plane and select the plane. This is the reference plane, this is the patron plane you can tell. And I, let me just try to change the direction on the other side. And what it means is keep the distance to be something around 70 units and press OK. Now on this plane, I will be creating another limb. So I have to click on the plane and selling the repulsion. Aligned the view. You can see that the line mentor, the orientation is different. I can change it with this gets set up to be as per your diffidence sketch. This is a decent alignment and I can try to work on this first, let me try to create the reference. So in the video 6 version, it is sometimes not required for us to use the reference option because a referent is automatically created when we are trying to sketch the geometry, you can see the moment I've clicked on line and I'm touching the edge, a reference line is created. But in the older versions of Creo, and this may not happen. So in that particular case, you have to first create a reference and then you have to work with the sketching part. So let me change the dimensions of the rib in comparison to the previous clip. So at first instance, you will be getting this particular arrow in the opposite direction. So you have to change the direction. And you can change the thickness and press OK. So you've got another supporting member. Likewise, if we are wanting to create a member on this particular side, you can do the same thing. So this is about profile rib. And this is the importance of rib. And it is quite useful, especially in structural mechanical components. The View and go to exercises and see what exercises VR having with respect to the creation of rips. 46. Profile Rib - Excercise 1: Welcome to the exercises. Now I have this particular sketch with me or to the geometry exercise to practice an ICT now. And in this particular exercise, you can see that there is a supporting member which is created using the profile Rubber option in video parametric. So let us try to work on this and before starting on referred, initiating the creation of this model. I advise you to analyze the geometry at first, so that it does analyze. And you can see that it is having o door delivered of 35 plus 40 units and the high-def 66 units. So we have a Supporting member over here. It is having its own dimensions. The geometry is having certain depth and that is equal to 30 units. And the thickness of the geometry is not mentioned in this particular region. So we have to look at some other place. And it is mentioned over here. So the thickness is uniform and that is equal to eight units. Apart from that, we also have an extruded feeds over here, which is having a through hole. And there is dimension given to us for the height of the particulate extruded feature and the location of the center of that circle that is equal to quantify units from this edge. The hole is having the diameter 45, sorry, 14 units, that is 14 units. So let us start working on it. And for this particular feature, I will be using the fetal based modeling technique. So what I will be doing this, I will be creating the first particular base. And I will be creating this section. That would be my second step. And followed by the third section which is Dilaudid or until section. And after that I will be adding a supporting member. And finally, I'll be creating this extra perturbation and creating a hole on it. So we can also try to work with a process of creating a block or total block of say, a 66 into 75 units with a depth of tarp units. And we can try to remove the material on this particular region and this particular region. But in this particular technique, that is, here's a month of VA, staging the material. So we will try to use a technique which I mentioned in the starting. So it does create from the front view. And I will be choosing this particular view as the front view. So at first, let me create the basis images off 35 units. And then depth is taught BY and the thickness is eight units. So let me click on Corner Rectangle. And they can start at any particular position. Say I want to start over heal and change though. Dimensions 235. So the thickness of this particular base is 80 units, which can be seen over here. So I'll double-click on 40 and change it to eight. And let me just zoom it. So I have the figure with me. Now let me extruded. On the other side. If I'm wanting, I can Raichle keeps symmetry because it is useful for, for future creation. That is For the ribbon window extrude feature on the top. So I have the depth or the extrusion to be 30 units. So does 15 on each site because it is a symmetry. And let me press OK. So I have created the base right now. After which I have to create the vertical member. And for that, I will be selecting this central plane. And I will be going to the extra adoption and aligning my view. So I have this geometry or David Me, I have to create the particular vertical member on the right side. Just be careful with this. Do not try to create on the surface because if you can zoom in, see over here, the verticals are phase or the vertical member is on the right-hand side of the base. It is not on the base. So please be little careful in this particular method. So the good option is to try to create a reference first, which will help us to align our geometry, close their references. So we have the references on the screen. Let us utilize the rectangular option again and create a vertical member of random dimensions. As the thickness is constant. Change it to eight units. And let us see what is the height. The height from the basis six is six units. So let me change it to 66. And press OK. Change the direction to be symmetric and the units to be 30. And press Control D. Press ok, so we have the vertical member AD right now. Now let me work on this horizontal surface. And for this, let me click on the central plane again and click on Extrude. Now you can see over here that this particular server phase, the horizontal surface, which is situated at a location of 66 unit from the top. So while creating this particular vertical member, we have seen that the height of this surface was 66 from the base. That means whatever surface we are going to create it, we need not create over it, but we have to create beloved. Right? And the distance from this particular edge is not mentioned over here. The distance is mentioned from this particular edge, the outer edge. So we have to see that the distance 40. From the outer edge. So in this particular case, what we can do is we can try to create the sketch from this corner itself. And we can keep the distance to be 40. Audience. You can try to create from this particular surface. And you can subtract 40 minus eight because this thickness is eight units. So anything is OK. Change the thickness to eight units. And press OK. Change it to symmetry and enter the dimensions of the extrusion. So I have this member AD right now. Now the next option is to create vertical rebel here. So the ribose created in the central plain. We can click on the extrude command and try to create that ABE right now so you can see the dimensions of the ribs. I have mentioned you that for creating a rib, we required a single line command and we have to select Buddha's artifices as follows. Now we have to change the dimensions of both the points from the corner point. So you can see over the year that this distance, the vertical distance is 480 units. So let me click on dimensions. Select the outer point, click on the base, and click over here to get their dimensions. And by default it was taught dtau units. Let me change it to 42. So when I am changing the units to 42, you can see that this dimension has also changed. Now let me try to change your density whether it is constrained or does not constraint. So that we just tried to click on the dimension and change it to 23 hundreds. So I have the dimensions ready with me, the vertical and the horizontal. Now I can press OK. And before we can see there is no mydata and added. The reason is because the extrusion lenses quite larger. I'm in the extrusion length of the rib should be in the limits of the main geometry. So you can see the moment I have brought in the particular feature inside the main geometries limits. There is a material which is visible to us and you can stop at any particular location and change the thickness according to the geometry given to us. So the thickness over here is six units. So it'll be tending the thickness 26 units. And I have also one more thing left and that is changing the position and keeping, keeping it symmetric. Now, I'm satisfied with this particular rib eye can press or game. So I have this particular Brady with me right now defining feature to be created as the extrusion over here. And we're just very simple. We can directly, we can extrude Cellectis office on which we want to create a line the view. Now things are looking little complicated right now. So you can just try to change the shading too. Hidden line. So I can either prop p over here. Let me click on circle. And from the center, I'm not finding any diffidence line over here. So let me click on references. You know, vertical line or a horizontal line. Click on the circle command. Create us alkaloid random location. Now, I have to ensure that their descendants or the location of circle is appropriate. So in the geometry, if I medicalizing over here, I can see that the distance from the central axis of the circle to the edge of the top. So phase is 25 units, so I have to change this particular location. Rf pertain there dimensioning with respect to that references. So by default the references with respect to this particular axis. So I can click on dimensions. I can click on the center, and I can click on this particular edge that you can go back to the sketch view. Select this particular edge and press OK. Now let me change the units to be 25 and I can press control Lee, I have the geometry aligned with respect to this particular edge and that is equal to 25 units. And now I have to change their diameter. The diameter given tomatoes 22 units. So I have to ensure again that this is the diameter, not the radius. But it's okay to gender the extruded fetal chain, the shading, and also changed the extrusion length, which is equal to 12 units in this case. Now press okay. So the final thing which is left to us is to create a hole or 14 diameter. And this hole is a through hole. So I can create O extruded command and I can remove the material from the center of this particular FIFO. So as M Harvard and over here I'm getting a central point. I can create a circle from there and change the diameter of the circle. My default is radius. Let me click on it and change it to diameter, which is equal to 14 units. Now let me press OK and change the direction that my data is automatically activated in video 6. Now, I have not mentioned in the figure, it is not mentioned that the particular hole is having certain depth. It is clearly mentioned over here that the whole is a through hole. That means it has to intersect all the surfaces. So I can directly click on this particular option. That is up to this office for the next office. And this is looking good. Let me press OK or magnetic. And let me align the view to the view. And that is the completion of the given geometry. So you can see that the fingered is created light. Now, we have also learned the procedure for creating a rib. Here does motor to the next exercise. 47. Profile Rib - Excercise 2: I will come to the next exercise. So I have the geometry daddy with me right now. And in this particular geometry or the bar, you can see that our tour ribs locate our defeated, located at different positions. So let us try to analyze the geometry first. And if you can see over here, if you have starting from the base, we can see that the basis having over 40 units and a depth of 32 units. And after that I haven't, I have a vertical wall like FIFO, which is an honored under Bob. And I have the radius. As mentioned. The distance from the base to the central axis of this circle is given to us and that is equal to 50 units. Now from the center point of this particular circle, I haven't outer radius off 20 units, and this is for the vertical one. And likewise have I have, we have mentioned the fingers giving goes the diameters of the holes. And the hole is of grounded or diameter and the outer circle or data, my data is equal to 30 units of diameter. The distance of these particular part from the word buccal surface is equal to 18 units. Apart from that diagonal thickness of the total geometry is equal to seven units, which can be seen over here. And if you are taking the distance of the ribs, you can see that the rib is located at a distance of six units from the light site edge. And checking out the dimensions of the ribs, you can see that the river is having a height of 20 units and avert off 20 units I gain. So that this type of work on this particular veto. So I will be starting from the base. So I going to be going to the extrude command. And I will be creating on the front plane and aligning my view. Now, I have multiple options over here. I can try to start the geometry, the creation of the base from this appeal. Or I can start creation of the particular geometry from this view. Let me tie to work with this particular view. So first I have pictured here TO rectangle of length 40 units and the height of seven units. That is the thickness of the geometry. So let me click on center line first and let me clear TO center line so that the rectangular symmetric on both sides. We can change their dimensions to be 40 units. And the thickness of the geometry is seven units. After which you can press OK. And you can change the lip that is equal to 32 units. So I have the option of keeping it symmetric or on the other side. But let me just try to keep on this site. On the front side. Now that the basis at ID, I have good eater DO bays of toe-to-toe unit's depth and you can see what he owed if I'm zooming in. That depth is from this particular edge to the outer edge of the geometry. It does not fill this position. So whatever you're going to create right now should be included in this particular region. Should be inside the setup phase, not outside. Ok, so display to walk on the vertical wall right now. So while fall creating the vertical wall, we have a width of the volume which is equal to the width of the base. It is obvious coming to the height of the wall, the height, but that aspect to the topmost edge is not mentioned in the geometry. But we have the location of this. I mean, we have the location of the center point, which is on the vertical one. So we had about this particular center point of this is stopping. We can try to create a wall up at that particular location. That means we can try to create a one from the base bill, the central axis of this outcome. And that distance is equal to 50 units. So that means a spike of well cornered make licking on extraordinary. And I can either select this particular plane or I can select this surface. But it is most important for me to select this particular plane because the wall is located on the FADH and non-linear. And so that resume in and select this particular plane and align my view. So what I am going to create will be generated on this particular plane. So I have put created the vertical wall from the bayes himself. So this thickness is included in the vertical one. I mean their distance of d u inner does included is including the seven thickness, the seven unit thickness. So let me clear it o and if it is point. So it is a good practice to career to their financing. Select on the rectangular option and mass divert, starboard starting position. So this particular distance, that is the bass fiddle, the central point of this article is equal to 50 hundreds. So there'd been done medically can change it to 50 units. You can see that this gets acidity. So I have excluded on the inner side, but not on the output side, because I have mentioned earlier that this thickness water if kept for the first part, is 32 units and that is including the thickness of Doug vertical one. So I need to change the direction and I need to see that it is inside the particular, the particular plane. Now that I'm comfortable with the location of the vertical one, I need to change the thickness, and that is equal to seven units. I can press or gain. So I have this particular Walder needed me. Now I need to create though, a bounded region. So that particular side of phase can be created from this particular phase. By using the extort command. So I've created a vertical or horizontal reference line. And dramatically, if I'm zooming inside, I can see that from the central point. So this is a central point of all the cycles, what we are going to create right now, again, that is equal to 50 units from the base. So from this angle point, we can see that though arc of 20 radius is created and extruded on the other side. So let me and go to the option of Art Center and end OK. Click on the centre point, click on the outer edge. Match but the right side edge and install bird. So far extrusion, I have ensured that those sketches are closed law. There should be no edges with openings. Let me close the loop completely. Oops. So I have created this particular arc. Integrate little bit insight. So let me just deleted my pressing Control Z and recreated again. Now it is looking fine. Make it a closed loop c that you're connecting with that just now I have the closed-loop ready with me. And the radius is obviously equal to 820 units. Because I have connected the output edges, so I have not followed their dimensions. What is given to me, I've followed though of the total geometry. So as the base of the geometry is 40 hundreds. So obviously this particular arc will be having our data software in D are nerds. So in order to enjoy, I can just click on dimension and click on the ark. I can see that I'm getting a 20 unit over here. And the reason I'm getting this warning is because thus get this constraint with respect to the width of the geometry. So let me just close it. And let me press OK and extruded on the other side of it the depth of seven units of thickness. So I have this fetal DID with me right now. And now I have to create the feature off profile a ribs right now. I'm sorry. Control. So you can see that the location of the ribose on the central plane, it is located on the sides of the central plane. And I have some distance mentioned over here, and that is equal to six units from the outlet edge. So in this case, we have to utilize or neo datum lane over here. So simply click on lame. Novae need other financing. So if you can see in the geometry, the profile representative fit into that spread through the outlet edge. So you can try to select this particular face and let me zoom out. I got my blamed ready for. So I have this blame, a reference with respect to the phase of what I've selected right now. But the plane is on the side of the geometry, not the outer side. So I can just shifted inside by moving with the mouse and chain. So you hundreds to 16 hundreds because I have or the sense of six units over here. So we can just enjoy them, but by changing the direction and seeing whether their descendants, their property, it search, looking cool, I'll just put us okay. Now I need to Crito ribbons this particular plane. So I will be selecting the plane first and I will be selecting the option and undaunted by visiting the profiler. So I, you can see the moment I've selected the profile loop that sketching is activated. Let me align the view right now. If I'm comfortable to sketch though, but it had been this particular orientation, I can continue with that or I can change the orientation to be light. So it's up to the user getting comfortable with Creo. You can try to sketch in any, any orientation. Because you'll be understanding the creation of the geometry. So I have to click on the those artifices. And you can see that this gets is created on the new plane. And I have to change their dimensions offered. So let me align your liking. This distance is equal to 20 units and the horizontal distance is equal to 20 hundreds. And as mentioned over here. But that's okay. Good. Now you have to see that the rib is located on the other side of the plane. Okay, for creation of the dip, vf could enter the sketch blame. And we are, we have created this sketch plane at a distance of six units. That means this particular surface is the blame and the ribs should be on the other side of the plane. Ok, so the thickness of the ribose 40 units, I have tended to forwarder. So this is the plane what Vf creator. It need not be symmetry. It has to be on the other side because this distance is equal to six units. If I'm keeping it symmetry, then the distance is changing to be around six minus two, that is equal to 40 hundreds. So this is an inappropriate, let me change it to decide. But that's okay. And you have the Liberty. So I want you to create the rib on the other side as well. By creating a plane from this side and a financing this face and pushing it inside. And changing the location of the plane could be six units. And clicking on those sketch. Ok, I've not silicon, but I know I have sent it to the sketch option. So let me see whether though sketch rulebook for us, we can follow those same trajectory of the previous setup connected. I have creator no line right now, let's get ready with me. Not at me. Click on the sketch, sketches highlighted, and click on the so the direction of the ribose on the other site. I have tangent to the other side that is inside those particular oddity. Interpolate the geometry. And let me align the view to friend view so that I can see the location of the rib. The thickness has to be 40 units and the need not be symmetric. It has to be on the other side of the plane. So I have created that, uh, using the new sketch. So you can see that in this particular geometry we have created two additional sketch cleans. Now in order to create this particular rib on the left hand side, that is another way which is quite simpler. So I can go back to though. And imagine vf completed though, then additional decidable. Now you can simply use a command which score less mirror. So in this particular video, I'm introducing you to a new command called mirror. So for using the mid of the command, you have to see whether the middle command is highlighted ordinal. So first, look, the first thing is we need to check out the location of the mater command. The middle to command is located in the editing category. And you can see over here, this particular command is the metadata command. So it create copies of the feed jokes, you know. So we can try to highlight this particular feature of the moment V of a highlighted by selecting in the moderately, you can see that the mydata command is activated. And by clicking on the metadata command, you can copy this particular feature on the other side of the reference datum. So in this particular case, the mirror plane is this particular central plane. So the moment I've selected the central blame, I got the same feature which I am copying on the other side of the center plane. So this particular San, blue plane is acting as a mirror plane. So I have to press OK. I have the particular group on the other side. So this particular feature is quite useful because if I have a snort listing this particular feta, I have used three commands. The first was to create a plane. Second was for career does sketch, and the third was to create a profile. So I'm just eliminating on this commands by simply using the command in Cleopatra metric. So this is one of the most important fetal. Like if, for example, if you are creating a wing of the aircraft, if you're walking on the right-hand side and when with this symmetric along the central axis, then you can generate the left side growing easily just by mirroring on the left side. What can made editing that I timed site feature on the left-hand side of the central plane that is called as the middle clean. So we have seen through exercises which are dealing with ribs. I will attach few mode exercises for your home book purpose. So you can just practice it and you can, um, Saudi, I have not completed this figure. I just forgot of ordered. So that means this title complete douglas, So extrusion part. Quickly by clicking on extraordinary. And I have the distance mentioned. I'm gonna use already for this. So first let me career TO central line because, and it's difficult for me to identified though central printer this alkyl, let us see what this I convert that I'm getting a central point of this finito. No, I'm not getting any I'm not able to identify the central point. So let me just try to career TO center line from this vertical wall phase. And let me create this so good. So the outer dy is equal to part B units. I can press OK. The distance of extraordinary 18 units. Now I need to clear the whole by using the demo data option. And the diameter of the hole is equal to 22 units. This is the radius or diameter. And the diameter is equal to 22 units. Now let me change the direction. And it is mentioned over here that the whole is a through hole, so I can use the tarred option. Okay. Now the geometry Israeli I was Italy. Confused, I'm sorry. Okay, so the geometries, that idea like now what we have done it we have created to us out loud feature, we have seen the method of creating a feature. Holes lenses not mentioned, but we have the length of its base that does the central point of the silicon that is equal to 50 unit from the base, we have created a vertical wall. And from that particular location, vf created though the circular feature and followed by creation of the holes. So we have codebase over here. I will be attaching fume would exercise. You can just practice a longer. And note it does go to the next video. 48. 3d - Rectangular Wing - 1 : Welcome back. In this video, I will be discussing the procedure for creating a three-dimensional aircraft wing. So first, let me go to the Google website. Here I have opened the different types of aircraft wings. And right now in this video, I will be explaining the procedure for creating a rectangular wing. Most commonly, you must have observed that the commercial aircrafts or airliners will be having this particular ring, which is swept back wing. You can see that there is an angle of deflection or angular sweep, we can call it. But for this type of a wing, there is no sweep. The wing is in the form of rectangular shape if you are looking from the top view. So this kind of thing is called as a rectangular wing. And especially this kind of wings are found in a crafts which are very smaller in size. For example, says now eight graphs or smart tool, two-seater a crafts, those kind of a craft will be having this kind of wings. And let us try to use the procedure. Let us try to use the extrude command for creating this particular wing. Now, before beginning, I will also want to add a point over here that I have already explained the procedure for creating an aero foil. I have said you that aero foil is the cross-section of a wing. So if we are cutting the wing at some section, you will be having an airfoil shape. So different a craft wings will be having different aero foils. And the procedure, what I've shown you to create any row foil was with respect to a symmetric airfoil. But right now I want to explain you the procedure for creating a three-dimensional wing with a non-symmetric airfoil, having some difference in the thickness on the upper and bottom side, and also the change in the chamber. So I'll just direct myself to different website and in the Google home screen I can just type airfoil dimensions. And if we are going down, you will be having a website called as airfoil tools. So this is an open website. And here you will be having all the database of different aero foils. So whatever file you're wanting to work on or you want to research or make a project, you can just directly go to the website and you can download the airfoil coordinates because the coordinates are the most important. Think for creating an airfoil. So I'll just show you an example over here. I will be considering a simple aero foil, which is NACA, four digit of oil. And let me just try to consider 2442414 airfoil. And on the right-hand side, you will be having different formats of files which we can download and use for utilizing the coordinates of this particular row foil. So I will be clicking on this particular format, the lead nicer format. Now I have that particular format opened over here in another tab. So you can see there. Plenty of coordinates available over here. So in the earlier example when I was discussing about the spline or when IF created the aero foil using this plane. In that particular case, the upper curve and the lower curve of the aero foil, we are same. And the name of the aircraft, the name of the profile was a symmetric airfoil. So I have to utilize the same coordinates. The upper coordinates for both of the surface is that is the upper surface and the lower surface. So it was something similar to this particular symmetric airfoil. But right now, in my case, the airfoil, what we are going to create right now are the wing. What we are going to create right now will be a non-symmetric aero foil having a camber, having a difference in the chamber on both the surfaces, the upper and the lower surface. So right now I have to copy this particular coordinates, and this is the upper coordinate, and these are the bottom or the bottom surface coordinates. So you can see the negative sign indicates that the lowest surface. So let me just copy this thing and open the Notepad file. I'll just paste over here. And I will save the file. As a puck of now. I'll just show you how to import it. First, I have saved them as a normal Notepad file. But you can see that when we are opening as a notepad file, the file will not be displayed. Inquiry biometrics that we open sketch it first. So I am creating a local coordinate system. So as per the same procedure, I'm just keeping it one. The reason why I'm keeping the chord, the distance from the leading and the trailing edge as one is because you can see the coordinates. We have the largest coordinate to be one unit. So we have to meet in this particular thing and later we can change the dimensions and creates ELF. So coming back to Creo. So just remember that I've saved the aero foil in my desktop and now I will not be able to find it according to my knowledge. So I have selected, I'm sorry, files selling the coordinate, go to Browse desktop C, you will not be able to find the coordinate file because cryo is trying to look for DOD PTS files. So we have to convert the Notepad file into PTS file. So before converting, we have to follow a simple procedure. We have to align the coordinates neatly and we have to add a Z coordinate which is equal to 0. So for that, I'll just minimize the Kryo. I have an Excel file with me. So in Excel file and just go to data. From data will go to from text. And I will browse the file over here and I'll open it in Excel. So let me go to desktop. And here I can find a text file or the Notepad file, which I have saved on the desktop. I will click on the file and click import. So it'll take a little time and it will try to display the coordinates. So this is the latest version of Excel in the old, the old versions led us to 16 or 2013. And all you will be directly getting the coordinates over you. In the latest versions, you'll be getting this window. So we just have to click on load. And you can find all the dimensions on the left-hand side. Yeah. So after this, you have to go back to the data again. And you can select the column. One thing you can observe over here that both the x and y coordinates are in a single column. So we are trying to split the columns into two columns because we want a separate column for x coordinates and a separate column for the y coordinates. So that is the reason I'm just trying to import it into the Excel. So right now I'll just highlight this particular thing. And I'll go to Text from text to columns. I'll just click on Next. And here I have to select pace. So you can see the momentum clicking space. I'm getting a division lines. So I have to press next right now and just click on Finish. So you can see that the coordinates are split it into two columns right now. But we have a problem in the first two lines, so we can just delete them and we can add 00. And I will delete the E column. Now let me add X over here as the heading value when yo and Zed. And we have to add the zed coordinates. So I have added the coordinates. Now select all the new miracles and add the decimal points so that they are neatly aligned. So I have added for DSM-4 points after the decimal. And let me just align them into the center. So I have alignment data very neatly. Now I can just select the new miracles. So mind you, this is the upper curve. I'll just copy it and I'll go back to the file what I've saved. So this was a text file, what we had earlier, and I'll just select all and delete them. Now I'll copy the coordinates and you can see I have all the coordinates which I lead neatly aligned. So i have missed the x, y, and z. Let me select everything again and delete the coordinates. Now I have to save it. So this is the most important point right now, saving the node pipe file in DOD PTS format. So you just have to click on save as when you're selecting the Save As Type, even not be having any PDS format over here. So how do you do it? You can just do it by retyping this particular name over here. So I'll just saved the file in the same name again, but I have to open in inverted comma and type upper. Gov dot p d s. So this is the format what I'm wanting. And let me close the inverted commas. So now I believe we can try to find this particular file from the Creo and just save it in the desktop. So I have saved it. Let me minimize the Excel and go back to Cleo. And let me try to search right now. You can see right now at the PTS file is available. So in this way we have created the above. In the similar way I will be creating for the lower covered right now. So I'll just minimize this. Go back to the browser. We have the point over here. So there is a difference. There is a distance between both the points, but the set of points, which is required for us to understand the lower and upper curves. So I'm just copying this again. I'll open another Notepad file. I'm saving it as a simple text file. Local. I'd go back to Excel. You can open a different sheet. You can go to data from text. Select the lower curve right now, and click on Import. Load. You have the, you have the coordinates available which are accumulated in a single column that is called him a. So my objective right now is to divide the column into two. So I have to go back to data again, selling the total column and click on text to columns. After which I have to select next. And see that this ps option is ticked because this will help us divide the coordinates into two columns. I'm clicking on next right now and finish as simple as that. So I have the file or I have to coordinate separated, but there is a problem in the first line. So let me delete the first two lines and retype the first coordinates 00. Apart from this, I will delete the a column and type x, y, and z. So let me add the coordinates of this zone axis and align them. Select the numerical values. And under decimals. So I have added four decimals for the upper curve. So I am following the same convention right now. Now the last point of to select all the coordinates, copy them and open the lower curve. Select the earlier coordinates, does delete them and paste in the new coordinates. So you can see that all the gardens are aligned equally with a single tap. Distance. Click on Save As we have to select the total name. Open the inverted commas, lover, go, dot PTS, and click Save. So I have saved it in the desktop. Now let me close the Notepad file and see whether I am able to find the coordinate. This is the lower coordinates. So I'm creating a lowest line. Go to File silica coordinate system, I hope. Yes. So I got the lower points as well. So let me go back to the path module right now. And let us create the extrusion of aero foil, which is a rectangular wing. In the next video. 49. 3d - Rectangular Wing - 2: So now I have opened the park more DOD and let us try to work on the creation of the aircraft wing. So for that, I have two options. First, I can clear the sketch on this particular friend blame. I will be having the aero foil that David Me. Then I can click on the sketch and extruded. The second option is I have to click on extraordinary and select the blame where I would like to extraordinary sketch. And then I have to import the airfoils. So I will be going with the second option. I am selecting the blame light now, that is the front view. Let me align the blame. Now. The coordinate system body of finding over here the X, Y, and Z coordinate system is called the global coordinate system. So when we are selecting the coordinate system for importing the aero foil, the global coordinate system will not be selected. And this type of show you. So first time creating a center line of one unit. Let me zoom in. So we have to clear data foil in this particular location. So I have my center line, which is a line of division. I have to delete after creating both the surfaces. I have created the upper GV. Now I have to double click it and go to File. So here we are required to select a coordinate system. So as I have mentioned to you, and you can just verify when you're selecting the coordinate system. This will not be selected because if we are selecting over here, we will be getting the coordinate system number or the name of a heel. So in this case, we have to select the local coordinate system. And you can also see that we're getting a message over to here, silicon local coordinate system to use as a dimensioning reference. So in this particular case, you can disclose it. And we can go to the datum. We can just delete this. You can click on coordinate system and you can place it at the center. So I have a local coordinate system which was present in the sketching module. I have to click on the center line. This is another datum which is a defendant's used for the purpose of referencing. And let me keep the distance between the lines as one unit because the aero foil has single lender or the quad. Just the guard is the distance from the. Leading point to the trailing point. So the distance of the aero foil, the coordinates what we have right now is having one unit. So now I have to click on spline. I have created the upper surface. Now I need to double-click it and go to File. Now I can set the coordinate system and you can see how reading over the coordinate system which is getting highlighted, select on it. And you will be having the name of the coordinate system which you have selected like now. Now you can go to browse and search for the above, which I've saved on the desktop. Click import prices. So the upper geometry have been modified right now. Let us try to work on the lower surface. Connect the edges. Because we want the explosion to happen or live with the closed loops. Now, I will double-click on the line, go to File selling the coordinate system again, and browse the location of the logo surface or the lower curve. Imported. Press ok. So now we have the upper and the lower gov. You can just press OK. You're not getting a need shaded region over here. The reason for this is because we have created a line of separation, that is the center line. So I have to delete it. I can use the linear segment and click to get the shaded region. So I have the shaded region ready with me right now. I can just press OK. And I was, as I was in the exclusion mode, you can see that I am able to find the extruded profile. This is a very linear dimension, so let me just reduce it and go to symmetry. Okay? So this is the rectangular wing we have created with an airfoil cross section. So most of the aero foils are widely used in different applications, different engineering applications. There obviously isn't a graphs. They are also used in sport cars for etiquettes, and to improve the aerodynamics of the gods. They are used in gas turbine engines. The complaints of the gas turbine engines are in the form of aero foil shape. We have daily co-opted leads of airfoil shape. So as an engineer, it is very important photos to know the procedure for creating aero foil. Or as a student, you can decide to walk on it. You can see the different afflictions of the aero foil. So we have data referred lately with us and we like to modify it. I mean, if you have any if we would like to add up any device on the right-hand side, for example, if it is this point of the god, so you can just walk on it. So once we have the total John metadata we can display to modify the geometry by adding or creating any other extra competence to it. So right now we have created the aero foil with a guard of unit one word if, if I want to change the guard. So let us just see that thing. In simply added the geometry. And I believe if you are just changing over, your things will work started. We just change it to them. And you can go back. You can see the distance have changed. So as the guard is increasing, the thickness changes automatically. So that is a good point. Photos because they are having a ratio in themselves and their scale together. So as accord is increased, the thickness will also increase. Let me change it to 25. So this is a larger dimension. If you are having any specific dimensions or if you have a diffidence of any geometry of any cutoff for D1 to create an if you know the Court of Federal Court accordingly. And you can press ok. So you will be having the rectangular wing created. And the daughter listens from the left-hand side to that side is cordless pan. You can see over here this distance is called less spam. And for the graphs which are having swept wings, spanners, again there listen from the left to the right. So this is about the process for creation of a simple rectangular wing. By creating an airfoil, downloading the coordinates, converting it into a proper neatly aligned data, saving your desk PDS format, and then importing it into the video software. So this is a quite lengthy process. I hope you understood about it. In the future. We will be discussing the process for creating aero foil rings, which are just flipped back. And that is also very simple process. As we are progressing through the videos, I will be explaining that particular case that has really let us see. Let us go to the next video. 50. What is axisymmetry - Revolve: Let us now try to move to the next option. As Vf completed the discussion of Xcode command, we have practiced sample exercises and we have seen and learned the different procedures for creating extra geometry's. Now let us try to discuss the next option, which is one of the most important option and Creo, and that is called Less Than revolves. Using the revolt option, we can create different geometries that are axis symmetric. Axis symmetric refers to the geometries which or whose cross section is a circle. So whenever you're trying to create a geometry which is circular, which is having a circular cross-section. You will be obviously having a center axis for it. That means the planet particular circular component is access and metric. So what are the different applications of ag asymmetric geometries? Let us look into the Google. So you can see a rocket over here. And this is also called Les and launch vehicle. And this is used for space exploration or different lesions which are related to space. So you can, if you are observing the design of the rocket, you can see one common thing and older designs that the cross-section of the rocket is circular in shape. And that is a reason they are called as axis symmetric components or access symmetric design. So in order to create this kind of shapes or this kind of designs, we will be required to work with the recall command. What are the other options? We can see we have a door knob over here. This is also circular in shape. But there is a variation with respect to the diameter. We can decide to create it into the wall. So don't worry about it. But if you are trying to cut the knob, this kind of axis symmetric component laterally at any location, the cross-section, what you find will be a circle. For example, for the case of wing, you will be finding a aero foil shape if you are cutting the cross-section of it. So let us look at some other examples. We have them designs which are asymmetric. We also have the flower pots or the flower ways. These are again axi symmetric. So you can see that they are circular in shape and they are symmetric across the central axis. So let us see the working and the procedure for creation of these kind of geometries and the creosote, fair? So I have entered into the curio software. So the procedure is quite simple and the selection of plane is quite similar to the way we have selected in extrude command. So the important thing is whatever we are going to design or create the geometries, we have to select the plane on which we are working, because that is our reference wave we are drawing or creating the sketch. So I just click on revolved command. And this particular window is quite similar to the window what we were getting when we were opening the extraordinary command. So we have the placement option. We can click, Define, and select the plane on which we want to work. So right now I'm silicon the front plane. After this, I have to select the sketch option and align my view. Now let us try to create a mesial kind of geometry. And you can see this is horizontally placed and this is symmetric about the horizontal axis. Ok? And this particular geometry, the flavor is, is symmetric around the vertical axis. That is the difference in the alignment of the different geometries. Whereas if you have the rocket, if you'll wonder design it in this particular way, then we have to align it with respect to the vertical axis, right? So the difference is to be understood before beginning the geometry. So I want to create a MS I imagine. And this has to be aligned with respect to the horizontal axis. So for that, what we need to do and you create a sketch over yo. But what kind of skills do I need to create? Should I create the rho del cross section? The difference in revolt and extruders in extrude. We have to create the total cross section. But in revolve, we have to create only the half of the cross-section, either the bottom half or the upper half. Just try to show you with an example so that you can understand more clearly. Before that, I'll just try to create a cylinder first. Then we can go to some different geometries. So cylinder is again an axis symmetric component. It is having a circular cross-section. So for creating a cylinder, i will create the upper half of the cylinder. I mean, if you are imagining that the cylinder is lying on the ground and from the side view, it looks like a rectangle. So I am creating the upper half of that rectangle. I'll just show you right now by placing, okay. And then we have to select the axis of revolution. So I want the axis of revolution to be X axis. The moment I have selected x axis, you can see that the sketch, what I've created, I have created the upper half and just show you over here. I have created the upper half. Now this particular thing will be rotated or revolve around the axis of revolution, which is the horizontal axis and my keys. So this is the procedure for creating a revolt component. And you can change the distance or you can change the rotation angle if you wanted to be around 50 degrees. So this is just 50 degrees over here. But I want a complete cylinder, so it has to be 360 degrees. And you can press OK. So this is the way you gotta cylinder. Now this particular cylinder is lying on the ground. Imagine if I want to create a standing cylinder. So what do we need to do that you can go to the default view. Let me click on revolve, and I can directly select the plane on which I want to create the revolve component. So I have the particular plane with me right now, align it. So one important thing you have to see over here is you have to follow the center axis. If this is the center axis, you either have to create on the right-hand side or the left-hand side. If you are considering this to be the axis of revolution. In the earlier case, I have considered the horizontal axis to be the axis of revolution. So in that particular case, I have to create either on the upper side or the lower side of this particular axis of evolution. So the selection of the decision, of the selection of the axis of revolution depends on the user and the geometry itself. So what I want to sell in it to be standing on the ground. So I will be selecting the vertical axis and I will be creating the geometry on the right-hand side of the vertical geometry, vertical axis. So rectangle is selected and a closed loop is created. So you have ensured over here that whatever sketch you are plotting or whatever sketches sketching on the layout, it has to be a closed loop. So right now I'm not falling any dimensions. This pardon me? I have to press OK. And after that, you have to sell it the axis of revolution again. So in my case, the axis of revolution is Y-axis, that is a vertical axis. And the moment I selected, I got this revolve geometry. I can change the angle of rotation depending on my beamed. But I wanted to be 30-60 again. And you can just press or keoyo. So you got a rectangle which is standing on the ground. So this is just an imagination by President is trying to explain you what the way to design using the 2D command. Let us look at it in more detail in the next video. 51. Creating a Revolved component : Now let us try to create a wall geometry with different diameters for its cross section. So I'll just type will show you the rocket. And you can observe over here that we have a rocket which is having different diameter along its length, right? We have a smaller diameter over here. This is the nose of the rocket. And we have the diameter increasing. And then again it is decreasing and again increasing at its end. So let us try to create a reward geometry with variable diameter. And if we are having the exact dimensions of this, we can try to create it. But right now I'm displaying to show you the procedure for creating the revolve. So this is a sample practice kind of thing. So I'm not falling the dimensions. I am trying to follow the overall geometry appearance. So let us go back to the Creo. So we have this layout. Now, as I mentioned to you in the earlier video, we have to create the cross section. We have to consider the cross section and we have to divide the cross section into two parts. And we have to create one part. And that part will be swept across the central axis, which we wanted to be either the x axis, that axis, or the y-axis. So we have two pre-planned work. And I'm now in my case, I wonder rocket to be axis symmetric across the y-axis. I wonder y-axis could be the axis of revolution. And in that case, I will just try to consider the front plane again and click on drivel. I got my sketching view. I have to align it. Now that my lane is aligned. I can create the layout. So let me just try to created so either on the right-hand side or the left-hand side of the word picker like this. I have to begin by drawing. So I want to start from the right hand side. And if I am blind to start from the right-hand side, I have to ensure that the total sketch, the closed loop, must be on the right-hand side. It can be after the horizontal axis. It does not require that we have to finish it orally before this particular axis. We can just try to go as far as the distance demand is to go. So let me just try to create it. So I'm creating a rough by mentioned with different diameters. I have selected everything. I have seen that the total geometry is a closed loop. If I want, I can change the dimensions. I want it to be. The pointer can be pointed at the tip. So these are the rough dimensions, I'm just repeating again. So if you feel that the rocket does not create it, don't blame mean displaying for explaining the procedure. I'm pressing OK. So now I have to say like the vertical axis, which I decided it to be the y-axis. But if I'm selecting the x axis, I will not be getting any reward option. Because you can observe over here, if I'm slipping the x-axis, the software will not in this tiny, or it will not try to interpret the geometry because the geometry has to be about the particular horizontal axis. If fear one thing, the revolution axis, the axis of revolution to be the horizontal axis. But we have decided earlier that we want the vertical axis to be the vertical axis of revolution. So we have consolidate the y-axis. So I have to say the y-axis right now. And you can see that I CTO rocket, which is very smaller in size. Okay, so I'm sort of design. So I just wanted to show you the way how to create this kind of designs. When we're practicing the exercises, they will put their dimensions and we will try to clear the exact shapes. So this is looking like a screw as well. So again, as crew is also access symmetric design. So this is the way to create a geometry which variable diameter? So again, it is imagine if we just create this particular geometry with x root command. No, we cannot create it with extra command. Because with extrude command, we have to create the cross-section of the geometry. And we are elongating the geometry perpendicular to the section of the cross section. What we have created are but the plane on which we have created the cross section. The cross section, whatever we are going to create for export command, that cross-section will be maintained along its length. But in revolve, V can create a variable diameter. So what we have done as Vf created only the 1.5 of the geometry. And we had swept it around the center axis. So you can see over here you are having an axis. This is called the center axis. I'll just try to change the display style. You can see the central axis. So that is the axis of revolution, we can call it. This is the way we can create a geometry around the central axis. But there are some kinds of geometries that will not be touching to the center axis. For example, we have the rim of the VDD and just try to create that would lead me to enter displays tile. So I'll just try to click on the front plane and go to revolt. Align the view. Now in the earlier cases, what I was doing is I was selecting the first, I was pretty deciding the axis of revolution and then I was beginning my sketch. So right now I just want though actors of regulation to be the horizontal axis. And in the earlier cases I was creating geometry is that we're touching with the particular axis of revolution. But right now let me see what will happen if I'm creating a sketch at some distance from this horizontal axis, which is the axis of revolution. So I can create the components in this fashion as well. Split me Tinder dimensions to some random dimensions. Okay, so this is the distance between the axis of revolution and the sketch. So I have my sketch ready with me. So this title, imagine what geometry will I be getting over here? I will be getting a Gringo. So let me select the axis of revolution as x axis. And you can see I got a ring over here, which is having a circular swept part. But the cross section is created as per the geometry what we have defined. And you can see the rotation over here. So we have created the rectangle over here, and we have swept it around a particular axis of revolution at some particular angle. So let me just change the angle to be around 60. And this is a circular cross section if we are cutting it laterally, I mean, if we are discarding the geometry of this particular plane, it is a circular, so-called basically. And you can see that we have created the revolve option, which is having some distance from the axis of revolution. So this is the axis of revolution. And you can see the axis is created over heal. And we guard this particular ring over here. And this is the way to create or to use reward command using different options. Let us move to the next real UNC. Further creation of revolving combination of Extrude command. 52. Combining Extrude and Revolve: So let us see a video in which we can combine the extraordinary wall combined and make some geometry. So imagine I have a flowerpot which is placed on a table. So let me just try to walk on it. So the way I'm explaining all these things is with an example is because you can understand the creation or the walking off the combined more easily. So let us first try to create a table first using the export command. I will be first defining the top view. And let me just try to click on send direct tangle. Imagine this as a base of a 100 by a hundred, nine hundred beekeeping give the thickness of the table to be around 20 or less than that. Okay, so I have the base of the table. Now I need to create the legs of the table. So legs of the Creator shall be created on the bottom surface. So I have to select this particular surface and click on Export command. Now i want for circular legs on all the four sides. For that, I can just create a center line. From the center axis. I will maintain a distance of four p on both the sides. I'm sorry. 40. Click on the center line. Quicker dimensions, cylinder centerline, select the x-axis. So the reason why I'm creating the centerline is I'm defining the centers over here, the center of the circle which I want to create and I want to extrude that circle to former leg of the table. So these are again random dimensions. So we are trying to see a combination of revolve and explored in one figure. Because most of the geometry is what we are trying to, what we have in different engineering systems are a combination of different options used together. Sort does not like geometry is only created using a revolt option. So it is not like that. A geometry can be a combination of multiple options, what Vf present in the software. So we have to know the functions of the software and we have to apply those functions for creating that geometry. So let me create the circle at each center. Let me change the view to be Norton and the diameter to be nine. And let me far learn equal diameter. So this is an symbol of equal constraint. You can see I'm not getting any dimension wherever I am following equal constrain, cause it is giving me a symbol over here equal to one. So this is equal to one meter dimension of nine. Mm. So I have created four sketches and let me extrude them. Some random length. Say four t again, or 5055. So now that we have the pebble over here. Let me just try to create of lava part and this angle of the particular table. So now you can see the geometry is enclosed in the planes what I present. Okay, so earlier we were seeing that whenever we were creating, we had a plane to select what the plane is. In this particular plane is covering the table. So v have to click on the plane. So let me just go to default view. So this is the friend we ought to consider. And let me align it. Now I have to create on the top of the surface k. So for that first, let me go to a reference. Let me create a part on it. Okay? So unless PI to create a part using the spline command, first I'll define the height of the part. Imagine this is the top section of the part. Okay? So this is a random dimension again. So it has to be a closed loop. Remember that thing? So I have not yet finished. Okay, now I have created a closed loop, certain dimensions. So you can see we have already dealt with an extraordinary event right now and here we are working with the reward command. So we are creating something utilizing body options. Okay? So what has to be the word axis of evolution? The axis of revolution in this case shall be the vertical axis. We can also apply to speak or created evolve with this particular axis. And let's show you in that case also. But right now let us try to create with this thing because we are making some geometry over here. So you have to go to the y-axis. So you've got the combination of two options, the US together to create a single object. So this is the way we are actually using the different options together. So again, this is a very simple example I just wanted to show you, but this is not an engineering example. So in future we will be discussing with a detail exercise for creating a rocket engine design and all in the exercises, so tried to just practice. It will combine with different cross sections. I repeat cross-section in the sense, the half cross-section, what we're creating, this cross-section and talking about it from the top view. If we are looking at the geometry and if we are trying to cut the geometry at any location, it is a circular cross section, okay? So there's no difference between the different me as I'm trying to explain to you. And if you want, you can just try to change the angle of rotation also. So the purpose of this is to see the internal section. Okay? So I just try to recreate the geometry. And I'll show you the internal section. Imagine if I have a finger somewhat like this, and I have created 60 degrees that evolution. So in this particular case, I will not be able to understand or the user may not be able to understand the cross-section of this geometry, right? For that purpose, we have desorption of changing the rotation distance over here. So we can do that by clicking the revolt option. Editing it. We can change the distance as required. So this will help the user to understand what is the profile inside the geometry. If you're attending a two shaded and edges, you can see more clearly. So this is the requirement and this is the purpose of that particular option of changing the revolution angle. And with this particular way you can show the internal cross section or in the internal features of the geometry. So let us move to the next video. 53. Revolve - multicomponent - 1: So in this particular video, let us try to understand the different procedures which are present for creating different geometries revolve option using the devolve corruption. For example, let me just go to the Google Chrome. And if you can see on the right-hand side, I have a launch vehicle present over here. And I have already mentioned to you that we can create this kind of geometries using the devolved command. But if you are observing this particular geometry, you can see a variation of a year that is with respect to the additional components that are present. So if we are using the revolve command, we can create the central launch vehicle. But whatever the additional boosters which are connected, the purpose of boosters and the rocket is to add more energy, the caddy propellant or the fuel inside them. And they add, or they burn the fuel that generate more power for generating or more thrust for general, for pushing the rocket forward. So again, if we are observing the cross section of this particular boosters, they are axis symmetric and they can be created using the do-while command. So how do I create this particular additional boosters in a single geometry after the creation of the main central launch vehicle sort it does tie to clear the launch vehicle first. So I'm falling rough dimensions right now. So need not worry about it because this is just for explanation purpose. So I'm going to revoke command and selecting the plane. And let me create the central launch away, call it a closed loop. So by default, the vertical axis, the axis of revolution in this particular case. So one thing we have to remember in order to create revolve geometry or an access and metric geometry, you required two things. The first thing is, you obviously required a sketch. The sketch has to be the half part of the cross-section. And the next important thing is the axis, which will be considered as the reference for keeping the sketch clear. So we have this cross-section derivatives, that is the half cross-section that is outside of the launch vehicle. And we have the axis that is the vertical axis. So VR, satisfying both the conditions, we can press OK. And we have to select the y-axis. So you have the figure relativity right now. So I repeat, this is not the dimensions what are actually considered for creating a rocket. This is just a sample purpose. Okay, so right now, just imagine this is the main launch vehicle right now and you have additional components of a hill by solidous Titus. Hi, the procedure for creating this particular boosters, which are present on either side of the rocket. So let us try to consider the plane first and cleared and the revolve command. So conventionally I say D1, I require a sketch. So let us try to create a half sketch at this particular location. Okay, now, for the main launch vehicle or the main section, if I have considered the vertical axis as the axis of revolution, and if I am considering the same axis for this particular cross-section, what will I get? I mean, we like get the booster or will I get some other geometry? So I believe I will be getting some other geometry is before that, let me just apply to modify the top section. So let us see what will I get over here? Silicon does central axis. Look I'm getting a ring of a, but I'm not getting a booster. I wonder boost 32-bit revolving and at this particular location, but not with respect to the central axis. So in this particular case, I need to create a axis first. So let us go to the next video and continue the designing of this. 54. Revolve - multicomponent - 2: So I have deleted the sketch. And for creating that particular booster, we have to go to revolve and select the sketch. Now, I mentioned to you that we require o axis around which the section has to be rotated or revolved. It. I am clicking on the local center line and I'm clicking at some random position. If I want, I can just read it or distance. So this particular centerline, what I've created, I want this to be designated as the center or the axis of revolution. So let me just hold right-click on it. Let me be clear. And hold right-click. You'll be getting an option called designated axis of revolution. So this will be designated as the axis of revolution. You will be getting a message that the best practice to assign the center line is to select the Geometry Center line, which is the global center line, pleased at this particular location. So it doesn't matter, we just assigned over here. So you can just continue and let me just try to create a booster. So we have a closed loop. We have the axis sooner to see what are we getting right now. So we got the booster will good, but it is not connected to. We can connect it with some other options. Like for example, we can create Extrude command, and we can extrude it on the other side. So right now I'm creating this particular geometry based on my own dimensions as a Sample Excel example. So the point over here was to explain you the procedure for creating or reward geometry. Beside a geometry which was already created using the dual option. Okay, so what I've done over here, I have just created all center line, and I have assigned the center line to be the axis of revolution. And I have created the sketch of audio, then I just print. Okay, and I got the cross-section ready with me. Then if I wondered, I can connect them with some additional components. So this is a board solid modeling. We can this guy to do anything over here, we can decide to create or use any option and career different geometries. What if I want to create the same thing on the right hand side? So I can just select on extraordinary wall geometry because rewarded pandas though. Booster what we have created and this is the connecting part, if you are assuming it to be. So we can just select them and click on bearer and select the blame. So this is a geometry, which of it to different components on each side of it. So this is the way we actually work. And if we are having the exact dimensions and which I would be getting during this hampered exercises. And I will geometries, we be looking very pretty. So this is all about revolve. I believe we have and we've understood different procedures for creating geometries using that revolved command. And let us try to model the exercises to make ourselves perfect. W1 command. 55. Variable Types of Revolution: In this video, let us discuss the options present in the dashboard off at evolved command. So far explaining the options, I have created a symbol extrusion. I have created a circle over here, and I've created a rectangle and extruded. So let us click on revolve and creator evolution of some sketch in the front plane. So I have created a closed loop and by default, I want is vertical axis to be the axis of revolution. And let me select the axis I got the revolution of the particular sketch. So by default, whenever we are working with the revolve option, we have this particular command called variable or blind command, activated by default. So this particular option indicates that we can either enter the amount of regulation required at this particular text column. Say for example, I want to change it to 114. I can just enter over there Arles. I can manually drag this particular slide bar. According to the percentage of revelation or the degrees of revolution needed for me. By default, most of the examples we will be working with 360 degrees of revolution. And this is about the first command, which is the basic default command. So the options water present in the dashboard of their evolution or of the revolt command. The options are quite similar to the options what we have discussed during the extrude command. In extrude also, we had the similar option called Blind option or variable option. And after that we had the next option that was symmetry. So let us discuss the cemetery in the wall. And never I'm clicking on the symmetry. The amount of revolution will be happening equally on both the sides. You can see over here, initially my sketch was drawn at this particular location. I hope you can visually see the particular sketch over here. So whenever I have clicked on the revolution option, the revolve option, and I have chosen the cemetery option and the common dashboard options. I will be able to adjust the revolution symmetric on both the sides. So whatever value I'm changing, that will be equally divided on both the sides. Say for example, let me change it to 98. So whatever is the value by dividing into 98, that will be on the left side as well as on the right-hand side. Say for example, I want to divide into two parts. And the total degrees is 80 degrees. That means on the left side it is 40 and the right side it is 40. So this is about the symmetric option. Now let us discuss the next option, which is called the option or the selection of planar surface. So this is similar to the extrude command, what we had. And this option is required when we want the extrusion of the revolution. Extrusion or that evolution till a particular surface or reference. So let us click on this option and see what's going to happen. So here in this particular geometry, I have created an exclusion over here. I want the revelation of that component up to the surface. So I will be selecting the surface over here. Or I've selected the plane in this particular location. Now, I can either revolve in this direction or I can change the revolution in that direction. It is totally dependent on my need. Now I will have to select the reference. It can be this point. And the moment I've clicked the point, you can see that the revolution has been created. So you can change the direction of a revolution. It can be either on the right-hand side or on the left-hand side. And apart from this, there is one more option in revolve that is remote material. So let me just come back over here. And whenever I M using this option, I can remove the material which is in the path of revolution. See for example, this particular extrusion is in the part of this revolution. So whenever I'm coming closer to it, you can see the material being chopped off or materials getting deleted. So this anymore material option is also similar to the option which is present at the extrude command. So we can remove the material as well as we can add the material. So this is all about the common options present in the revolve. There are certain different options, call surface and the other options over here which we can discuss when we are discussing the surfacing section. So under the solid modelling, this options are the most commonly used option. And we generally work with the default selection, that is the blind selection, which will always be equal to 360 degrees. And we never remove material usually with the revolve option. So this is the common dashboard options in revolt command. Let us move to the next video. 56. Revolve- Excercise - 1: In this video lecture, let us practice creation of a rocket engine using the reward of command. So I have this geometry with me on the right-hand side of the screen. Let us try to utilize these options and let us try to create the particular rocket engine. So this is a Russian rocket engine and the name of the rocket engine is our d1 0-6. It is a very old rocket engine. So that is the reason I was able to extract the dimension from some internet to source. I will be attaching this particular geometry in the resources so that you can practice on your own. So whenever you are finding any geometry which is having diameters present in it, for example, we have a diameter, diameter, diameter dimension president over here. And you have a diametric dimension present in the throat region. And you have the diameter present in the exit region. So whenever you are finding this kind of dimensions, one thing should come into your mind immediately, that is to create the particular geometry using the revolve command. So right now let me just zoom out. And as I already mentioned many times that it is very good idea or a good technique to analyze the geometry given to us. So that means is omen. This particular section is the combustion chamber where the hot gases getting are getting combustion and entering into this region. And from this particular region you have the throat where the gases get compressed over here. And they exhaust through the nozzle region into the atmosphere at high speeds. Coming to the diameters or the dimensions, we have a dimension of 600 units over here. And this is the diameter of the circular cross-section of the combustion chamber. And the distance from this particular edge to this point is 800 two units. Then we have a compressing region, Nora Carver converging region, whose angle is given to us that is equal to 50 units. And we have the throat diameter that is 2.878 units. After which we have the nozzle hosts radiuses something around 7,900. And we have the diameter of the exit. The diameter of the exit of the nozzle, which is equal to one to 60 units. So I am considering millimeters and I will be designing this geometry when we are creating the sketch. Well, the problem is very simple to, I'm in the geometry is very simple to create. We only have to create the sketch and then we have to revolve it. So first we have to understand what section of the sketch RV creating and what is the axis that we are going to consider for revolution. So the default geometry alignment. In this way, you can see this from left to the right. It is not from the top to the bottom. So the edges from the left to the right. And the central axis of the rocket is, I'm sorry. Yeah. The central axis of the rocket engine is a horizontal line. So what we can do is for the axis of revolution, we can consider the x-axis, that is the horizontal axis. And for the sketch, we only have to create half the sketch or have the cross section of the total geometry given to us. So in this case, we will try to clear the upper half. So we will be having the sketch ready with us. And we will also have the axis of revolution, which is going to be the x axis. So m, When we are ready with both the things, we only have to create the revolve option. I'm going to use that evolve option and cleared the reward geometry. So what is the larger or maximum work present over here? The maximum work is only with respect to the scattering. But so let me begin creating this particular sketch. And so first I will be clicking on the revolve command. So the orientation of the particular geometry can be worked on the front view. Aligning, aligning the view to the normal. And as I've mentioned, we have to create the upper half. So right now, let me choose the line command. And let me start from the center point or the origin. So the diameter of this upper half, we have the diameter present to us that is equal to 600 units. As VR sketching the upper half, we have divided into two, and that will be equal to 300. So I can directly type 600 divided by two. So this is the upper. Now dimensions. There is one more way for walking on this. I'm talking with respect to the dimensions. For that. Let me press Control Z. I have this sketch, whatever created, that is a vertical line. Now I can create a center line. And for getting your dimensions which are quite similar to the diametric form, I can click on dimension. And before this I have created a centre line. So click on dimension, Click on the edge, cylinder centerline, come back to the edge and press. So you will be having the dimension with respect to the diameter. And in this case you can directly type 600. So this is a dimension which is with respect to the diametric form. Now let me move 800 units ahead. So this is a simple exercise which is basically in the form of sketching what we have already completed in the previous sections. So we are just doing the same thing. So I have created this particular distance of 802 units. Now let me create a 0 by using the point option randomly at some location. So this will be the throat, the point what I'm, what I've just created as the point of the throat and which is having its own diameter, that is 2.878. Now the distance of the throat to the inlet section is one-to-five eight. So I can change the distance over here. And automatically I am getting some dimensions over here. That is from the point to the inlet section. So I will be changing it to 1258. Now I can simply connected with a line. After connecting with the line, I have to give a radius of 300 units. For this, I can use the Philip option. I can use both edges and change the unit to 300. So right now there is a difference, the dimension 12 phi it is with respect to the center point. But I have also one more dimension to main beam that is equal to eight naught two units. So the moment I have created the file_id option, I believe there is a change in it. Let me just verify if this has to be it not to this dimension will hold the fill it in its position. Now let us move forward. Let us create the exit of the nozzle randomly at any location. And this has to be again in the formula of diametric representation. And the diameter over here is equal to one to 60. Let me zoom out. Now, what is the distance between body and statistical 2-3 w1 eight. So I can click on dimensions and change it to 3.1a and zoom out. Now let me just try to hide it. Now. So as of now we have created this section. We have to connect it to the outer edge. So let me turn on the dimensions directly clicking with a line. But over here, if we are noticing we have a radius of 79 W 0. So let me delete that line and go to arc. In arc we have to three-point CELAC Darwin silicone urges place it at random location. We have the dimensions over here, which is around 8,800. And let me change it to 7,900. So it has changed. We also have a radius over here that is equal to 278. We have to use the Philip for those edges. We have the Philip command. And just the radius two to 78. Verify whether the main dimensions are at the same position or is there any change in the dimensions? So you can observe over here that the point, what I have created, which was supposed to be the reference of the throat, is at this location, which is equal to one to 58. But the rocket throat has moved forward, so we can just change the dimensions again. This generally happens when we are employing the Philip command will change the dimensions. So right now it is at a position of one to 94 and I need to change it to one to 58. So most other dimensions have been created. Now you can simply create a horizontal line to make it a closed loop. So we have this case ready with us, and we have the axis of revolution, which will be the horizontal axis. Let's click on OK. And the moment you have clicked okay, you can't see the rocket engine ready over here. Again, I have to press. Okay. And you have the rocket geometry lady right now. So this is a procedure of working with revolved command. And this is a very simple geometry. If you are walking with a new research project and all, and if you're finding any geometric dimensions which are given to you in the form of diameter. Then you can utilize to revolve command and you can work with that. So what is the application of this particular geometry? Where have I used it? So I will be discussing that particular details in the next video. 57. Application of the Creo - Revolve: Well, the application of the rocket engine, what Vf created in the previous video was to perform a numerical simulation with the different internal temperatures of the gases. So v have created the geometry of the rocket engine as per the dimensions which are given in the image. And we have used the answers offered and we have imported the geometry in the geometry module. And after creating the geometry, we have two. After importing the geometry, we have to measure the geometry as seen in the mesh window. I will just open it. So this was the geometry which was created in Cleopatra metric. Now V, I've imported it to the anti software in the machine molecule. So the objective is to analyze the flow variations inside the rocket engine. We have the inlet over here, and from here the gases will be entering into the combustion chamber, and it will be entered into the throat and followed by the nozzle. And this is the outlet of the total domain, which is the rocket engine. So we have created a mesh. And after creating the mesh, the objective, the necessity of the meshes to divide the total domain or the total rocket engine, a small chunk of elements. And we will be solving I'm in the sulphate, will be solving the governing equations and the domain and will give us the results with respect to the variation in flow velocity, pressure, temperature, etc.. It depends on the finding what we are performing. So it does go to the results and see what are the results. I mean, how did the results would look like? And after meshing, we have to go to the setup and enter all the boundary conditions. This is nothing but though, embrace the pressure of the chamber. As I mentioned to you, the temperature and pressure will be very high in the rocket engine. And for this rocket engine, the pleasure was something around, I believe it was something around 3.5 megapascals and the temperature was something around 300 thousand kelvins, I believe. I'm not really sure, but it wasn't that particular range. So let us look at the results. How can we visualize the variations inside the rocket engine? So I will be showing you one more example. This is with respect to the 3D geometry, what we have created in Cleo and perform the simulation in ANSYS. And this is the CFD Post module of answers here you can visualize the results. How did they look like? So you can see that I have the inlet, the outlet, and the total wall of my rocket. So I'll just hide the wall right now. And we can create the contours. This is the pressure contours. Temperature on the wall. Let me hide this and go to volume rendering. And you can see this is though is go to velocity on the Mach number. This is how Mach number local I'm in the flow velocity looks like. You can see it is a very low velocity blue color indicates a low velocity range. This is a mac number and when mach number is equal to 340 meters per second approximately. So you can see the Mach number is increasing to 4 phi at the exit. So let me just hide the outlet. You can see this red color. So this is the highest Mach number that is equal to 4.5 Mach number. So this is the flow visualization inside the rocket engine. How does it look like? We can also try to see the streamlines. I'll just hide the volume rendering and we can see though parts of the nine, it is called as streamlines. So we can animate, we can create an animation of a year. And I believe this and animation. So you can see the walls with these are disassembles which are representing the flow and it is a velocity steam line. You can see they're entering into the throat and they are exiting at high-speed. So these are the visualization affects what we can see and understand the flow variation. So this will this small investigation with respect to the flow variation by changing the pressure temperatures and other factors. Well, this is a three-dimensional analysis. What we are seeing, and this analysis was performed only inside the domain or inside the rocket engine. We have also performed additionally and analysis of rocket engine, but we wanted to see the variation of the flow at the exit or into the atmosphere. So for that purpose, we have created a two-dimensional case because I'll just show you the figure because I don't have the files in this laptop. So this was the geometry. You can see over here. This is a two dimensional sketch. And if I'm zooming, then this is the rocket nozzle. And we have the combustion gases entering from heel. And they are exiting at a very high pressure. And this was, I mean, they'll combustion temperature and pressure was around nine megapascals and 3 thousand or 4 thousand kelvin. So the amount of pressure and temperature and the design of nozzle exhausted though gases in this fashion. This is the, what do you call it is a rocket. This is called a rocket plume, basically, like the visualization of the gases which are exhausting from the rocket, that is a cytosine Google. You can see some images over here. For example, this image to this as the plume which is coming out from the rocket. And in this particular research, we wanted to visualize the effects off, or maybe we wanted to see though the DC, the way I'm in the plume is created. These are nothing but the shock waves. If I'm trying to zoom in these other shock waves. And this particular file was in other laptops. I couldn't just open the file and show you this is the image of what I was having in my Gmail. So I just downloaded to show you and make you understand. So the thing over here is in this particular analysis, we have Paul form two-dimensional analysis. The reason for that was because of the domain, what we have created. So domain is nothing but the total control volume VV APA forming certain analysis. So in this particular case, the domain was approximately 20 times the diameter of the exit nozzle. So the diameter of the exit node two, for example, it is x and the length of the domain, or the length of this particular region was 20 x. So it is a very, quite larger domain. And it took me almost one to two days for completing this simulation. And this particular result, what you're watching over here was performed on to an A-to-D analysis and that too only on the upper half. So you can see a line over here. This is the line of symmetry. The reason for performing the analysis on the upper graph was because the particular case is symmetric case. So whatever is happening on the left-hand side will also happen on the right-hand side. Because the rocket nozzle is a symmetric nozzle. I mean, it is access symmetric. That is the reason we have simplified the case and we have performed the analysis only on the upper half. So you can try to understand the word here that 2D modelling is also very important, especially if you are walking on this kind of cases. It is not necessary that you have to become expert in 3Ds, 3D 3-dimensional designing. Because you know 2-dimensional, if you're perfect in two-dimensional designing, you can create them in three dimensional body also. Because the rocket, what we have created right now is nothing but a combination of 2D sketch. That was a revolt around the axis. Clear. So for creating this particular geometry, and just show you what we have done and list expand. And from this particular location, we have extended the domain to 20 times the diameter of the rocket exit nozzle, the exit nozzle. So this was the domain, what we have created. And this was it acquired first for Capture the flow field in this particular region, that is the region after exhausting from the rocket. So these are few examples of axis symmetric bodies and the methodology with which we can work and perform some kind of research. So I hope you have understood very clearly about revolve option. It is especially used for working with cases that involved diametric presentations of geometries or geometries which are circular in cross-section. So that's it for the day. And let us go to the next video. 58. Revolve- Excercise - 2: Welcome to the next exercise. And this exercise, let us try to create a three-dimensional model of a scaled a re-entry vehicle. So what do you finding in this giddiness, that paper publication? I have to give the credit to this Authors for specifying the dimensions of the particular work. And this was an experimental work over a scaled re-entry vehicle at hypersonic flows. As you can see over here, this was the experimental body on which they have worked. And on analyzing this particular geometry. You can understand this, that this particular geometry is an asymmetric model. That means it can be created using the revolver option. So as we are practicing that evolve option, I thought This is my TO photos to work on certain examples which are already existing, such as re-entry vehicles, which are most commonly having low cross sectional cross section. So on. Taking up the dimensions we just specified, over here, the dimensions are mentioned in millimeters. We have the base diameter of the geometry given to us in the text, and that is equal to 111 m, m, that is 111 millimeters. We have a nose over here which is having a radius of 12.7 millimeters. And we also have sudden inclinations in the geometry whose degrees as given to us. So utilizing this particular options or utilizing this particular dimensions, we have to create a three-dimensional model using the revolve command. So let us try to work on it. And as you can see over here, that this particular axis, which is highlighted on the screen, is the central axis. That means the sketch. What we are going to create over here, we have to revolve it with respect to this axis of revolution. For creating the revolt models. There are few aspects which we have to consider and which was discussed in the previous video as ready. The first important aspect is to identify the axis of revolution. So in this case, the axis of revolution is the horizontal axis. The next important aspect is to identify the cross-section. What we are going to draw on the screen, that is the two dimensional sketch of the geometry and especially the upper section or the lower section. In this particular example, what we're discussing right now, we will be sketching the upper section because we have this particular section given to us. So using this options, we have to work on it and we have to create the Reward Model. The third important aspect is to ensure that whatever sketch we are creating, it has to be a closed loop. That means when we are starting the sketching of the particular geometry from the noise in the base. We have to see that the nose and the base are connected to each other using the straight line. Then only we will be having a possibility of revolving this sketch or sweeping the sketch around the central axis. Now, let us consider this particular dimensions and work on creation of the revolt geometry. So I repeat, this is a scale model of a re-entry vehicle. As we, as we are discussing the rewarded section, I taught, it is important for us to practice some examples which are application-oriented. Hence, I have downloaded this paper and I have broadened the dimensions over here on the screen for us to work on it. So basically this is a very simple task quarters, as we have already finished the two-dimensional section, the 2D practicing as well. So creating this simple sketch is a matter of minutes for us. So let us try to work on it. I'll just minimize the screen of the PDF. And it'll just arrange my PDF so that I can see the total geometry. So let me remind you that the base of this reentry vehicle is something around 111 millimeters. It is mentioned in the text. For your information, let me just highlight over he'll modern has a diameter of 111 millimeters. So there is a possibility they have drawn the figure or the illustration, and they've mentioned and their dimension in the text. So let us first click on the revolve command and select the plane, aligned the plane normal to the screen, and start beginning or start sketching the geometry from the nose. So I'm finding a radius or 12.7 millimeters over you. So let me use an R command. Click on the center and create an arc of 12.7 millimeter. You can zoom to fit. Now you can see that you have a list of 22.22 units, which is from the tip of the nose to a particular point. And you can also observe that this slope is having inclination of 15 degrees. So we have to click on the line option. And randomly we can just click, click on OK at any random position. We can just extend the line. Now we have to see that we are trying to match the degrees or the slope. For that, we have to click on the center line. So we have this horizontal line which will be acting as a reference for us. And automatically I am getting a slope of 18 degrees or 90 degrees. Let me change it to 15 degrees. So the moment I have clicked on 15, you can see that the location of the line or the inclination has changed itself. Now you can delete the unwanted section which is present over here using the delete segment. So now I have this line, but I have to ensure that the distance from the tip of the nose up to this point is 22.22. So I have to click on dimension. I need to click on the tip. And I need to click at this edge and change the total length or since to be 22.2. So Vf created the first section. Let us move ahead. So we have the next stop at this particular location. And this distance from the tip is given to us, which is equal to 4.9 millimeters. So I just need to extend the 15 degree line. And when I'm just hovering my mouse or the coarser, I'm getting a constraint symbol. This indicate this is tangent to the previous line. So I need to see that. I need to ensure that I'm getting that particular constraint. If not my angle is deviated. So I'm just falling on the right path right now. And I can stop at any position. After stopping at some position, I need to change the distance with respect to the tip and change it to 84.9 units. So we have the two positions. The next task for us is to create a line of 30 degrees. So this is basically a two dimensional sketching. So it is again a practice for us. And no matter what shape or geometry or creating in three-dimensional representation, we are always working with two-dimensional sketching. Because for us we have to create a two-dimensional sketch. And then we have to use some command like for example, extruder revolve as of now. And we have to convert that particular two dimensional sketch into three-dimensional shape or three-dimensional solid model. So now let us come back to this and click or stop the line at any position. Now we can change the angle. So it has to be 30 degrees. And now distorted degrees. Come back to the distance. And the distance given to us is one to 4.9 units. We click on the edges and change it to one to 4.9. The last task is to extend this line for a distance of seven units. Now we need to create the base diameter. So i mentioned you that the diameter of the base is 111 millimeters. As VR drawing the upper sketch, it has to be half of it. So we can change it to it is almost 55.5, which is half of the total diameter. It mean delete this. So as the, as the geometry or the schedule's getting automatically constraint. So I'm not able to change this diameter, but let me just delete any of the constraint and change it to criticize. Let me type by two. So this is equal to 5.5 is ensure that each and every dimension is as per the given status or the given symbol. This is 12.7. We have 22.2 and we have covered 84.9, and then 124.90, followed by seven units. Now the only task left to us is to connect these two in order to make them a closed loop. And now we can click on ok, but we are getting a message sketches incomplete for reasons listed in the message area. So let us try to see what does the message given to us. All entities must be on the same side of the revolving axis. So are we crossing the central axis? I believe we are not. Just verify again. Okay. I believe the software is assuming that the vertical axis is the axis of revolution. So let us just try to create a center line is over here. And it does this tie to see whether this is working? Yeah. So the problem was and just go back. So we have sorted the issue. The problem was the software was assuming that the sketch or the geometry, what we are going to make is having the vertical axis as the axis of revolution. So that was the reason we're getting a message that the sketch is on the other side of the axis. So when I've analyzed this particular horizontal axis, as we can see on the screen, there is nothing below or anything crossing the horizontal axis. But when we are looking over here, we have certain amount of section of the re-entry but body, which is on the left side of the vertical axis. So the software was assuming that as the axis of revolution is vertical axis, maybe we have sketched something which is not correct. And it was giving me a message that the sketch is beyond the axis of revolution. So you can just try to understand over here that whenever we are crossing the axis of revolution, we will not be able to create the revolt sketch over here. So how did I solve this problem? I have verified the horizontal axis and I've ensured that there was nothing or no sketch crossing it. After that, I assume that the problem is something with respect to the vertical axis. So I have taken the center line, the global centre line, and I have just play as a center line over a year. So automatically the software now is changing. It's minutes or two, basically assigning the horizontal centerline what-if created as the axis of revolution. And then I'm getting the particular model after pressing OK. So anyhow the problem got sorted. If you are getting the same problem, just verified though, Xist and tried to create a central axis over there. So anyhow we have created though reentry body, the scale reentry body would therefore. And you can see that this is actually symmetric body. And it is basically created using the revolve command. So let us try to move to the next exercise. 59. Revolve- Excercise - 3: Welcome to the next exercise. So I have this basic drawing on the right-hand side of the screen. And this is basically revolved command, which we have to use over here. And we have to create the geometry which is seen on the screen. That is, the geometry is c. So this is a circular shape or mechanical component. We have to understand the procedure for creating it, and we have to analyze the geometry given to us. So let me maximize at first. And what you can see on the screen is that we have a revolution. We have a sketch over here that does basically I section. It doesn't revolve around the central axis. We have the dimensions mentioned. That means the width of dissection that started 464 respectively. And we have the distances of the positions of each segment with respect to the central axis. Now the difference between the previous, the previous revolution commands what we have seen. And this particular exercise is the location of the sketch. So far, we have created the VFS, seen the different ways of creating the geometries and whatever we were creating, lever locating or placing the sketch on the central axis. But in this particular case, the sketch out the closed loop has to be placed at some distance from the central axis. The reason for that is because of the hole which is seen over here. So if you are trying to cut the geometry laterally, the section, what we will be finding is the i section. Clear. We are trying to create the ice section and we are revolving it around the central axes. But this I section is placed at some particular distance from the central axis. So let me just minimize it and just show you the example. What we have to do right now. We have two players. Imagine this is the kind of section, okay? We have to place that saddam some particular distance. Because if we are placing the section at some particular distance from the central axis, then only we will be able to form the whole like feature in the total component. Clear the show you. You can see over here we have a hole over here. So we are trying to create something similar to this way. And let me show you another example where I'm placing the geometry on the axis. So in this particular case, I will not be getting any hole because the sketch is in contact with the axis and it is sweeping itself. You can see over here that is sweeping itself. And it is creating a feta or component. So we have to follow this particular thing that this took place, the section at certain distance from the base. So the display working on it. And disclose this thing. And let me go to revolve command, select different view or the front plane and align the lane to the normal view. Now I can walk on it. So there are two things in the geometry. The first thing is, I have to place the sketch about a horizontal axis Clear. So as we have decided that the horizontal axis is the axis of revolution, we have to consider this sketch about the horizontal axis. That is the first thing. The second thing is the symmetry, which is the vertical symmetry. Okay? So if we are observing the i section, it is symmetric on both sides. That means that the kind of distances the VTR is having on the left-hand side of the vertical axis is quite similar or exact. Do the distances which are on the right hand side. So I can utilize the vertical axes as well for main Deming's asymmetry in mind geometry. So in order to do that, let me click on the central line. And then let me start creating this section. Now I have the distances mentioned over here with assemble. That is at a present make the diameter. So the first distances equal to 50 units, and that is the distance of dissent. That is the diameter which is present. And that is the diameter of the hole, what we are having over here, and that is 50 units layer. And we have to see that this base of the section has to be placed at this particular distance. So let us try to do it. Cause via working we can understand practically rather than listening. So first I have o glucagon central line. Look on the line segment and see that it is symmetric on the right hand side. So we have created the base right now. So we have to see that it is equal to 50 units. For that, let me click on the datum line. Let me use the global line because let me assign the orders underlying seems to be the axis of revolution. Now the moment I have assigned it, I'm getting a dimension over here, not this one. I have to change it to 50 units because this is the diameter of the hole and the distance of the base of dissection is placed at the location of 50 units of diameter. So it maintains the vertical or the horizontal distance, and that is equal to 64 units. It is present over here on the top. Now let me try to work on the ice section. So what I will be doing over here is we can utilize the MATLAB command. So for utilization of MATLAB command, we have to see that we create. A segment or a sketch on one side of the axis. And after via confirmed with the sketch, we can use a mirror to combine and we can mirror the total sketch on the right hand side. So right now I will be creating the sketch on the left-hand side of the vertical axis. Then I will be using the mirror command and I will be copying the total sketch on the right hand side. So let me walk on it. So I have to create the vertical line. The thickness of this segment is not mentioned over here, but we have the thickness or the diameter given to us that is equal to 80 units. So we can just click on the dimension. Click on this, click on the central line, and again click on the age. The gender dimensions in diametric form. And the dimension is equal to 80 units. As per the given sketch. I have changed the dimensions, not admit three, a dot is underlying r plus dr and distance. Now I have this heart before you never give in to me what is the thickness? So I have to follow the same procedure of creating, thereby managing that One-to-one icon. And generally, this is the first, the second, and this is the first again. And press the metabolic. So but this technique we will be getting the distance or the dimension with respect to the other side of the axis of symmetry. So the dimension over here has to be 34 units. Now we can move forward or we can go ahead and change the diameter again to be 138200. So follow the same technique. But we can observe over here that we are automatically getting though dimension. So we can just change the dimension to be 1.71. And now let me just move on the left hand side. So this distance will be equal on both the sides. That does not put on the lower side. So I have to stop my car to set our deposition rate. I am getting the symbol of equal can spin. You can see on the screen it is visible. So I'm stopping over here. So this will ensure an equal dimension are equal distance. Now I can just move forward and they can stop my cursor. Forget another dimension. And that is seen on the left hand side of the picture. That is equal to 174.706. I can simply connect it to the vertical axis. Now they're deaf getting into the sections which are on the left-hand side, I can use the mirror commanded mode them on the right hand side, which we have already seen in the today's getting. For that, I need to press congruent segments. Bits have to be made rock as the basis already present on the right-hand side, I will not be as electing the base. I have selected the remaining segments. I'll click on the mirror command and select the central line. You've got the total line segments, but maybe this was not selected. So let me use the middle command again by selecting it. Licking on MATLAB and the central axis. So the moment I have selected central axis, I gotta close loop. Now, the only task left for me is to everyone, but I have to press OK. And automatically it has it evolved because I have already created a central horizontal line using the global datum. So I have the reward geometry right now, and it has so VBR itself or the 60 degrees. Now we can see that the cross section, that is the IEEE section has been revolved in similar fashion. Maybe you can practice with different form of sections, like C-section on J section. So these are all the mechanical components. Now we have one task left to us, that is to create the keyhole or the key slot. And it does basically created or it is in the form of a rectangle. So we can try to use the extrude command and we can remove the material at that particular location. So I have conceded that all I have to find out what is the dimension of the width and what is the location with respect to the central axis. So as I mentioned that we have used extort command. We can either click on the Central Plain and click on extra command, or we can click on the cell phase and we can click on the extrude command. It is totally the user's choice. That is your choice. But if you are using the central axis, you have to use the symmetry option for extra loading on both the sides. Whenever you are removing the material. If you are using the surface option for extruding, You have to see that your extrusion is on the other side to remove the material. So I'll just try to show the difference between them. Extra wrote. I'm just following at random dimension so that you can understand what I'm client group Delhi over here. Imagine this is the rectangle. And I have created this rectangle in the central plane. So what I am trying to tell you is if VR to using the central plane, we have to use a symmetry option and remove the material and podocytes. Clear. We cannot work by using the blind option because this will be either on the right-hand side or on the left-hand side. So we have to use a cemetery option in this case. Whereas if I am using the solar phase option for creating the extra code I would be doing right now. I have two extra on the one side of the plane. So before that, changed our display settings so that you can clearly see it. So I have not practiced this sketch before. I am have not ensured that the dimensions are correct that metres of all cornered live and see whether these are correct. So most probably this will be correct. So anyways, First, let me first create those central line for maintaining a symmetry. And now I can use the corner rectangle and place direct bangle symmetric with respect to the vertical axis. So anyhow, my task is to remove the material, right? So I should not be bothered about this dimension. That is the width of the rectangle are the breadth because there is no merit. In this particular region because it is a hole itself. We have to be bothered about this region and we have to see what dimension is given to us. The first dimension is the width of the total or the length of the total. That rectangle that is equal to 16 in this case. And the location is with respect to the base and the central axis. So I have to click over here and click on the base. And generated the dimension under dimension is equal to 29.3. So I have considered whether dimensions which is given to us. So I need not be bothered about the total height goes whatever item keeping. Anyhow, there is no material in the center. Nothing nothing has to be removed. So I after we've wondered about the 16 units and the location that is 29.3. I can press OK. In this case, I cannot be using symmetry. I have to use the blind option and change the site. And also I have utilized option called remove material. So I am removing the material and this pair and I have to press the OK command. So this is the way to create this particular mechanical component which was having an I section around the central axis. And we had a removal of material. So in this way we have also practice the real-life not removed the material up to the next office. This is better. So V I've also practice the extort command again. And let us move to the next exercise. 60. Revolve- Excercise - 4: So welcome to the next exercise. Walking with revolve option is making us realize that there are plenty of things which are present in our home or workplace that are basically created using the revolve option from a simple cup to a rocket launch vehicle, we can create any form of geometry using the revolve command that is one of the powerful command in 30. And that is also president. And obviously it is present in most of the designing software. But we have to understand to usage of the commands so that it does practice as simple creation of a cup. And you can see that we have the sketch which is given to us. And we have to revolve it with respect to the vertical axis. And we have to create the glass over here. So let me sorry. Yeah, I've aligned my blames Now let me click on revolve and select the first or the front plane. Now let me start from the base. So the dimensions are very smaller than me just as a woman. And I have co-create the width of 1.366. So let me start from the left and change the dimension 2.366. That is a very smaller dimension. So I'm not falling. The units may be, it could be centimeters because it cannot be me does also, but it cannot be millimeters as well. So but for practice purposes, I'm just ensuring that I'm working in the milimeter unit system. Because the objective of videos to understand, to create different shapes and see whether we are able to create those shapes character know. So not following the unit system over here, but I'm calling the dimensions precisely him in the numerical form. Now I have to create a straight line over here, which is equal to 1.051.501. So I have to click over here and change the length to be 1.501. And now I have to clear this arc. And this arc is having a radius of 2.103 and it is having a center at a distance of 0.7 to one from the vertical axis and the distance of 1.986 forum. This particular, particular point. So I have to go to OK. And here I will be using the three-point OK, let me see whether we can create with this. And let me give you the random. You can see the center of the arc which is moving when I'm moving the basic arco V0. So let me play a SIP randomly at any location. And first let me change the radius of it. It has to be 2.103. And the height of the total glass is 3.5 to 0. So I have to change this height. It has to be 3.5. Oh, clear. Now I have to maintain this wisdoms with respect to the center point. And it is 2.7 to one, sometime to form the shape of the glass. Now I have also one-dimension president of later that is 1.96. So I can click on dimensions and click on the center point of the arc and click on the next point and click over here and it is equal to 1.9 approximately that is equal to 1.986. So it has already formed a precise shape that is given to us. So you're not modifying the thing. And the next task is to create the code. This is not a loop right now we have to ensure that it has to be a loop and it has to be a closed section as well. So we have another lines over here, which is at a distance of 0.148. So we have to create one more art at the same distance. So for creating this arc, we can utilize the option called offset, maybe VF colored this option in the 2D sketching. So this is an application for us. Maybe at that particular video, we've not seen a precise application. Mad right now via covering the application of offset has really, I am clicking over here and let me click on the segment which I want to offset. In this particular case, I am selecting this segment. And the moment I have selected this segment, 1 second, this is not offset command, I believe. Let me closer. This is project taken. So let me go to offset, which is the upper command. Now let me select the segment. And the moment I have selected segment, I'm getting an ADL. So in the earlier option, I was not getting the arrow that cause there is an identified that I've marked selected Lipitor size option. So remember whenever we are selecting though Offset command VR, able to see a arrow which will help us understand the direction of the offset for new direction of the Neo segment created. Okay, so basically whatever this, since I'm entering a warrior, the same profile will be geared on this side. It will be created on the side of the arrow. So let me enter the distance which is equal to 0.148. And the moment I have pressed enter, I got arc. And this arc is also having a distance, the radius, and that is equal to 2.06, which is already mentioned in the dimensions of the figure. So it is approximately correct. Now we have another section over here. This is also an offset command, or we can use over here. And this tends or the thickness is equal to 0.123. So let me click on the Offset command and select the line segment. Now when I'm selecting the Offset command, you can see the direction of the arrow does on the right hand side. But I wonder segment to be on the left-hand side. Because if I'm creating the segment on the right hand side, then there is no possibility for me to revolve this section because I'm revolving this particular glass or items we bingo section for that aspect to the word pickle. Axis. So I have to ensure that the command, what I'm entering over here is the negative command. And this will indicate the new segment will be on the other side of the arrow. So I have to use the negative command and enter the value that is equal to find 1-2-3. And I got the segment over here. So let me delete the unwanted segments is clear. Now, the next option is to join the point of the base to this vertical command, vertical line, and the distance has to be 0.148 that is present over here. So let me come back over here and join them together and changed their distance to be 0.148. And believe the unwanted segment, if I'm not deleting the segment, there is no possibility for me to get a closed-loop. A closed-loop and not have any internal sketches or segments present. We have to see that we have could be lead unwanted segments. And we have the joint, the top section, by using the line command and go to a closed loop. That is the reason I am getting a highlighted sketch or a shaded region. Now that my sketches ready, I can sweep it with respect to the vertical axis to form the glass. So we got the geometry as it is, which is mentioned screen. And as this is a sample, this is just an animation photo, but via follow the dimensions what we're given to us. So this is another example of basic example of walking with the revolve. Let us move to the next option. And by the way, we can try to learn and more command over the year which is present in engineering and just taught to beautify this glass. So one option called round, this is almost similar to Philip command. So whatever shop at this are present in the glass, we can convert it to a softer blend edges. So I have selected the round command and let me click on the sharper images. In order to convert it to the Blend, blend, blunted or rounded form. I can adjust the radius as well. Cleo. And maybe I can click on the internal side by clicking on the round command first and selecting the internal edges. Just beautifying my glass over a year. Now I can try to create the round option over here. So we are adding a material in the form of either blended or round shape. So generally mechanical components, the sharp edges are removed in order to ensure that there is no loss of stresses. So we are doing the same thing over here. So this is the way we can work with around command. I have recovered around and same purpose, some additional exercises as well in the future videos. So this for just a small introduction by adding it to the class. Now let us move to the next video. 61. Revolve- Excercise - 5a: Welcome to the next exercise. And this exercise, let us try to create the geom activity is visible on the screen. We have to utilize the revolve option and create this geometry. At first glance, maybe we are quite skeptical about us that maybe we are finding the geometry very difficult. But I'm telling you that when we are understanding the procedure, the method, and the bread for working with this kind of geometries that I'm pretty sure that you can design any kind of revolved geometry or any kind of feta or competent which requires you to use the command rainfall. So basically this is a kind of v line. It is friction wheel and it has its own diameter. The total diameter is seen in this particular view. There are different arrangements of u, v. You have the top view over here, we have the three-dimensional view and we have the side view of the prediction. We'll, we also have to lead tailed view with a and B. So a is at this particular location and zoom in. You can see we have so-called and region, as this particular region is having dimensions for each and every. So it is quite difficult for us to keep the dimensions over there. So we have to introduce the detail view in the drawing. So we have to sell colored. And there's a kind of way of interpreting that this particular a denotes our detail view at some other location which is closer to this particular area. So we have to assign this particular region in a magnified way. And we can then assign the dimensions for each and every edges are segments. Similarly, we have already tilde view, DOM does B for this particular region. You can see there is kind of slot over here, which is visible in 3D view. So the dimensions of that particular slot is expressed in the form of detail view. So let us try to walk on it. So first we have to analyze the geometry and then we have to understand and we have to make a point. Or we have to decide what the procedure of moving forward. So as we are, as this particular geometry is a kind of v. So we have utilized option, obviously we have to utilize that option revolve. And when we are analyzing the views, we have a particular view which is helpful for us to create the VIP section. So in general, if we are trying to create though and just type ashore sample over here. It is a simple, I am just doing it with random dimensions. Okay? So I'll just choose to x-axis. So I'm getting the kind of V-shaped, okay? So this is also quite similar to that, TO this particular method, what I've drawn over here. But we have to follow certain dimensions. That is the only difference. Now we have to analyze the geometry or the views clearly and identify view which is suitable or helpful for us to create the wheel. So when we're looking at a three-dimensional figure over here, it is not possible for us to identify the intended section of the vehicle. The second view over here, that is the top view. When we are analyzing this view, still we are not able to find out what is the internal section of the VBE. Now let us look at this side view. In this particular view, there are chances for us to understand. There is a possibility for us to understand the internal section of the V. Now, if I am zooming in from this particular view, you can see that this side view is divided into two regions. The first region is the way how the particular views looking to us, when we are trying to look at this particular geometry from the side, how does it look like? It looks like this exactly. But what is the internal section? How is it shaped and what are the different dimensions for it? Everything is listed in the bottom section of their side view. So we have this particular shaded region. So wherever in the geometry or in the views are on the drawing, if you are finding anything, are initiated regions which are visible, flight, or interpret that that particular region belongs to the cross-section of the geometry. Likewise, in this particular view, I am having a shaded region in the bottom section. So this particular shaded region is actually the cross-section of the view which we have to create it. And we have to sue EBIT to create a three-dimensional shape such as this friction Vd. So I repeat again, the shaded region or dear finding on the screen. In the side view of the V. We have to create this shaded region and we have to sweep it, are, we have to revolve it around the vertical axis, on the horizontal axis. And I, so this is the section what we have to create. And imagine this is the horizontal axis. We have two revolver around it in order to form a vd. So it is as simple as that. Now for creating this particular section, let us, I didn't dimensions given to us as we have already practice a problem where we had to create, where we have to create the base of the section at some particular diameter and distance from the center axis. So this is quite similar to this one. So the reason for this diamond has given to us is because of the hole in the feature or in the total geometry. So we have to follow the same procedure what we have talked earlier. That means we have to create this sketch at certain distance. From the central axis. So the first line or the first base will be this horizontal line. And we have to place this particular line under diametric distance of 40 units. Then after this we have to go down and we have to maintain a distance of 70 units. Then we have to go inside at a distance of ten units, which is mentioned on the right-hand side. Then we have to draw a slanted line. And we have to stop the slanted line at a distance of 14 units. And the distance with the outer edge. And this inner edge is equal to 4040 units, which is given over a year. Likewise, the basis also having a width which is equal to a 100 units Cleo. And after this, we have to extend this vertical line at a distance of 360 units where there's a diameter distance. So we have reached in and here, this is simple 2D sketching basically. So don't try to get confused by looking at the geometry or we are having, if you are analyzing the particular feature on the particular region of interest, then it is basically a two-dimensional scheduled shortly after draw right now. And you just have to revolve it in order to get a 3D shape clear. So this is the 2D sketch, what you have to draw it. So event, when I'm zooming out, you can see that at the first glance, somebody might be finding it very complicated. But the only thing is we have to identify what we have to sketch at first. And that particular sketch has to be continued by using some other commands like reward to generate a three-dimensional, solid model. Clear. So in this particular fingers, I'm in the total Jerome and total layout. What is given to us, we have identified a region which is shaded. So this is the region which is shaded in the side view. And this shaded region is representing the cross-sectional region. I mean the cross-sectional, the cross-section of the total veal basically. So generally, you know, in some components, as we have designed earlier, we have worked with a competent which was having IS section. But this component is not an i section, it is something different. And that is represented with the shaded region. So falling the dimensions that are given to us, let us fight to initiate the 2D sketching first, and then let us try to convert that 2D sketch into a wall geometry. Now after reaching this particular point, we have to work on this smaller minor details over here. And this particular section is given in a detail view. And each of the guards are there turns the segments, the edges are having its own dimensions. So when we are reaching at this particular stage, come down and we have to follow this dimensions and create the modeling. After which we have to just revolve. We will be getting the total friction will with us. And the next step will be to create holes over here, we have to create 1234 and phi wholes of 75 unit of diameter. And the last step after that will be to create a slot over here. And this is given in the help in the, with the help of our detail view, which is labeled as B over here. So let us try to begin the creation of this 2D section. 62. Revolve- Excercise - 5b: So I have aligned the layout of this clean. Now let us try to create the 2D sketch of this and Revolver with respect to the horizontal eye to live revolution. So does a very simple task is do not get confused with respect to this. First job is to click on the reward option and select different view. Now we have to align the view with respect to the normal of the screen, normal to the screen. And after this, we have to create a center line. We have to use the datum or the global datum, and we have to place it horizontally on this line would be designated as the axis of evolution might default. Then we can try to select sketching center line and we can create a vertical line. So the center line side created for maintaining a symmetry. And again, I'm going to simplify my job. So I will be working only on the left-hand side first. And I will be measuring the left-hand side on the right hand to the right hand side. So that it does first query at the baseline. And we have to decide whether we are going to work on the upper side or the lower side. As we have selected the horizontal center line as the axis of revolution, we have two options. Either we can walk on the upper side of the centerline or the lower side. Looking at the figure, it is quite vital for us to work on the lower side because we have the dimensions and the alignment orientation with respect to the lower side. So it is vital for us to go out, but the lower side. Now first I will be creating the bass and the width of the base is equal to a 100 units, which is mentioned over here. So please analyze the dimensions which are present. So I'm creating a symmetric base of a 100 units. And the bio-metric distance is 40 units. So I am automatically getting a diametric. Nine mentioned over here because I have assigned global datum center line. So I just have to change the diameter to 40 units. So the first line is done. Now we have to go down and we have to stop at a location. We have the diametric distance is equal to 70 units, as seen in the figure. So we are done with this work. Now we have to go to the right-hand side. Stopped at a location. This is a woman. Stop at some random location. And do I have the distance for this? And it lays the geometry? Yes, on the right-hand side, you can see that we have a distance of ten units present to us. So I'll just double tap on it and change the diamond should. Now I need to go down and I need to create a slanted line. So I'll just click on line segment. So dynamically you can create a line at any distance and then we can modify. So that is the best part of Cleopatra metric. So first thing is let me modify the diametric dimensions which are automatically generated over here. And it has to be 140 units. Started double-click on it. So the distance have been changed. Now I need to maintain their distance of 44 units, which is present over here. And that does from the outer edge of the base to the point at which we have stopped. So that is equal to the dimensions of this point and the outer point. So this is equal to 44 units. So now I have adjusted the position of this landed line. So we basically got the kind of light shepherded this. So let me just click on the line so that the dimensions are disappeared. And we can see that we have formed this shape right now on the screen is the next point. Next task for us is to create the vertical line. So for this I'm using the line option and continuing my line segment and adjusting the diametric dimension that is equal to 360 units. And this is automatically generated over here. So I have changed the dimensions right now. So far we have created this action which is clearly visible for us. And the dimensions of this sections is present in the detail view over here. So now I have to vote on this dimensions. So let me just maximize the photo or the pitcher and let us see the three-dimensional v over here. So we have the total diameter of the friction with the wheel, which is equal to 400 units. And till this point, dimension was 360 units or the diameter velocity 60. That means from the center axis to this particular point, the farthest edge. The diameter has to be 400 units because it is mentioned in the three-dimensional view CLIL. So v are progressing in correct way so far. And this also indicates that the distance or the length of this particular edge has to be 400 minus 360. That is 40 units divided by two, because this will be 20 and on the other half we will be having 20 units. So that is the reason I'm just dividing by two because from this particular point to this particular point, it is 100 units as seen in the three-dimensional view. And from this point to this particular point, it is 360 units. So this has to be around 20 hundreds layer. So let me just minimize it again and zoom it. Could the detail view. Now VI editor position. Now you can move to the left. We can create a line segment. And on closer observation, we can see over here that these edges are rounded. But I'm not going to follow this link or dimensions over here because these are not mentioned over a year properly. Vr trying to London with all options, I'm just sticking to the edges and sharpen tools right now in this particular case. So we can move to the left and the distance is almost 20 units, but it's present in the base over here. So we can just move two units to the left. Now you can go down to NTU ends again. So if I'm, I can verify in both ways. So fossil let me verify orders, their diameter, the darker line meter. It may disappear before 400 units because I mentioned that the total diameter of the wheel is 400 units. Now I can verify the list into this segment. It is 20 units. So the discussion, what we have done so far was correct. Small verification. Now we can go ten units inside because this distance is equal to ten units. Just present over a year and present over here as well. And units. And I need to go inside and a depth of ten units again. So I can just click on the edge and change the dimension to be ten units. Then I can go inside. And stopper does at a position. And the distance from the outer edge, then this position is 20 units, that means ten, and then this is ten units and this is ten units, the probabilistic. And I can just go down and stop at the position where we can continue our line to the vertical axis. So this has to be so the sketch, what do you have created so far is the left-hand side of the hashed Vigenere wheel clear? And we can dismiss it added on the right-hand side and we can sweep it all revolves around the axis. That is the horizontal axis. So let me just press Escape button and let us select those segments. So I'll be very careful away because sometimes there is a possibility of selecting a segment to Weiss and sketching or mirroring the same segment by overlapping it on the segment where we have created. So we have to be very careful when we're meditating because if VR mirroring the same segment device, then we will not be able to form a closed loop and we will be getting an editor message. So it'll be just selecting ready carefully. The first and the second option on the segment. Holding the Control key, click on mirror and the center line. So we got this edges. I'll select 12345. I apolar selected. Looks good so far. And we can select the segment made edit. On the other side. Ideally hope everything is working smoothly at the other end. So there is a problem over here. So let us verify the problem because we are not getting a shaded region over here. Maybe as I was mentioning, I have overlapped any of the two lines. So let us look, let us start looking from the base. So each of the constraints should be twice a month. We have, we should have all constrained. If the constraint is on the left-hand side, it has to be on the right hand side, only single time. So this containers for the horizontal line, spain is for the word picket line, I believe. Yeah. And we have additional constraint over here, the middle option, you can see there are three options over here. So these two are for those baseline and these are for the vertical line. That is one more additional. I believe I have created a line over here. So that made us believe, I'm sorry. Let me delete one segment over here. And one segment or sea and got twice over your. So you have to be very careful in this particular case and create a segment of a o and a. And we have the shaded region over here. So please be very careful and I'm really happy that we are getting certain problems when I'm walking over here because we are also able to understand the procedure for solving this problems. So now that we have created the 2D sketch, the next job is to just put my pressing OK. So automatically emigrating though. And this has been rewarded right now. So you can see the complexity. The complexity with respect to the figure which is given to us at first glance was very high. Bert van v, where understanding the doorbell, geometry, the sections and the views which is given to us, we have come to a conclusion that sweeping the shaded region is going to give us a recall geometry. And we have followed the same procedure. We have created the reward section by utilizing this dimensions and we have created the friction, will select me press OK right now. So we're not done yet. We have some things left over here. We have procreate holes over here. And we have to create a slot w. So for creating holes, we can create on the central plane by using the extort command and removing the material. So you can see there are phi holds over a. Aedes is having a nightmare. Draw 75 units. So let us try to create the first hole. So in this particular video, I'll be showing you a procedure for a new option called pattern, wherein we can generate multiple number of holes at one span. For this first, we have to click on the agenda the whole first. So do we have any distance given to us? So the center of the hole is placed at location of two 40-year diameter. So we need to just displace tile. Let me create. First, let me delete this circular deaf created. So let me go to construction mode and use the center circle and create a construction. Construction circle is just for reference. And let me add just third diameter of this construction cycle to be to 48. On this construction circle, I need to create phi wholes. Clear. So I'll just go back to the normal mode. Click on the circle. And generator circle of 75 mm diameter. So let me first create a hole of 75 mm diameter. So before that, let me teach displays Tyler shading. And I will be using the symmetry option. I gotta haul over here. Let me press OK right now. So, but in the figure we have ordered the geometry which is given to us. We have to generate phi holds over a o. So there is an option called Patton with which we can generate the same finito and number of times. Okay, I'll just show you the procedure for it. So first we have to select the feature, what we want to pat them. So I'm selecting the feature that is the extrusion command or the extruded Holloway. Oh, so you can see the pattern option over here. It is in the editing option. And this particular option is not highlighted or shaded. It cannot be used until unless the feature is highlighted over here. So I have to selling the feature which I want to pattern first at the moment I'm selecting the feature, I am getting this option activated. I have selected adoption, and now I have to click on axis. So I will be showing you in the other options in the future videos. So right now we are, we have to select the axis command and we have to select the center legs is of this particular field. And the momentum selecting centerline, I am getting four points. So this will represent the feature which is getting patents over E o psi will be selecting this option that is 360 degrees. And I'm wanting phi holds over here. I need to press okay. And the momentum pressing OK, I have the five features and a david me. So I elicit a bit this in the next video as well. 63. Revolve- Excercise - 5c: So the reason for me to go to the next video is because the previous video was almost 17 to 15 minutes. So maybe, I believe if you're finding such Lindy time, you might be skipping it, but you are missing the most important option. So I'll just renamed the VDS pattern so that you can just see this option again and again. And at this go back to the wall section. So VR creating, Let me just delete the pattern, whatever created. So I have this whole first with me right now. I will just present before you. And I have to generate the same hole at some particular angle. And the number of count for the homeless, five basically. So I can just click on the feature which I want to pad them and I can go to the pattern option. So here we have different types of pattern options available. I will be selecting the Axis option. So Axis option I will be selecting because I have the requirement of generating the feature with respect to the center lenses I'm in the feed, the circles are aligned with respect to the center axis. We have created a construction circle and this circle. So we are having, we have utilized option called axis and we have to select the central axis. The moment I am selecting central axis might be for they'll be getting four options. If I'm pressing or key over here, I will be getting the four holes over here. But my requirement is to create a whole of I mean, I, I frankly is the count of holes to five. And if you are noticing over here, each hole is having a radius of, I mean, the angle between them is 90 degrees actually. So we can just editor then C 90 degrees is dangled. So I want them to be five basically. So I have to type firewood here first. And when I'm pressing Enter, I will not be getting any changes. So video. So for this thing I have to change though mode. That is, I have back diverted 360 degree mode. So nm silicon, this mode, number of the number of holes will be increased to five. So if I can older, I continue to six also. So whatever is the total degrees that is 360, equal number of holes will be divided. So it will be divided like 360 by six. And right now we want five, right? So I just have to type on five. So it will be 360 by five, that is equal to 72 degrees. So I just have to press ok right now, and I will be getting phi holes on the screen. So in this method, I have created the holes as we're utilizing a single option. So if this option is not available for us orders and x task, he would have to create each and every hold individually. So this will require us five more steps so that we have done, we have removed the possibility of working with five steps and we have converted that particular phase steps into a single step. So you can see v half created the total geometry in two steps. Only. The first one was to revolve, and the second was to second one was to Patton. And the last option left to us is to create this p whole over here. For this, I have to go to extort. And I will have to create the rectangle. Zoom in over here. First, let me click on center line and create a rectangle which is symmetric and put the sites now have coordinator distance. The first one is the width that is equal to well units. And the distance from the base that is given to me as 43.23.2. So I have registered the total list. Now I can just click on extrude on the other side by removing the material up to the next office. So in this way, I have created the slot. And is there any other option left for us know, Vfg redrawn created almost everything. So by the way, we have nine mentioned present over here that is equal to a 100 units. So this is the distance with respect to this particular solid phase and this particular surface. So we have not utilized this dimension because we have only work with this particular two dimensional sketch in via revolt. But we can also verify right now whether the distance between them as a 100 units. So for verifying the distances in Kryo, or we can go to analysis. And in analysis we have to go to measure and we can measure the distance. So first we have to select the first surface and the second surface. And the moment I select the second surface, I will be getting the distance between them and look over here and got their distance to be a 100 MM, which is as per the geometry given to us. So even though this dimension was not utilized when VR creating the total geometry, this was just used for verifying amine via verified whether we got the right result procedure. I have completed the sketch over here. Let us look at one more example. And the next example we'll be modeling of a launch vehicle. And in this particular example, we will be looking at the procedure where we are not having any dimension given to us. I mean the precise dimensions. So in that particular case, what is the next option, what we have to go with? So we will just look into that particular things in the next video. 64. Revolve- Excercise - 6a: Welcome back. By now, we must have realized that the dimensions play a crucial role in modelling any geometry. But imagine a case. Radio not having the dimensions given. So in these particular cases, what is the next option or what is the wave with which we can create a geometry? So in order to explain you the procedure for creating the geometries whose dimensions are not precisely given to us. Let us look at an example and see how shall we proceed for that particular cases. So in order to demonstrate this example, I will be considering one of the rocket launch vehicle, which is basically created using the revolver option. So let me go to the website of that particular rocket launch vehicle. Most of us are familiar with the aerospace companies Space-X. We have a rocket launch vehicle called Falcon Heavy, which is the largest rocket launch vehicle so far. And you can see over here in the website, we have the dimensions given to us. We have the overview of the dimension given to us. And it does, it didn't over here that the height is 70 meter, the diameter is 12.2 meters. So we have these two particular dimensions given to us. As of now we were working in the geometry. So our example problems where we have the dimensions of each and every segment in the geometry. But in this case, we are only given the height and the diameter. So this is because most of the companies were 11-1 to display the dimensions into the market so they keep it hidden. But they just revealed the overview of third total geometry or the model which they add producing. So let us try to work on this geometry and tried to create or space launch vehicle using the minimum information what is given to us. Now furthermore, if VR trying to go down and we can find the basic information of different parts of the launch vehicle. And we have a user guide present over a o. So if we are downloading this user guide, you will be having a PDF file, which is seen on the screen. So here you have the specification and all the details of this launch vehicle provided by the company itself. But again, we are not having the precise dimensions. So to politicize, I mentioned in the sense we are not having the dimension with respect to this turnover here. We are not having any dimension with respect to the radius of this nose. So there are some things which are missing in the geometry, geometrical dimensions in this particular cases, let us proceed and see how are we going to function on? How are we going to create this particular model? So in this particular table, table number 2.1, we can see that the height is 70 meter, the diameter is 3.6 meter. And we have certain information about the engines, etc. So a fjord. And if you are wanting to gain some information, you can just read this PDF. Now, what I will be doing is I will be considering this particular image. And I will be snipping the image, or I will be cropping the image separately as seen on the right-hand side. So I have just crop this image from the main PDF and I've saved it in particular for low. Now, let me go back to the website. We have the height and diameter mentioned to us. So we have to remember this particular units over here. The values of the height and the diameter, that is npn 12.2 meter respectively. Let me go to the side. We have the first stage, we haven't gone into stage. We have the second stage and we have the payload fading. And the height of this payload. And this is the top most part of the rocket launch vehicle, as seen in the main finger. Over here. We have the height given to us that is 13.3 meter and the diameter of this fading is 5.2 meters. So that doesn't remember all these values and try to create a model of a launch vehicle in clear parametric. So I have saved the image in a specific location. Now let us go to the kleos. All fair, and let us create the geometry. 65. Revolve- Excercise - 6b: Now before proceeding the dimensioning or the modelling of the space launch vehicle, let us check the units which are present in the website. We have the unit mentioned in meadows. So let us keep an assumption over here that one meter equals ten m m. So i will be scaling, I will be creating a scale model of this boundary because it is not required for me to work in the Career barometric width or dimensions of 70 meters because this will acquire my memory of the computer. So I better scale it. And I'm assuming that one meter equals ten millimeters. So let me create a reference first. In order to create a reference, I will be creating a sketch which will help me to act as a reference. Site, will be creating a sketch in the front wheel. I will be choosing a line. And I will be creating us linemen, the center axis, whose length will be equal to the length of the launch vehicle. And I'm talking with respect to the scale. And so the original enter 70 meters, I am multiplying with ten MM. I will be having 700 nm as the height of the launch vehicle. So this will be the scale height of the launch vehicle. Now let us work on the width. So we have the width of the fading or the first payload over here, and the diameter is given to us that is equal to 5.2 meters. So let me go back to Clio. I will be creating a center line because I want to create a symmetric line. I will choose the line option. And I will create a symmetric line. Host id is equal to the diameter of the payload section, that is 5.2 metres into ten m, m. So this will be the width of the payload section. What the fading. Now, we have some additional information given to us that is the height of this fading that is equal to 13.1 meters. So this height is from this point, the tip of the nose to the section. So let me just try to create another. Now I mentioned feature over here. That is the height. So I'll just align this horizontal line with respect to the height of the fading is 13.21 into n. So this will be the height of the fairing and the rest of the geometry will be though the remaining stages of the launch vehicle. Now let me press OK. So I have the lines present on the screen. You can see in this view the local lines. Now. Comes the most important thing away. Oh, the image, what I have saved in a specific folder, I have to import this imagined the curious welfare he has. We have an option in carry-over wherein we can import the images which will help us to act as a reference. So this is something equal this process. What I'm trying to explain right now is something submitted replacing. I'll just go to View right now. And in view I'll go to model display. Under modern display, I have an option called images, which I will be selecting. So immediately after selecting the image option, I have a new ribbon over here. Categorize under the images category. Here I have an option which is the only option which is accessible in this urban, and that is the import option. Let me click on Import. And after clicking import, I have to select a plane because Kyrios giving me information selected datum plane. So basically the plane on which we want to import the image, we have to select that particular image. As I'm working on the front view. Let me select the front view. Now. I have to browse it. I need to browse the imagery arrived stored I have saved in this particular site is selected and click open. So the moment I have clicked open, I got the image. What saved? The imagery that I've saved? Horizontal alignment or orientation. This is not a problem. We can just rotated over your first. So we have an update option, some veer away. Yeah. Oh, yeah. So let me just click on rotate 90 degrees, rotated the geometry and let me align the view to front view. Now, let me hide the planes to stop the confusion. So I have this line which with me, with his acting as a reference for me. And I've created this using a sketch command. Now I have to align this particular image on this line. So I have to align the length and the width of the fading. So let me first go to the option called blog aspect ratio. So this is generally turned on and when I am changing the any dimension of this image, the other dimensions also changes with respect to the aspect ratio. So I don't want that thing to happen. I just don't have this option by clicking on it. Now I'll just go to the line and this is a woman. And at this see that the line is in the center of the image. So remember this kind of technique is not always require them in. If we have the dimensions given, then it is not required for us to go with this technique. But in cases where we are not having the dimensions given and we want to create that geometry out of our own interest, then we can just follow this procedure. This procedure is given in the curio software itself, so you can decide to work with it. So I'm basically aligning the line, the line which I have created, the vertical line into the center of the image. And I should see that the tip is at the coincides with the line. Now I can just increase the length because I want the fading height to increase. So I will just drag this downwards and let the acid again, maybe a little more. So you can see the blue color line. This was the line and this represents the total length. In some cases, you might be finding confusion with the image background. So you can just change the order. You can set the plants pregnancy, you can reduce the plants, but is your increase the transparency. So reducing this number will increase the contrast of the image and you cannot see the background Creole window more clearly. So let me just increase to 75% and make it more lighter so that they can see the background line. So I have to drag this image to say, go to the top. So this is just to kind of dismantle here what we are trying to do. The seed that I can increase little more. First, I'm trying to match the length than I will imagine though, but our diameter. So it seems and good for me. And I can just increase the width of the image to match the diameter of the line. So this has to be under this. This is almost equal. So let me just, so you can see that the width is almost equal to the width of the payload bay of fading as seen in the image. We can see that that almost equal and go down and see what's happening over your. So I need to increase though. Now. So this is till this point and that is the base of the total structure. And let me just verify at the top. So this is all, most of the PIP and almost matching. So as these are scale dimensions, so we might be having little bit radiation, but we can just continue with this. So we have aligned the image as per the reference background sketch what Vf creator, that is the height and the width of the fading. So let me just press OK. So it'll take a bit of time. We can just see that the overall sketch should be matching the reference line what we have created. Now you have to go back to the model. And you can create revolve option and you can select. So I have hidden the plane, let meters can back. And let me select the front plane. This is a step of I mean, this is a one-step pass photos. I can just go to the spline option and we can create a section randomly. We can industry analyst position later. And now let me go to line command and draw straight line to this section. Come down, zoom out a bit, and stopper disposition. And we can make it a closed loop. So we have to select the center line and join it to the starting point there. So we have a closed tube right now. So let me add just as an agent. So let me press OK and select the light axis. So we go to the central body right now, which is created using the double option. So you can see this is almost matching the background image right now. I mean, we have to clear the engine part has been but the central party entity right now. So let us welcome the next two remaining boosters, which are on the sides. 66. Revolve- Excercise - 6c: So now if we go back to the main pdf table over here, which I have already shown in the previous video. And you can see the second over here, the diameter. So the diameter equals 3.66 meters, the diameter of the first stages. So let us verify it with the diameter. What we got to a o. So let me go back to the revolt by front verified in the previous video that be taken right now. We can add in those Sketch again and we can just cross check the diameter over here, V1, we can just take canoe diameter. Yeah. So this is almost equal to 18.55. And we have though dimension given to us as 3.66. And since this is in meters, we have to first divide by two because this is the only, this is the right half. And let me just check up in that way. It may creators I underline first in order to get the diameter point of dimension. I'm sorry. Yeah. So this is almost equal to 37 and we have the dimension as 3.66. So if you are multiplying with tendency over 36.6 and what we have created a start is seven. So there's a difference of 0.4. If you want to reduce it, we can come back to 18.1. This is almost kale right now. So let us create the remaining group boosters. For creation of that again, we can utilize to revolve command. So first, let me turn on the plane and go to revolve and select the front plane. I have selected different claim. Let me align the view right now and go to the center line. And now let me create a center line at the center, central axis distance or the central axis of the mustafa. So first I'll be grading the left type boosters and I will be moving to the right. So again, we can utilize TO line and the line. I'm making it a close loop. Let me add just a noise. Has put the background image. Seems fine to me. I can press OK and got the booster on the left. Now, in order to plot it on the right side of the central plane. I can select the second revolve that has the booster. And I can go to mirror command and select the vertical plane and got it copied on the right-hand side. So I have to move society with me. So in this way, you can create the Java trees whose dimensions are not given to you. Maybe you can just take a scale image and you can import it in the videos. They don't blame. And then you can just trace the geometry to create intersection. So maybe this kind of geometries we are doubtful with respect to the nose radius or with respect to some other features like this turn. But on the, as the overview, we can just try to create a similar shape invoke honored if we're really interested to take up the details or any kind of flow behavior at any kind of investigation what we'd like to do it on the structures. So we have to create enzymes as well and we create a connecting structures over here. So you can see the PDF. If VR going down. We have the arrangement of engines given to us. I believe it is on the crop. Yeah. So you can see there are nine engines for this, each of the booster and for the central first stage. So we can just create this and we can follow that a forensic image for that as well. So generally this engines will have a nozzle at the exit and glucose peak. Technically, we have to clear the nozzle with respect to the radius of the nozzle element, we should be aware of the nozzle radius for creating the engine nozzle exhaust. But in this particular case, as it is not given to us and we are just trying to check up the geometry, three-dimensional geometry, how does it look? So we can just, we are going to assume that I mentioned and we're just going to create it. So if we have the dimensions given to us and that is no problem, but we're not, it's not given to us. So we let us just try to assume certain created. So that can also be performed using the reward command. In the zoom-in. And I believe I should have gone to a man, I should have created this sections that extended. So let me just edit it. And with editing by parsing the view, I've completed the editing part of extended to little bit downward. And let's go to revolve and select the Franklin. And let me create themes in which a scene over a year you just saw. Now, I have utilized the option column pattern in the previous video for copying the similar components. And I have worked with the access patterns. So we have an axis over the year and we have the geometry which can be copied around this axis. So let's select the geometry at first type silicon is geometry on CO2 Patton and impact. And I will be going to access pattern. I will be celebrating the axis that fits or which will be acting as a reference for me. So this is the axis. Let me just align the view. So basically when, whenever we are selecting the Xist will be having four copied options might be for, we can change it by clicking on 368. So eight engines which are around the data arranged. And we will have one engine in the center. So let me click okay. So you can see we have the insurance radiators. We can get it the central engine using the same to all command in the Santo Nile. This clear though pattern for this mirrored on the left side so I can create the central engine lesbian. So let me follow this. I've created a centre line, so I will be creating a line right now following the same engine dimension object created right now. So this is in the center right now and then quartered. But before that, let me just take the distance of this two regions. That is a central claim and the central axis. So I'll tell you the reason for this. The descenders for D4. Now I have the central engine with me. I'll just buy two pattern. And so this example M or explaining you the application of pattern command. I'll just click on pattern and go to direction cut pattern right now. So direction in the sense we can select what direction you want to copy. So the direction should be selected with respect to the plane. Most commonly salicylic the plane, the moment I celebrate the blame. So it does get being copied on the right-hand side, so we can increase the count to three. And we can adjust the distance to be 44. So this was the distance measured previously. And this will indicate that i will be copying the same geometry or the same component at the specific locations which have cell which I've assigned by and bring their dimensions. So this can be altered also. We can select any plane that will be going in that direction. So let's press OK. I didn't go to the middlemen because I have selected this. Now we can create our revolts action over here and we can this part then it axially together Remaining engines. So in a nutshell, we have this geometry ready right now and we can see that we have created a similar scale model which is presented to us in the website of the company, and we have imported the image. So in this particular example, we are learning the procedure for using the view command over here and Images option that is present in the Cleopatra metric. So we can add the images and we can change their dimensions and we can create or praised component. So with this kind of example, we can try to walk on different other examples as well in the future videos. Make for example, I have the crafts which I have shown in the introduction video. So generally you will not be finding the dimensions of the last section, section where the passengers are seeded. So for that particular geometries, we have good pickup the scale views which is present in the official websites. And we can important the creosote fair by adjusting the water, lend the width and the height. And then we can just create a material between that limits and as we have followed the procedure for creating this launch vehicle. So this is one of the most important and interesting feature and Cleo, and I believe you have understood if you are having any doubts, you can put into question section. And I have missed creating the structural component which connects all litre and that is a simpler doesn't given to us. And the photos are the pitchers, but you can see there it is connected laterally. You can, you can see the circular cross-sections. So I can just use the export command on the central axis. And I can just extrude a symmetric circular cross sections on both the sides. I can just follow randomly because diamonds are not given to us. We just practicing and understanding the features of the image options which began important, We can work. And this grid on the right side has been on the same path equidistant. And I want it to be symmetric. And let me reduce so lambda. So you can see up greater than one as well. So this is about the option of importing the image and placing the geometry. And the way we, the way the procedure, what we have to follow for maintaining the scale length or their dimensions. Now let us go to the next section. 67. Creating a Round Feature: In this lecture, let us try to work, or let us try to learn what is the round command. I have created a sample geometry over a hill with which I will be using for an explanation of the round command. So this is the same L shape body with Lin Biao sharpen edges. Using the round command, I want to convert the sharp edges into blank or rounded edges. So in order to do that, I have to first click on the round command. And I need to go to the edge which I want to transform it. And the moment I've selected the edge, you can see a dynamic view or the yellow color region, which shows you how a rounded edge will look like. So we can adjust the radius of this round veto. Sorry, and we press control Z. So we contain the radios of this rounded veto by dragging this two extensions over here, we tend generally call them as hands. Or we can double-click the radius or the numerical value and we can change it to the desired value. The next option is to click on the ribbon. We have a text column over a o and we can obtain the value from data itself. So whenever we are comfortable or whenever we are in green, the required value, you can just click anywhere on the screen. And we have the rounded phi2 relative. It does. So in this way we are converting the sharp edges or removing the sharp edges using the around command. So let us look at the different options and features which are present in ground data. Plenty of options which are present in this veto. So let me just added the previous constructed round option by clicking on Edit definition. So I, I came back to the previous around. Here I have an option called sets. So this is the first round veto which I have created, and this is categorized into the categories that we run. Imagine if I'm creating another honored feature over heal, the summer radius. And the moment I've created a new edge or the neural net feta, I will be getting a different set and that will set number two. Similarly, I'll be getting a set number three when I'm creating another edge. So these are the different sets which will represent each surrounded region. And when we are okay with it, we just have to place okay. So under this around, we have three different sites. What we have created, you can see over the side1, side2 and set three. And we can adjust the dimensions or the radius for each set separately by just clicking on the set and changing the dimension of it. As per the requirement. Now we have another option where we can create. Let me just delete this. We can create a set, a single set with multiple edges. So in order to do that, we can say like the first edge and we can press Control button and select the next edge. So in this particular set, set to one, I am having to add dislike now. Whereas in the previous case, each set was at representing each edge. But in this case, I can go with multiple edges by clicking on control command and selecting different edges altogether. Now if I'm reading the dimension of the first edge, you can see that the other radiuses are also changed, but that aspect with the first edge. So this would mean painter uniformity and all the edges. So if we add up the three edges are having same radiuses, then we can select the control button. You can click the Control button, or we can hold the Control button and select all the edges. And we can just mean Bain all the edges with respect to the first unrounded fetal. So this is another option and round command within B can create multiple edges in a single set. Now let me edit it again and show you the references of I0. So the edges over here, 123 are representing the three edges what we have selected right now. Imagine if you wanted to add one more edge to the same set, we have can simply press control again and select the edge. So this is the fourth edge, what we have added over E 0123 and the first one. And similarly fear one thing though that is also we can simply press Control button. We can add up to the same set additional feature of it. And we can select all the edges on multiple number of edges in the same set. Now let me delete the fetus what I've created right now in order to show you the remaining options at arm command. So before that, let me just edit this extraordinary feats orbital, but I'll extend the height of it, 2-300. And I'll create a Holloway Yo kind of slot. So as we have seen that we have selected the edges for creating around, we also have an option where we can select the solar phase for creating a 100 features. So I'll just show you this example by clicking on ground. And I want to create a rounded feature over a year. Imagine so I have to select the control button and I have presented the first phase, followed by the second sofas. And the moment I have selected, you can see the location of the connection between the horizontal and the vertical surface. And at particular locations I'm getting a 100 feet of which can be ordered as per the requirement. So this is another feature in round. We can select the surfaces for creating the rounded fetus. Apart from this, we can also have a combination of surface and edge. So let me go back again and press control Leigh. Now let's go to round. Let me select the base surface and the edge of the vertical. So phase. And I may not be able to get it because this is a hole. So first let me deleted I was not sure about this. And it pico back again. Yeah. So it has to be a continuous region first. Let me click on round again and the surface. Next, the edge. You can see the moment I've selected, I'm getting the rounded feature which I can vary as pathetic moment again. So this is a combination of surface and edge. And we have also seen the AED does combination wherein yes, electron or legis. We have also seen a combination of surface and surface. So there are three methods of using or working with around command. Let us look at some other options. 68. Creating a Variable Rounded Feature: Now let me create around by creating the first round over here and second one over here. So I have created two rounds over E o. And in the previous video, I have shown you a combination of solid-phase edge surface surface and edge t combinations I've shown you in this video. I'll just show you how to connect that a 100 features using the rounded sections ordered which are already created. So I have already created 200 sections over here. Now let me go to round command and select the first round and the second round. So the moment I am selecting both the rounds automatically getting added by maintaining a tangency between the ground. And you can see we can just change the radius as per the requirement. So this is the next veto where we can create rounded section in combination with the previous speaker radiative rounded sections. Now let me show you something else. So we have this edge over here, and we have this two edges in the form of L shape. If I want a continuous at on from the bottom to the right side, I have to click on the round command. I have to select both the edges. So this is one way and the other way is I can creator around over here. And now I can just click on Drowned and the moment of silicon. And you can see I'm getting the total length in one step, right? So you can just made it that particular radius. And same thing will happen over yours. This is because we have a 100 feature over here. This has become a continuous edge right now. So when I'm selecting the edge, you can see a continuous around section which is followed along the previously created edge. Like. So this is another feature of round command. And now let me show you something else. There are plenty of options where we can just try to work with around land, create. Our remoter shopper does. So I've clicked around command, Let me add just some radius to Ben, for example. Now the system will create a loop. You can deceive nm silicon this edge, because all the edges which are connected are bounded. So it is kind of creating a loop. And you can just read it. The radius has Purdue. Let me show you something mode interesting. So i'll just delete all around whatever created so far. And let me create a simple launder this edge. Or let me create a sketch on this first. I can follow any random, but okay, so let me delete this around the wheel and now go to the download option and cleared the ground feature where he'll now we can go back to set. And here you can see an option called through local. So whenever I am selecting this option, the system will ask me to select a chain of tangent go. So this is a chain of tangent co-producers plying. I'm selecting this plane. And the moment I've selected, you can see a quadrotor 100 feature with respect to the profile, what the line come let us playing was having actually. So this way you can create a variable kind of rounded FIFO. Because in the earlier round vetoes you can see this folding a symmetric straight line. Here, it does something different. I'll just change the display style to edges and you can see the edges away. Oh, so this was a line which I have created is in this blank command and this has changed the profile of the rounded fetal. There is another option where we can create a variable radius. So I'll just show you on this side. It can go to round command and we can click on the round option. And we can vary the total radius. So if we are using this point as the point for attaining the radius, we can just click on this and we can get the right look. And after clicking on that I click, we're getting an option called add radius. So you can see a Gordon radius over the year over here and at this particular location. So I can change this radius over a year and you can see there is a variable that has a variation and the total radius or the total rounded veto. And they can extend as per the requirement. And I can just have a variable rounded feature over here. So let me just added it. We can add one more radius of a JO by clicking on the right look on her Linda right-click and adding good ideas. So we've got this feature over here. We can change the direction of it. Let me reduce the radius. Generally, the rounded features will acquire a lot of graphical power of the system. So it sometimes hangs a lot. Can adjust the total distance, and you can also vary the radius. So this is another option for us to create a reenabled rounded veto. It can be either through the, through the spline which we have created using the cov option or by adding the radiuses syllabi, explaining more of the features in the next video. 69. Transition in Round : So let me continue the discussion of around command. So I have this basic body with me right now and just skate around at this edge. So creating around at this edge would indicate that the edges on the left and the right will be created in a single chain. For example, I have just gone to round and these are like a T And I'm connected to each other. And I can just read the radius. What if I m One thing? But lists or didn't person datas are ten lend of it. So I have to go to the pieces commando IO. And I need to click on the peace, the momentum clicking on the piece. I'm cutting this path over here. So I need to click on this dark and I can drag it to heal. And you can see the remaining feature is the sharp feature which was present, and the remaining length is the rounded feature right now. So this will divide the total round into two pieces, and I have deleted the first bees oughta have not selected the first length, whereas I've continued the next lender. So this is one feature of a hill. And imagine over heel. If I'm selecting the edge over here, I'm getting the total length of the edge as the rounded feature or the blender cheap, right? But imagine, I wondered or lists or didn't BARDA for demonstrated, for certain percentage or certain length of it. So what do I do? So I'll just go back and they did this thing. So I'll just click on the edge and 0. So I am getting a point over here. And I can just created the location of point to this offset ratio selected. So if I'm selecting 0.5 is exactly half of the total edge. If I'm sleeping quarter note is 0.25. So it will be a quarter of the total length. So let me just keep it as 0.30. So I gotta point over here right now. And if it is not visible for you, maybe you can just turn on YouTube then go to View. And you can turn on this bag over a year going tag misplace. We can get the point number. Now. Now go to the round and selling the edge. After selecting the edge, you can read it the radius. Now you have to go to the transitions over a o. And after that you can switch to transient more transition mode by clicking on this icon. So the moment or clicking on this icon, you can see this particular feature, the yellow color dynamic VOD, or getting on the screen, is divided into three sections. And this is the first, second, and the third system is telling me that there are two translations, one and Google Hill. And we can select any effort. If I'm selecting the base one by clicking on the left click, This is selected. Now I have to click on the right-click. By holding the right-click, I will be having three options. I can check the options top at reference. And now the system will ask me to select the reference. So I have created a reference which is a point, and I would basilican that as matter of France. The moment I say like the reference, you can see that the top region is around it, whereas the boredom region is sharp as it was previously. Let me just control Z. So we have this transition again. I'll switch to transition mode. Now we'll select the proper transition Holder. I've click and go to stop at reference and I will sell it. Finance veto. In this case, you can see the boredom reads in this around it, whether it's the top reason this sharp as it was previously. But this way we can divide the total edge and we can read the amount of the total length of the rounded vetoed depending on the requirement. Or we can create a footings and we can stop a put that particular length either on the top side or on the bottom side. So let me do it. I came for your explanation purpose. Let me select the bottom face holder, I click and corporate finance and select the point command. So I have that honored veto David on the top. Now let us look at some other fetus. So imagine we have this edge over hill where there are three edges which are coming at this corner. So let me just alarm them. This is the first, second, third. So using the brand's Asian more TI contains though kind of arrangement of a hill and just show you that thing. And before that I need to click on this option. And so wish to transition mode. And then I can just right click over. Yeah, oh, first I can press the left click, then I had to hold the right-click. And I will be having different options. The first is the default option, uses around option. Then I'll just go to intersect. And you can see these are point group section that I've now. So this is an intersection of three edges. And if I wanted, I contains two other options, aspirin. By clicking on it, it was going to the translation mode and linking with the left-click than holding with the right leg. And creating the different options. This is a simple patch. So this isn't about transition are the way of arranging the corners. We have, we have multiple intersection or multiple combination of edges at a single point. And let us see some other features in the next video. 70. Full-Round and Normal to Spine function : For this lecture, I have a 100, a small feature into basic modal or pivot happens so far. I have added an explosion of a o and I have delivered a material away. So let me go back to the roundups option. And in some cases, you know, you have to create a kind of produce medical or the total round of IO and district. Will you an example? And this is the first edge. Second edge. And you have pre-cleared around waiter does like ours are kind of fetal. So you have periodic radius and assign the same radius on both the sides. So this is quite tricky and do some calculations over a o. So in this particular case, what you can do, you can just click on both the edges and you can go to set, and you can go to foreground. So this will basically create all semicircle shaped and depending on the total width. So this is an automatic option which is present in feel. Similarly, we can press OK. And we can work on the other internal features such as this whole other slot. You can pick up on the first order the part can control and select a second. Go back and select the Full down. So you can see it has been transformed into a full round right now. You can also do this by silicon. Good the edges, I'm sorry. You can hold control and select good the edges. And you can just right click and you can click on full round. So you'd be getting this feature automatically. Now, you might be wondering whether we can use this option with the surfaces as well. So let's show you a heel. For example, we have just two surfaces over the surface and this surface. So I'll just tell you to create a foreground using this goose offices and click on ground command, and then select this first phase, hold the Control button, select the next surface, then select the middles of is. And automatically the figure as ain't itself, into a full rounded figure or a geometry. So this is the option of foreground. And this is quite useful if VR wiping the calculation part, I'm going to be have pre-calculated what is the total diameter or the total width? Then we have to divide it by two and all these things. So we can eliminate all those things and we can just utilize the full round command and we can generate a complete unrounded fetal. Now I'll be showing you one more feature bird before direct mean, delete all the rounds. As I've mentioned that that aren't option will acquire a lot of graphical polymer systems. I'm just deleting the rounds of itself created in order to show the new fetus. So and this TO delete does aspirin. So I create a section over here very quickly. I'll be showing you this option in the future. This is the Sweep command. I wonder, though as an option correlates to the so for that I'm creating this thing. Before explaining the concept of a year, I would like to tell you one thing that the round command have certain limits. For example, I'm creating a radius over heel. So there is a limit for the radius, I mean beyond a particular radius that rounded feta cannot be created. So you can see the dynamic views not visible right now. Because at that particular aliases that on feta cannot be created. So it has a maximum limit of around 1 third p and 3031 units, so beyond which it cannot be created. So we have to remember this thing and we have to work, and we have to create the rounded fetus under those commit. So imagine if I want to create a rounded feature at this intersection point, the two circles sections, what you've seen on the screen, soldiers unquote around command and I'll click on the sort of beekeeper smaller radius for now say ten. And it may click on the intersection point. So at this particular value, that is ten, I will be getting a 100 feature. But imagine if I want to increase the value to see something going on between B and C, what's going to happen? You can see, you can see that the feature is not available because it says that there is only a limit of a n naught 15 units or numerical value of that particular molecular unit system or we are following. It cannot be created beyond 15 or pen, right? So in this particular case, what is the next option for us? So as it is hard to create though a 100 feature over here. And we can just go to set over here Sets option. And if you can see over here that the Creole uses a rolling ball function for creating the round options. So we can change it to normal to spine. And the moment we have chains, you can see that there is a possibility of creating the round command and you can increase the radius as political alignment. So in complicated cases where you know, you cannot create the round command, so you have to change the function to normal spine. We can press OK. And we have determined today with us. So in this way you can just work on the different combinations and try working with the round command. And there is one more thing, what we have left, let us coated around command again. And if I'm clicking on this edge, intersects option, you can see that by default circular option is selected. So here we can change the option to Karnak. And you can see the variation of the round command. We can access the total length. We have different options like c2 continuous, and we have d1 and d2. So each of these, each of these has a variation in this practice it. But most of the examples what we are working, we will be using the circular option. So these additional features which are specifically required for some specific cases in engineering designs. 71. Auto Round the Complete Model: Now imagine that I want to create a round for all the edges which are seen in the geometry. So for that particular case, I have to click on the round command and I have to select Control and go to each and every location weight of it. I'm finding sharp edges and I have to enter the total radiuses or data required for me. And it is a, it is basically a very lengthy process. So in order to avoid all those things, I have an option in Cleo and that is called Les auto round, which is the next option. So in this case you have to assign the outer radius and the inner radius. So I've drawn a case over a year in the bottom section read I have kind of my DDL removed in the inner side of the base. So we can specify the outer radius, which is this particular radius, as for example five. And the inner radius can be the same as five. Audit can be lesser than that. So let me choose it three. And after that, I needed to simply press OK. After that automatically performs the rounding for all the edges which are present in the geometry. So this will basically save our time. So if you have this information given to us, meaning not go to each and every particular edge and we can save our diamonds is particular method. There is one more option in this way, we can exclude certain edges if you're not wanting them to be rounded. So I'll just edit this when I came. And I imagine I don't want this particular edges and I am not interested to drown them. So I have to go to exclude command and I have to select the edges. So for that I can just select by clicking control the edges which I am not wanting them to be included. So I've selected four edges and I'm placing ok. Now you can see the, all the edges are rounded. But this particular edges, and we have not selected this edge, but this particular ideas are not rounded. So let me just crosscheck. Yeah, I have not selected this edge. Let me add this Ed as well. So I afford this right now. Yeah. So you can see that I have excluded the 40 disk and the remaining edges are rounded. So this is a simple function called order around, and this is all about drawn features. So we have seen plenty of options in bound. That is a possibility. We might not be using all of them. But I thought it is important for you to remember and understand the different and various options in Creole for the round option. See you in the next video. 72. Create a Corner Chamfer: Hello and welcome to the next video. In this lecture, let us discuss the next important feature under the engineering category named as shameful. This feature is similar to the round feature, what we have discussed in the previous set of videos. The tempo ads or remove material by creating a level surface. We can create shameful by selecting an edge or a combination of edges. So I have this figure or a model in front of you on the screen. Let us try to convert the shape of the edges into a cell surface using the command tempo. The TAM for option is located over here. In the engineering section under the feature called ground. There are two types of temples. That is Ed Champ and corner tempo. Let us first discuss quickly about corner tempo because this is a very simple and easy to understand veto. On selecting this option. The corner, shameful. I have to click on the vertex or the corners of the edges. For example, the first stage, the second and the third are intersecting at a point. If fi are clicking on this point, the point or the ED is getting transformed into this shape. So this is a corner or a corner shameful. We can adjust the drag handles and we can vary the distance. B1, b2, and b3. So this is the d1, d2, and d3. We also have an option in the ribbon, change the dimensions of each distance. For example, this is 26.7, which I would like to change it to 20. This is D2, which is 33.3, let we intend it to 30. And similarly we have lead three, that is 24.80. And I can double click over here, and I can change it from here itself, say for example 50. So depending on the need and the distances, we can alter the corner variation of the temple. Similarly, if we are wanting to change the location of the TAM for otoconial sample, we can go to the next corner where we desire or the next war. Click on the word pigs. You have the feature again, and you can change the feature by using the drag handles or entering the specific value in the text column. So this is a small introduction about Cornell tempo. Let us discuss the edge Cham for in the next video. 73. Create an different types of Edge Chamfer: I have the default way right now. And let me now go to the TAM for adoption. By default, the edge time four is selected. Now let me transform this edge into a temple. And the moment I have clicked on the line or the edge, you can see a dynamic view of the sharp edges getting removed. And we have this distance that is 20 units, which can be altered with the help of drag handle, aren't changing in the red button. If we are satisfied with this particular value, we can simply press the middle click anywhere on the screen and we have the time for completed. So let me just edit this by clicking on Edit definition. So we have an option called sets over here. This is quite similar to the features what we have discussed in the round command. And let the sides, the set point indicates that single edge, what we've selected. We can create a new set by clicking on other edges. You can see over here, after selecting this edge, I got a new site over here that is set to with the reference edge and the distance that is 25 units. I can press the control button and select the other edges. In this way. I have 12345 edges and two. So this is again quite similar to the discussion what we have completed in the round veto. For the aspect of the sets. When we are done, we can simply press OK or magnetic look. We have the time Fourier David does not. Let us, let us look at some other features in shameful. You can also activate the Stamford command by simply pressing on the edge or clicking on the edge with the help of left-click. And you can see certain options over here. The first option is around command. So instead of going to the main ribbon and selecting the round fetal, we can adequately select the edge what we are interested to change. And we can click on the round command or the edge command or some different commands which are we are going to discuss in the future. So for example, I want to add a Cham foot for this edge. So let me just click on the edge. I can click on the champ command, that is Ed Champ. And I have the dimensions on the screen which I can alter as per the need. So there are certain features or settings under shameful. For example, we have the basic under default command, the default settings that this indeed by the for example, if you want to change this, we can just click on the drop-down list and we have d1 and d2. The second veto. In this particular case, we can alter the distances individually. For example, I can change the distance and you can see that or you can observe and notice that this distance is not altering because this is with respect to the next stepping that d2. Whereas in the earlier case, would the D's are the border distances where equal. So if I was ordering when distance, the other distance was ordering equilibrium with equilibrium. Now, let me go to the other feature that is angle in D. In this particular feature or the setting, we have such an option with respect to the angle or the amount of the degrees with which the carpus generated. So basically we have the default angle, which is 45 degrees, which we can alter again depending on the beat. And this can be altered with the Drang handled orbitals. We can alter by typing on D17. Say for example, I wanted to change it to 25. So I have this inclination angle that is 25 degrees. Apart from that, I also have a distance fetal over here. We take and change it accordingly. So let us look at some other features. We have. The next option that is 45 into D. So in this particular case, the angle 45 degrees is fixed. We cannot alter the angle. Unlike the other case. It can only change the d, that is the distance. So this angle will be 45 degrees and that will be fixed. And this is especially used for for edges which are perpendicular to each other. In the next few years or the next settings we have 000 or o by o. And this is quite different. Let me just change the basic feature first, then I can explain you the total, the difference between o by o and d by d. So let me delete this and I can edit the geometry. So I'll make a boss and edited geometry. So I have modified the geometry in this fashion and let us now assign the time further and understand what this O endo. And in comparison with the default Stamford that this B by D. So we have the time production of a year and the basic languages activated by default is the d by d. And let us change this value to 20 units. Now let us go and select this edge. So the moment I have selected, I gotta build surface over here. But the distance of d, So what does this 20 distance mean actually, from which point to which point is just 20 units? Or does this verified using the analysis option? So we have the analysis command over here. And in analysis we have the measure tool. And under measure we have an option called distance. So this is remember, the distance or the time per warpath selected was 20 units. So if I'm silicon this edge, and I want to select this particular point. So I have to hold the control command. And after clicking on this particular point, you can see the distributor in D units. That means the time for which I've selected orbits have activated Hadar distance or go into units. So that mean does verify by clicking, editing it. And you can see this is 20 units. So 20 in the sense, I mean, for example, we have activity D by b and under d by d, the 20 distance means the distance from this particular edge. I mean the Edge which was originally at the particular location from that point to the new distance, what we have maintained. So we can order this distance depending on the requirement. Now we have certain different settings under the jam for and that is 00. So as of now the distances 25 units, when I'm changing the setting to o by o, you can see the distances we read. It does transform to 15 units right now. You can see again, let me go back to d by d And you can observe the distance over V0, that is 25 right now. And in this case this is 15. What's happening with either distance getting changed to 15 units? So this can be understood. For example, let me just keep it an exact value, say 15 units. So this can be understood by creating a sketch. So I have, right now, I have activated the fetus had been o by o and I've kept the values 15 units. So just please remember this value as of now. Now, let us create a sketch to understand what's happening and what is the reason for getting up. I live 15 over their cell. Korea does sketch on this surface. I'll go to sketches and align my view to normal view. So you can see this particular edge is the time for what we have created. Now, let me create an edge. First, let me change the view to no hidden because you can easily understand. And I've also heard in the plane so that it is very clear for you on the screen. And if I'm wanting, I can expand the or I can delete or I can hide the pupal mortality by clicking on this option. So you can get a more clear view of the geometry. So we have discernment today, David does, and this is the edge or the shameful created using the OBO option and the descent was maintained as 15 units under the OBO option. Now, let me create a third line from this particular point, because this was the point at which the edge was present before using the Tampa command. Now if I'm extending a line from this point and another line from this point. So it is forming a kind of client. And now let me draw a perpendicular from both the edges at some random location and another perpendicular which will be intersecting. See that they're getting a perpendicular symmetry. Now let me delete the extra features using the delete command or delete segment. So we have this descending right now that is equal to eight units between ten different pen. And let me change this also to be denuded. Okay, now let me come back and kinda spin. And so right now you can see, and if you remember that we have the all by all command and we have used that particular command with a distance of 15, right? So when I'm in, when I'm generating an orthogonal from this edge at a distance of 15 units and another orthogonally from this base edge at a distance of 15 units. And if I'm joining and I have proceeded that intersecting at a point, and the dissent should be 15 units because I have kept the valley of all biosphere. And when I'm selecting the cell line command and joining both the points, this particular line will be the time for what we have created. If I want, I can just change the angle and see. So this is the line which is connecting both the points, the point from which the orthogonal are meeting together at a distance of 15 unit. Let me press OK. And let me cross verify chamber. You can see this 15 units and that the OBO command. So I hope you have understood what is OBO. Let us try to see, sketch, and analyze the radiation of the OBO command. So I'll just go back to the sketch and let it the sketch. And let me now just create before that that we delete this line. Let me now change the distance. For example, the first orthogonal to b add to be around and unit. And the next orthogonal to b again, ten unit. Let me delete the previous sketch. Yes. And I have said to you that this 2 should be connected, right? So I'm collecting this point and the second. Now if I am generating all Cham for using the OBO command at a distance of pain your nerves, then I should be getting this particular feature or the Cham for coinciding with this line. So let me just verify. I will just go back to the shading with edges so that it is very clear for you. And we have the sketch of audio. So let me edit the chyme foot again. And I wanted to be around ten. Now let me press OK. You can see this coinciding with the line what we have created using this gets command. This was the line would have created by joining the off-diagonals from the edges. So this is just for understanding purpose. You need not practice this or try to remember this thing. But I just wanted you to understand what is the difference between B by D, o by o. So distance or the BBB option is the distance from the original edge to the new position and will buy AU is the distance into something complicated and tricky, and it is the distance between the orthogonal points basically. So I have explained your vote orthogonal. Let us try to move to the next features under champ command. 74. Single Chamfer for the Parallel Edges: Let us look at some other feature which will help us to select all the parallel edges in one go. So for that I have to select the Cham for option first. I have 1234 parallel edges. If I'm wanting to select all the edges. And the general way is to click on the first edge, hold Control button, and select the other edge, the third edge and D4T edge. So this is taking little bit of time for me. Scientists avoid this particular thing. I'll close it. And now I will be doing this particular same thing in one step. For that I have could go to the TAM for command. I need to go to the first edge and press right-click, then the left click. So you can see with two clicks, I'm selecting all the edges or all the edges which are parallel to the edge or default stage what I have selected. Now, I can just read it the distance accordingly. And I can click on the screen. I have the john modality with me with the required features. This particular command is quite powerful, and this explains the reason for that. I will just go to the extrude and I will edit the geometry by clicking on pretty placement and added aligning the view. Let me add a box feature over here. Sorry. And delete the segments in order to make it a closed loop. So I have this particular feature AD with me, you can see in the dynamic view. And as I have already selected for fetus, the intent command or selected all the fetus with a tamper option. I have additional features over here, this particular edge and this particular edge. So you can observe that this particular edges will also come or get into the indent Cham for by simply pressing OK. You can see what were the additional edges. They have now got transformed into a tamper. So this particular feature is quite powerful. It will help us to save over time, and it is a parametric fetal. Now let us look at some other features. Before that I would delete, tamper what I've created. So this option of clicking on the right-click and left-click is also suitable for the top surface and the base of. So let me just go to the Cham for option again and select the edge on the top surface using the right-click, then the left click. And you can see in one step I have selected to the complete loop or the complete edges which are present on the top surface. I can alter the distance by clicking on the numerical value and pressing the medical book. So you can see I have the champ quarterly in one goal. Similarly, I can just go to the base surface. I can select the edge with the right-click, left-click, and you can edges the distances required. Now you might be wondering whether we can also invoke on the vertical edges. Yes, we can. So we have to click on the tamper. It is quite similar to what we have discussed. And go to the required edge, Click on the right click and a left-click, we have the edges activated. This particular step is quite useful for us, where we have many edges together and we have to tamper them with a uniform value. So let us discuss right now some other features in the next video. 75. Chamfer upto Surface : Now imagine I want to create a time forgot this edge. And I want the value or the distance of the tempo to be up to this particular point that is in bad a little to this edge. So in order to reach at that particular point, I have to calculate the distance and I have to enter the exact value, which will help me to reach this edge. So this is quite tricky if you are not having the precise dimensions with you. So in order to avoid all these confusions of calculations and all, we can try to go to one, we can try to utilize when option under the sets. If you're going to the down, you have an option called value which is selected by default. You can change this value under the drop-down list and select the reference. So by default, you have the value command activated and this little indicators or this will help us understand that we have to enter a specific value could change the distance of the Cham for or the round. I will be sending this option to reference right now. Now I have to select a reference point. So for that particular reference, I will be selecting this corner point. And after selecting the point, you can see that the time for has been created up to this edge. So this is quite an interesting feature if we are avoiding the calculations and all confusion with respect to the amount of time for needed. Similarly, we can try to welcome this wave for the round command, as I'll show you on this side. I have sent them down command. Now let me select this edge. And let us assume that I want this around to be till Hill, which is in bad a little or aligned with the edge which is seen over here. Now let me click on sets and change the value to reference it, align, change the alignment, zoom and selling the corner point. So after silicon the corner point, you can see the dynamic view that the round combined have been generated till the edge. So this is something about references and that's a set command. Now let us discuss some other features for that. Let me just, and Lou, if you can see this edges as number 1234. So if I'm wanting to create a tempo, so I have to select all the edges together by holding the control command clear. So that is one more way of what I can do. Depending on the geometry or time working. I can create a ground feet over hill and another add-on feature over the heel. So this around features have transformed or converted all the edges into a single tangent line. Okay? So you can see that line is starting from this point, is taking a smoother earn. Thanks initially, going forward, again, making a turn and going to this point. Now if I'm clicking on Cham for and applying a transfer over here on this edge, you can observe that the triumphal continues along the tangent line. So this is another feature and the tempo. Here it is. You can alter the distance as required and you can observe that the Tampa has been created. So I believe this is quite similar to the round feature though. Ron features what we have discussed. And as it is a tangent line or tangent edge, we can create the feature in a single chain of nine. There's another thing what we can do that can go back with the Tambo feature and edited. I'm sorry. Yeah. So we have this Bs command over here. And under those we can select the piece. Click on the piece, and you can drag this up to any point and stop it. So this particular section is where does the next section is having the edge as normal. So this is another feature of camphor and again similar to the feeds are what we have discussed under the round category are around engineering command. Let us move to the next video. 76. Transition in Chamfer: We have also discussed one more option under on feature and that was to stop the round feature at a certain location using the reference option. So that is again possible in the TAM for command. So for that first, let me create a champion at this edge. So I have this tamper with some distance, which can be varied. Now imagine I don't want the complete line to be tampered. I wanted to be up to certain distance or at certain particular reference point, I want to stop the tempo. So for that I need to create a 0.1. And in order to do that, I can just go to the right-hand side. I will be having a datum fetus over here. I can click on the dropdown list and I can select a point command. Selecting the point command will turn off the chamber featured and activate the location of the data points. So we can select a particular edge. And we have the point on the screen at the edge. We can change the location of the point by clicking over. He'll say for example, I wanted to be 0.5. So this is in the terms of a ratio. So whatever is the total length, say measure it as one unit, 0.5 will be half of it. And if I wanted to be at the quarter distance, so I have to change it to 0.25. The alternate way is to change the ratio to real. So you will be having the real dimensions presently the starting 0.90, I can change it to 65 or be it the units. So at depending on the need, we can just change it and we can stop the point at the certain location. So in this case, let me just drop it at point 3-0 and issue of ice and press OK. Now let us go back to the TAM for by clicking on this play button. So we are back into the champion mode. Now we have to select the transition mode. And we can select on the corner and hold right-click. Stop at reference, selling the point. So you can see the reason I have selected over here is to have a time for in this region. Now let me just undo. And now let me select at this particular side. Right click, stop at reference. Selling the point. Now I'm having the time for on the other side of the point. So this is a very powerful tool and this was also present in the round command. Let us move on and discuss some other features. 77. Different Transition at Corners: So let us see what are the different transitions at the corners. So this is again quite submitted around FIFO. We have to sell it the Cham for and generate Champs 43 edges. Maybe I can add a new set and another new set. So I have time priority over here, and I have the intersection 0. So I can go to transition and select. Let me down on the plantation mode first, that means elected corner, and by default it is intersect. If you're wanting to change it, you can change the behavior. For example, patch and you can see the corner has been changed. So you can also click on this icon over here that will help us to see how does the feature looks like. And when we are satisfied with it, we can simply press Play Button. And okay, so we have the quantitative It does. So this is again quite similar to the rounded feta, what we have, and this depends on the number of edges we are having and the dimensions of each edge, what we have assigned using the champ command. Let us discuss further. Before that. Let me just edit the geometry a little bit. 78. Pieces in Transition Mode: I have added it makes tutored part of a year using the extraordinary demand. Now if I wanted to emphasize that this particular edge, the edge which is in contact with this offices, I have to simply sell it at Stamford and silico. It acquired it. But that is again an alternate for this. What I can do is I can select this phases as well. So what I'm going to explain over here is the chapter also works with the Sophists commands. So I need to sell it the first phase, hold the Control button and select the basal phase. So the intersection of the surface is the edge which is in contact with Buddhist surfaces will automatically plant form into a Cham for fetal. Then we can order the amount of time for needed. And when we are fine with it, we can simply press OK. So we have the Cham federated with us. Now, if we are wanting, we can edit this sample by pressing right-click and edit definition. So there's an option called pieces over hill. And we can extend the time for around this extended region by using the pieces combined as well. So it is little bit tricky. Sometimes we have to click on piece and you can see we have the drag handles that indeed it does right now. Now what we can do is we can sell it the drag handler and we can drag it around the central veto. So you can see a part. You can just more longer than you can see that the template is created and try to do it. So let me stop over here. I've got the Cham foot extended. And similarly, if I'm wanting I can try to moron from the other side has been so let me try with that. It is happening or no. And you can see the path, maybe in your screen you can see more clearly. And just try to change the view and see, yeah, you can see the part that had to be on board. So we have the Bragg handled Twilio and I can stop our dislocation and got the TAM for feature entity. Maybe you can see in the shading part. And let us again extended. Then this point. Once again, I am sorry. So this is not moving this side because when I'm clicking on this, you can see that the path shown by this line is on the other side because I'm having a break over here. So let me just try to check. But this thing, yes, when I'm looking on this Bragg handle, you can see a part which is getting extended. So let me just properly, and you can see both of them are getting connected. And you can see that the intersection of this point are both the time four is a sharp edge, whereas on the other side we have a blender kind of fetal audit is a very smooth, rounded fetal. So what are you going to do is you can simply go to transition mode and you can select the edge, and then you can hold the right-click button or you can sell it the blend option. And after celebrating the blend option that you can see that they have been primed formed, it was moat around gulf. So with this method we can also extend though shameful piece of ice. So this is little bit trill, difficult. I mean, you have to just focus on the mouse and you have to click the mouse accordingly. And you can press OK and you have to Cham Furedi video as seen in the geometry. Let me convert this shading with edges and you can see more clearly that the transition between them as blended like now. Let us move ahead and continue our discussion. As a final thing, what I wanted to show you what Herodotus TO select the surface in one goal. I mean, for example, we have this face on the top and I want to select all the edges in one, go it in one click. So I simply have to click on the champ or so this is, I came quite similar to what we have discussed earlier. So you can go to any edge and just hold a right-click and you can see you and I'm clicking on the right-click. All the edges are getting highlighted. So maybe this is not visible in this shaded feature. Let me turn off the shade and you can see the change in the color of the edges as ticketing highlighted. So I'll just click on the right click and all the adjacent highlighted like now, then I can just click on the left click again. And I got the TAM for feature ready with me. So this is an example of creating a champ photon, one go for all the edges on the same surface. So this is all about Cham for command and plenty of options we have discussed so far. But again, I'm telling you there are very less chances of required that are very less chances photos to utilize all the options in one geometry. So let us continue the discussion further by discussing other instituting features in the next video. 79. Creating a Simple Hole: Hello and welcome back to the next video. Let us continue our discussion and discuss the next topic, which is especially used for creating types of holes. So far we have learned a simple procedure for creating a hole in the geometry. That is to utilize the export command. Select the cell phase. Where do you want to create a whole? Take us alkyl sketch on the surface and simply press OK. After which changed the direction of the extrude and remove the material, which will help us to create a whole. This is a very simple way to career to hole, but we have a special option in clear parametric, which will help us to create holes of different features or different shapes or different sizes. So let us discuss that special option. In this particular video. I have created the sample geometry in order to make you understand the different features of the whole. The whole command is located in the engineering category, exactly about the round veto. We have to select the whole icon, after which we have a special ribbon with different set of options. Now, coming to the arrangement of the options, the arrangement of the options can vary with respect to the version you are using in your system. Currently, I am using the 6 version. If you are using the 5, all the 4.0 version, I believe the location of these set, these options or tools may be different. So do not get confused. But each and every option is very similar in all the versions. Now, on the left-hand side you can see the first option given to us that is named as pipe. So we have two types over here. The first one is the simple and the second one is the standard. I will be discussing about the standard in the next videos. Let us discuss with the simple type. Under simple type, we have three different types of profiling. The first one is the predefined, second one is the standard and the sketch. Followed by the settings which include the diameter of the hole and the depth of the hole. Coming to this option, which is toggled light with geometry, I will be showing you in VR creating the holes. Now let us move forward to understand the procedure for creating the hole. As I have gone on the whole option, I have to simply go to the location where I want to place a whole. For example, I want to create a hole on the surface. I have taken my mouse cursor on that particular surface and press that left-click. After pressing the left click. You can see in the dynamic view. A shaded whole feature which is visible on the screen. We have to assign the location of the hole with respect to this two handles are the Bragg handles, we can call it. This is the force of drag handle, and this is the second drag handle. These are associated with the central axis of the hole. What we have to do is we have to assign the location of the hole with respect to any edge also phase. For example, if I'm taking the first Bragg handle and moving to this extreme corner of the geometry, you can see that the geometry is selected the at this electrode. After which I have distance which is equal to 200 units, which indicates that the distance from this edge to the whole is equal to 200. It can be altered by moving the hole. It can also be changed by double-clicking though respective x column. We have to arrange the second Bragg handle or we have to refer to this. I can drag handle with any other edge or the surface. In this case, let me try to move to the right hand side. Let me select this particular edge. After selecting this particular edge, I am having a distance of 430 units. Now you can see that I can see a visible hole on the screen. So basically this particular drag handles are used for use as a reference. And it can be quite similar to X and Y coordinates. So this can be altered. For example, I wanted to find 50. You can see the location of the hole has moved. And I can also change this particular log distance, which is presently 400 units. And let me change it to 200 units. So the location or the references depends on the geometry or the work, what we're doing. I mean, for example, if we are given a reference with respect to this edge and we have to as per the, as per the sample exercise we have to follow. And in that particular case we have the chain that location for this particular edge. And the distance can be changed again by clicking in the field. Now that we have understood the referencing part, which is especially used for assigning the location of the whole. The next important thing is the diameter of the hole. We can alter the dimensions of the diamond diameter in the field or in the ribbon itself. So but as n let the diameter is 50 units, I can change it to 60 or 70 or depending on the need. The next important aspect for creating a hole is the depth of the Holy Spirit as nb, the depth of the hole is equal to two naught eight. I can change it with the help of drag handle. You can see that the hole is being created with certain depth right now. You can change the depth by clicking on the field or the Ribbon. We keep it to be around 80 units. If we are totally satisfied with this particular location and the diamond to render depth, we simply have to press the button and you have the whole physical. And could he entered in the geometry. So you can see that the whole is having an axis also because it is a circular feature, it will definitely have an axis intercept. So this is the procedure for creating a simple hole. Let us move forward and discuss the different sub features and whole command in the next video. 80. Linear and Co-axial Hole: While we are creating the whole, we have to remember that minute to assign two references, the primary reference and this I can do references. Pick the drag handle and select any reference bit two you are wanting to assign, say for example, this edge. This is the prime minister of finance right now. And this is us. I conducted evidence. So the location of the hole is with respect to the two references, the primary and the secondary references, which is basically created using the drag handles. You can adjust the dimensions and the location of the whole varies depending on the dimensions or D of N node. Now, the type of world wars have created light now is named as a linear whole because we have used the linear references. There are different types of holes. Big T2 we can create. For example, I have an extruded feature over here. This is a circular component. It has its own axis, which you can visibly see on the screen. Clear. Now if I want to create a hole and this particular surface, having the axis of the hole coinciding with the axis of this glow competent. That means I want put the axis is the first axis of the hole and the second one is the axis of the circular feature or do you see on the screen, I wonder would the access to go inside? I want the hole to be coaxial basically. So in that particular case, what I have to do, I need to simply select on the axis first the moment I've selected the axis, you can see that the whole is present on the path of the axis. Let me change the type of field or no hidden. And you can see that the whole is presently moving on the axis of the geometry. This indicates that the axis of the hole and the axis of the geometry are coinciding to their coaxial basically. And if you're going to placement and seeing over here, you can see the type of coal as coaxial. In the earlier case, if I'm placing the hole over here and assigning, say for example, let me close it. Let me recreate a whole. Select the primary reference. Select the secondary reference as this plane. And you can see the pipe has a linear over yo. So when I'm clicking the axis or selecting the axis as the reference, it is changing to coaxial. Now to create a coaxial whole. Firstly, I need an axis. After that, I need a surface, spit at me. Come back to shading with edges. I have already selected the axis. Now I can simply select the cell phase. I'm sorry. I need to press Control and selling yourself is when I'm selecting the surface, the hole is created right now. And you can simply adjust though nanometer of the whole and the depth of the hole depending on the requirements. So this is a second kind of Hall which can be created. It is basically coalesce CO exit hole. Here does motor. The next video. 81. Radial Hole: Now that I have already shown you two types of hole, that is the linear and the coaxial. I already have the coaxial over here. Let me just create a linear for your reference. So I need to assign the primary reference that we select this blame and Keeper distance of 150. And we select this distance and simply press OK. So I have the linear hole over here. I have the coaxial hole over here. Not had been trying to create a radial hole. So in order to create a radial hole, we must see that V0 should be having a cylindrical feature in the geometry. So this particular geometries German, this particular section of the geometry is cylindrical in shape. Let me go to the whole option. Click on the cylindrical surface. Let me reduce the depth. Now, I have the two handles to first and the second. So let me select this horizontal plane as the first primary difference. After selecting the primary difference, because the hole is on the cylindrical surface, you can see an angular displacement over here. So in the earlier cases, we were getting a linear displacement or an offset displacement. But in this case for getting an angular displacement, which can also be seen in the placement veto over here. So the angle presently is 58.7. We can change the angle to 45. So this will not be altered until unless VR selecting the second reference. So let me select the second reference has this particular surface so that I can adjust the distance of the whole from the surface. Right now it will be having the angle and the axial. So exit is nothing but the offset distance basically from this surface to the central axis of the hole. Let me reduce it to a 100 and push the whole nearer to the surface. Now if I wanted to change the angle, I can double-click over year, or I can enter the value over here. Let me change it to say 80 degrees. You can see the radiation in the hole. So this is the kind of radial hole we can call it, and we can also keep it as 90 degrees. So I have the whole over here right now. You can simply press OK and FM warning the same hall to be mirrored on the other side, I can simply select the whole tree because this is the third hole. And I can go to the mirror and I can sell it the plane. Press OK. So I have the same whole feature on the bottom side. So this is about the radial hole. Let us move forward. 82. Radial Hole on Flat surface: In the previous video, I have shown you the procedure for creating a hole onto cylindrical surfaces. And I have, we have named it as radial as per the options given in the whole command. Now, let us try to create a radial hall on a flat surface cell. Go to haul command. And then I will be selecting this surface. After which I have to assign the Prime Meridian secondaries references. So let me select the primary reference as the horizontal axis. Right now I'm getting a depth sensing in a linear way, and this is equal to 262. I contains it. I will do that thing later. And I have to assign the second reference. Say for example, I'll just select the axes right now. Now you can see the variation with respect to the references there, distancing between the axis of the hole to the references. So these are basically the linear references and we can see them over here because the type is linear right now. And we have the distances which can be altered, say 50 or a 100. Fine. Now if you want to change this to radial, we simply have to click on the drop-down and select the radial option. After changing into radial, you can see the change in the references. One has become an angular displacement, the second has become a radial displacement. We can change the angle from 26 to 45. You can't see the radiation in the angle of the hole. We can also change the radius. Distance is presently 111. Nelson. I'll just change it to a 100. And you can see this radius refers to the distance between the center axis of the hole to the center axis of the feature in the geometry. I can also change the radius to diametric form by simply clicking on the drop down list and changing it to diameter. In the earlier case the radius was a 100. Now the diameter will become 200. You can see it on the screen right now. We can also change this diameter by simply clicking in the pegs field and retyping the required diameter. When we are satisfied with this, we can simply press OK. And we have whole ready with us, which was created using the diametric form of hole. So this is another type of oil which is present Dojo, let us move on and discuss further. 83. Point Hole: Let us try to create another type of hole. So I'll just go to hole. And here we have seen earlier, we have seen radial, We have seen coaxial, and we have also seen diamond trickle form of hole. There is another type of feature in the pipes of placement of the hole. That is the point. So for that first I have to click create a point in the geometry. I will go to the datum category and selling the point. Now, if I want to create a point, say on this surface, let me create a point on this base and I'd know I have clicked this phase. I am getting two references, handles or drag handles. I need to assign the reference. So I'm selecting of blame. And so phase, I can change the distances between them, a 100 or 150. So the point is located with respect to x and y distances. And I'm simply pressing OK. Now I have a point on the screen. Let me just go to views and Crito tag for it. Done under bags for the 0.2, this is the 0.21 represented by P and T one. Now, I can simply create a hall directly on the point. So I will not be required right now to assign any references. Simply select the point. And you can see that the whole is directly created. I'm not having any diffidence handles right now or the drag handles, which I generally call it. I have the whole directly generated on the point which I have created earlier. The only thing we take an altar right now is the diameter and the depth of the hole. So this is the point hole. You can see it is selected as on-point. So this was the next type of hole. Let us continue our discussion further. 84. Creating a Hole with Countersink and Counterbore: In order to make you understand the world feature more precisely, I will try to change the kind of view what we are seeing on the screen. So I'll just go to views option. And under views I'll go to section and click on the section command. I will select this face or the surface. I will be getting a drag are over here, represented with an arrow and just drag it inside so I can see the cross section of the hole right now. So I'll try to keep it exactly at half. And I'll just press OK. So presently we are seeing the sectional view in order to understand more precisely the features of the holy. Now let me just add that the whole water created by clicking on the Edit definition. So mine DIO, do not think that I have deleted the geometry. I have ever just adjusted the x sectional view so that we can design this time though, pervade the hole is being created. Okay? So let us see the different options over here and just align the V again. So you can see this is a rectangular hole. If we want, we can think of depth right now. And we can change the profile of the hole from pre-defined to standard. So after clicking on standard, you can see that the profile of the hole as being changed earlier it was rectangular profile. Now you can see appointed people were Hill. We can vary the dimensions of this particular region. Also. In order to do that, we can simply go to the Shape command. And here we have sudden diamond, certain options present on the screen, which can help us to alter their dimensions. So this is the diameter of the hole. So pleasantly around 80 units. I can change it to 40 units. And you can see the dynamic view over here, which is also changed. Also, I have the depth which is present inside to blind. And the distance from the tops of phase, that is this particular point, is named as shoulder under distances almost 52, I intended to 55. If we want. The distance from the prop builder, we can change the option to tip by selecting a 100. And you can see that the distance from the surface and the point, that point or the tip, and it is presently 67, I can turn to a or B or whatever I've acquired. Apart from that, I can also tune the angle that is presently 118, which is their default. I can change it to say run grantee or nine b, one for anything. So it totally depends on the kind of hoard what we want to create. So that means this center before, which was W1 eight. Apart from this, we can also have some variations in the whole, I'm sorry. If you are moving on the right-hand side, you can see an option called competence sink over here. So let me just turn on the counter sync. It adds the counter sink over here you can see on the screen, let me turn off. It is a flat rectangular minute as a flat circular hole extended to the surface. Now I am having us sink over here. So this kind of etas are generally required when we have screws to be installed in this particular hole for some purpose, right? So generally the head of the screw is a kind of sinc shaped, papered shape. So it gets inside this and first properly, that is the purpose. We have this option. But as and this is one of the options for creating a hole. We can alter the distances over here as well. It can be 69 BY audit can say 100, you can't see the radiation and sync. It can change it to say one could be also interested. And I believe one API or 179 is the highest. Yeah. You can see the range over here. You have entered a value and a D. I was entering the value of an API in the text field. And this is our range. It has to be something greater than 60 and lesser than one API. So I'll just go to 179. This is almost flat. This is almost flat. So you can see this is quite clear right now. I can also teams in this particular dimension. Say for example, I wanted to be 16. And you can see the sink radiation in the same plane. So this is something about coalescing and we also have another feature. Let me turn up the counter sink and done on the counter bore right now. So you can see our extrude a larger diameter on the top side. So this is accountable featured. Again, we can go to the shape option and we can read it the dimensions of the board. So partisan later said that 4040 units, I want it to be a little lesser, say 2000. And I can also read it, the diameter of the bore. And this is something different, m and the diameter of the hole on the lower side is 472 represents the diameter of the bore presently to 72 units at P tinted. But as inlaid, does it double of the basic model? What does pleasant in the bottom of that region? When we have confirmed with this particular shape. We can also add accounting for this. You can see when I am turning on, you will be having a counter sink over here. Yes. And you can also read it though, dimensions for current blessing. And when you're totally satisfied with this, you can simply press OK. You will be having the whole 3D video. I'll go back to the normal. I'll just delete this sectional you so that you can understand more clearly. So we have the whole feta with accountable and accountants thing. Let us look at some other features in the next video. 85. Variable Depth for Hole: I have regenerated this sectional view and I have to insist though, a hoarder type to a simple Hall type. Now let us discuss some other features with respect to the depth of the hole. But as Emily, the depth of the hole is 67 units. And over here we have just send it to blind. Right? Now we have another feature called symmetry. We can click on symmetric and this is quite similar to the extrusion symmetric, which basically generates a featured on both the sides, right? So you can see him having boda drivers wouldn't be all dot-dot-dot varied with respect to each other. So this kind of feature is useful when we have a whole, for example, over here. So I am basically extruding this o phase. Let me reoriented. Fine. So just kind of feature Nimbus symmetry is useful when we have a whole add this particular locations. So when I'm extruding autumn Saudi, when I'm increasing the depth, you can see the top site. This is also creating a symmetric Hall on the other side. So whatever material comes in the path, it just eliminates identity. It's a horn on both the sides. So as V, You don't have any more detail over here. You are not able to see anything. But if there was a presence of material at this particular region, obviously that would have been eliminated or removed and you would be seeing a hole over there. So this is something about symmetric. So I'll just come back to the starting position and I'll just turn on the blind option. I can also vary the location for clear understanding. That is odd symmetric. Let us look at some of the fetus and the next one is the luck with the next office. So when I'm running on this veto, an x o phase is exactly the spun, right? So the depth of the hole is up to the next phase. The next feature is through hole. It intersects all the features are all there my details on its way. So this is a kind of through hole. The next one is basically drill to intersect with silicon itself is. So in this, in this particular case, we have to select the location on the surface on which we want to create a hole. So let me select this surface and you can't see the whole escalated up to heal. If I'm selecting the base, you can see the holy is selected or collated up good dislocation. So in this particular feature via selecting the surface. And in the last feature, we have to select the plane or a point article. So for example, I'll just close it. I would like to add o plane. And for example, we have a plane already over here. Okay, so I'll just edit this and go back to the selection mode and go to the last option. So the last option is basically this anecdotal evidence. It can be a plane curve of a point, some silica plane over hill. And in this particular feature, the previous spin, you can see the plane is not selected and we have to select only the cell phase. So that is a difference between both of them. And you can also see that the plane is almost in the center of this particular thickness, clear. So the order being created to lead particular location only. Let me go to the last option. In this case, I can select the blame and you can see the whole list created exactly at the location of the plane. So you can see the plane horizontally placed and the hole is created after the blame. So these are the different options of hole with respect to the depths. Let us discuss few more options in the next video. 86. Create a Hole with Sketch Profile: So let me edit this hole. Now if you can see over here in the profile mode or the profile options though standard When is the predefined and X1 is the standard. Here we have two options, counter sink or counter bore. And we have also seen the differences of the respected though dimensions predefined as a standard basic hall with simple Picasa, kind of rectangular if you are reading from the side view. And we can then just the diameter and the depth. Whereas we have an option called scheduler heel. So in this particular case, we have to select an existing sketch. But right now I'm not having any existing sketch. In that particular case. I can go to the sketch it and create a profile of the whole. So before that, let me measure the total distance. I'll go to the analysis, measured length, and select the surface and this surface. So the total land between them as around 3601. We'll come back to whole edit definition. So let me go to the sketch mode right now and click on the schedule. After clicking this sketch, we are back on this getting module. So first thing is we have to select the center line, which will be the axis of the hole. After that, we have co-create the profile. This is quite similar to the revolted feature. We have loci at the right-hand side profile or the left pan type profile. If the vertical axis is the axis of revolution, or do we have to create the top side or the bottom side profile if the horizontal axis is the axis of revolution. So basically the hole is aligned with the respect to the vertical axis. So I have selected the center line. Now I am creating a profile so that we'd like to create some fancy profile, maybe something different. And it has to be a close loop. So I have created the profile. Now let me just change detector dimensions, especially the length. This is 19.5. So if I have to go to the window, I can just go from this particular option. 1 second. Yeah, so let me just press OK. And you can see that though, the added over here, but it is very smaller in size, so that it does go back to the sketcher and increase the dimensions. So now I have to increase the dimensions. I don't have time to increase each and every dimensions. So in this case, what shall I do to that has been option called MD5 or that B, after selling the total's nine dimensions by simply dragging the mouse and go to modify. Now this is the height 19.5 and this log scale. Now I will be changing the height, say for example, let me change it to say for example, a 100. And with respect to this hide, all the other dimensions are changed right now. My main dimming the scale among themselves. So I'll just press OK right now. And I'll press okay again. And you can see the holy, this is again looking larger for me. I can produce a doublet. So basically, I wanted you to understand the option called modified earlier. That was the reason initially I've created a smaller hole and light bifurcated, created a larger hole by modifying their dimensions. So let me change it again. Modify. So the first option is almost 100. Let me change it to AD. I'm sorry, I have not clicked or log command. Let me select them again. Modify lock scale. Now let me change it to be. Just press OK. You can see, so the profile, what I've created in the sketch is now created and the 3D modeling, and you can see it has been sweep audit has been revolved to remove the material and you've got the new feature or the holy. So generally, I don't believe there at any kind of hold retard required auto-generated as scheduled you're seeing on the screen. But I just wanted to show you the options scatter for creating a unique profile of whole or if you want to remove my data, Linda's unique fashion clear. So when we are done with it, we have to simply press OK. And the whole is that any video we can just delete or if you want, we can remove that section and you can get the orbital geometry. The whole. So let us move forward and discuss a bit further. 87. Create a Standard typed Hole: Let us move forward and discuss the second type of hole, which is a standard Hall. As of now we have discouraged, discussed the symbol type of whole, and we have seen the friend profiles and other simple category. Now let us understand what is the standard hole. In order to turn it on, we have to simply press on the icon, but the left-click. And after clicking on it, we can see different options on the right-hand side. Now, if VR working in industries and via wanting to create holes for different screen sizes or different purposes that are specific standards which are followed. Creo has inbuilt options which will help post-war directly generate those kind of holes. So before that then just go to shape. So you can see presently the thread type has elected to ISO. We have the different options over here, that is UNC and u and f. So these are the standards which are followed across different manufacturing Glaser industries. And we have the respective screw sizes for each standard. So that VC waters they didn't ISO. So under ISO v will be having a resignation with respect to m, m MCAT is we have the whole over here. For example, let me click on M7. So you can see the old generator generated over here. So if we are selecting the M 7-by-7 B5, it does not required for us to enter any dimensions. So the Korea will be creating it automatically because these are, these are the standards which are pre-installed in the curious off there. And you can see the genes in the dimensions over here when I am changing this size or just close eyes. Say for example, let me now go to M 14 by one. And you can see the variation in the shape as well as the dimensions. I can change it to. For example, let me increase and go, go M22 for can see this glue size has been increased and also the dimensions have been very Because of that. So these are the standards. So if we are given the standards to amend VR asked to prepare or generator hole, say for example, if I want to create a whole of M 24 by three. So I need not be bothered about going to simple Hall and creating the specific bet. Or though what do you call diameter, we can simply go to the standard and we can choose m 24 by three if we are working with the ISO standards. If we are asked to creator Hall from some other standard, say for example the UNC. It will be having its own different features. We can selected, say, 13.5, we can just go to that particular location and select the particular option of a year clear in order to generate the respective hole. So these are the standards which are generally followed. And if he attaining to paper, you can see some different options over here, as well as the change in the shape of the hole. So you can't see the radiation with each setting. Let me turn up the tapered and let me go back to ISO. So these are the standards which can also be altered. Man, really, if we are wanting to change the depth or the angles, we can change it. If it is a standard, it shouldn't be teamed. Usually. We can also add a countess into this, and we can also add accountable for this particular holes at B at some distance from this, say for example. I'm sorry. Yes. So this is very larger actually. So if we are seeing in the total view, we can see this. We got the holy. And when we completed with the required adjusting of the hole or setting the dimensions, we will be getting a node over here stating that type of hole which vf Korea did. This kind of Norte as only present FOR selecting the standard. Or if you're working with the standard type of holes. If we are working with the simple, manually created holes, I mean, the all dimensions which we are asked to create if we're following our own dimensions and all. And if you are working under the simple category are the simple type, then we will not be getting any mode. So we wouldn't be simply getting the fee service can be seen on the screen and just turn it again the same pin and press OK. So you can see that it's no node present over here. We can only see the fetal. So the last thing what I want to show what he is, the toggle light verge geometry option. So this is specifically used if VR welcome with many number of holes, plenty of holes in the geometry. For example, if we have geometries with say for example, 60 or 80 holes and the single geometry, then what happens is our particular system is really Gibbs hang doublet, amended delays or it stops us. I mean, it requires lot of graphical memory fathers. So in order to avoid, although delays or lag in the system, we can turn on the light to be geometry. So what does this, does this and simply replace or again show you? It basically eliminated the all but a whole is present over there. It does not visibly seen on the screen the features that are moved. We can only see the axis and this Oculus sketch. So this indicates that a hole is present over here. And this will basically not get involved in the graphical remedy or this would not delay or system or Lego system to work. And you can also have a feature that David does. If you want to visibly see it, you can simply go back to a hole at a definition and we can turn up the veto. Press. Ok, you have the feature with you. So I'd beat this option is only use full when we have plenty of holes in a single geometry which is obstructing though. Smoothness or the usage of the system which we are working with. Because holes rounds and require a lot of graphical memory as far as fuel so far. So let us move forward and discuss the next Engineering fetus in the next video. 88. What is Draft ?: Welcome to the next video. In this lecture, let us discuss the next important feature in engineering category, which is named as draft. You can find the icon of the BRAF command exactly on the right-hand side of the whole command. We have completed the discussion of hole in the previous set of videos. Now let us move on with the draft command. Before discussing the options, the fetus and the types of graphs which are present in Creole. Let us understand what is an importance of draft. To a basic extent. If you remember or if you have an idea about molding and casting procedures. When we are developing certain amount of parts using these kind of procedures such as more linger casting, applying a draft or paper to the face of any of the part is the very critical and important aspect to improve the mobility of the pond. Most importantly, our draft may prevent the part get damaged. When we are injecting the part from the mold. In order to understand this thing more clearly, I have an image which I have downloaded from the internet. Obviously. This image will help us understand what is a draft. So on the left-hand side, you can find the UN drafted model. And on the right-hand side we can find a drafted model. In the engrafted model, you can see a mold over heel and you can see a part which is created inside it by using a more link procedures, say for example, injection molding. So in this kind of techniques, that liquid and heated form of materialists injected into the mold. And the liquid occupies the region or the shape of the mold. And then it is allowed to cool down afterwards, it is ejected outside. Now, on the right-hand side you can see the same mold and a part, but there is a difference in the mold and the part shapes. You can observe over here that we have a boldness order draft added to the mall and obviously to the pot. So the most important reason for this is with respect to the indirect ping. Imagine we are trying to inject this component which we have assumed, which we are assuming it to be a completed autumn modeled component which has to be removed after cooling down. So when we are initiating the process of ejecting, there are high dances of damaging the mold or the part. Damaging the BOD is well and good. I mean, we can reinject certain amount of my data Linda site again and we can allow it to cool down, to create apart. But damaging the moral can be a very costly affair. So in that case, adding a draft will help us to remove or pull the object or the part more swiftly and more easily. So this is one of the important aspect of a draft. And apart from that, there are certain chances of increasing the risk of poor finishes in an drafted components. Because obviously whatever we are going to create using this moulding casting procedures, we have to send the object to the finishing processes as well. So if we are damaging the fetus when we are removing the component because of notepaper goodness or no drafts. And that particular feature can not be finished properly in the future. So these are the problems which we have on the under off-grid components in a more lincoln casting processes. So basically we can use the drought feature as a finishing feature in molded and cast parts. Or we can use this kind of feature anywhere wherein we require a slope or an angled surface that has to be created. So this is the purpose of graft. It basically adds a paper hardness or a slope and angles looked frequency to the component on which we are applying the draft veto. So let us discuss in detail about the draft command present in the career parametric. 89. Create a Basic Draft in Creo: In order to create a draft feature in the component v, have to create a competent firstly, which I've created on this screen. It is a simple cube. And I wonder draft or I want to add a draft feature on the phases of the model, what you are seeing in the screen. So in order to do that, the first thing is I have to select the draft command. With the help of left-click. I have activated the draft command right now. The first and the important feature after activating the draft command is to select the surface. The surface to be drafted, we have to select good right now. So you can also see on the bottom left corner, careers giving us commands over the year, it is telling us to select a set of surfaces which has to be drafted. So I can either select an individual surface or I can select multiple surfaces. It totally depends on the need and the application. What I'm wanting to do right now. Presently I will be selecting individuals. So phase, which means I will best electron a singles phase of the total geometry or the cube. Cube what you're seeing on the screen. In order to sell at this phase, I will be simply hovering on the surface which I have put drafted. And I will simply click the left-click. Upon selecting, you can see there is a change in the color which indicates that this surface is selected like now. The next important task after selecting the surface is to select the draft hinge. The draft pinch determines the location on the model that remains the same size after the draft is created. Say for example, let me select this particular surface or the phase RAF pinch. For selecting the BRAF pens, I have to go to the ribbon and select the first command over here. After that, it asked me to select the blame auto quilt out around or a chamber or any kind of reference which I can use as a draft hinge. Let me add one more point over heal the drops of phase usually pay what about their intersection with this plane? Or I'm going to select right now. So let me select this particular surface and you can see that there is a presence of a tapered features with respect to this surface. And the papered feature is having sudden amount of angle, which is usually called as draft angle. There are certain values, value ranges for angle, I believe it is from minus 30 to 30 degrees. Let me just verify by adding a numerical value about 30 degrees, say 45 isn't happening. Yes, it is happening. And let me see what are the maximum limit that is going up to 89. And obviously it has to counter minus 89. Yeah, so these are the limits or the ranges for a draft angle. So when we are specifying the angle, we can either hover my clicking on this orange color node. And we can change the amount of graph. Either we can either add the material or we can remove the material. The angle can also be adjusted by clicking on the text field. Presently this 27. Let me add or reduce the value ten degrees. I have the draft present with me right now. I can also change the angle from the ribbon by clicking in the field and writing the value which I needed. After the complete creation of the draft, we simply have to press OK. And the graph feature is that, I mean, right now you can press Control D and you can see and amount of draft added. So right now we have added a draft to the individual feature. Let us move on and see the process for adding a draft on multiple features. 90. Adding Surfaces to Draft: Let us utilize the previous geometry, what we have to add multiple phases to the draft retail. So I will be clicking on the draft in the mortar degree and I will be celebrating the edit definition. You can see that I got the dynamic view again. In this case, I have removed the material, let me change the direction of the angle. And I have added them at ETL right now. So in this particular case, you can see I have selected only the surface which is reasonably scene right now. If I want to add more surfaces to this ICANN hoarder, the control command. And I can say like the other surfaces as well. So I have selected all the four faces of the geometry and I have added an angle called Les draft angle, say for ten degrees. So like not the hinges as it does the earlier phase, what we have selected. And I would repressing the ok. command. I have the model with the draft grid phi tilde on all the four faces of the geometry. So this is very simple. We have simply press the control button and VFS elected. There was another possibility. Photos too, do that. And that can be done under the reference command. You can see there are three categories over Hill. The first one represents surfaces, and the second window represents the hinge. So when I'm silicon, the surface under the hinge, it highlights the hinge or types elected. So in this particular case, I have selected this face, the top phase as the hinge. And you can see that the angle of the draft is with respect to though. So at face what I have selected. And the final thing is pulled direction. And you can see the direction of pull over here. I can flip the pearlite action and the amount of paper hardness changes to the other side. So in order to check the details, what are the phases we have selected, we can simply press the Details command. And here we have open your window over here, which will show us all the four phases, what we have selected. Say for example, if I wondered, delete any of this phase. Say for example, I want to delete the last phase and just right-click and click on the remove command and press OK. So I have removed one phase. This was the phase which I removed. And I can press OK to have the draft as required. Let us move on and discuss further. 91. Variation of Draft with different Hinge Height: In order to explain the difference in the draft feature layer to the selection of graph pins or due to the selection of different raft hinges, I have created three identical boxes which are having same dimensions are equal dimension. So what I'll be doing is I'd be adding a draft or I will be creating a draft on all the four phases for each of the box. I will be keeping a similar draft angle, but I will be choosing the different references in order to understand the difference in the appearance of a draft fetal. So for that, I will be creating a plane first. I already have an horizontal plane. I will go to the plane L, choose this plane as the reference, and I will create a plane on the top site. Let me keep the distance to be 3000. I will add one more plane right now by selecting the horizontal plane as a reference. And this time I will go to the downside or the bottom side. So we have created a deep planes right now. And let us here the BRAF feat of each box. For that, I have activated the draft veto. Now, I can simply right-click and see that the graphs are facilites anecdote. And I will go to the drops are phase 12 or link the control button, select all the four faces for the first box. So the first important task is done right now. The next important task is to selling the hinge, which I will be again doing it by clicking that button or the right click on the mouse and selecting the BRAF hinges. So for the first box, I will be selecting the hands as the first Blaine. I have selected the first plane and automatically you can see in the dynamic feel, I'm getting an amount of graft angle. I would change the direction and change the site of the draft. Let me keep a constant graph angle for all the boxes and let it be say, 15 degrees. So right now the top plane is selected for the first box. It has created a draft feature or the second box and select them laugh pins as the second plane. So I'll simply place, okay. And I will go to the draft, select the four faces, and look on the right button and the mouse. And I will go to draft pendulous. So I'm just avoiding though selection of the ribbon, the commanded that ribbon. I'm simply pressing like link and activating the hinge mode. And now I have this amygdala hints for the second box, which I will be selecting SDO, second horizontal plane. I want to keep a similar angle for all the boxes. And in the earlier case, I have chosen to 15 degrees. So again, I'm choosing 15 degrees, Jasmine. I'll press. Okay. So I believe is really going to your understanding that there is a variation in the draft for the blocks one and walks DO. Let us understand this more clearly by adding a draft featured in the third box. And then when the surfaces or the right-click select graph changes, select the respective hinge. And that is the bottom plane. Change the polite action. And I want to keep the similar angle for although fetus on the boxes and I'll put this Okay. So I believe you can see clearly in the front view that even though the angle of draft was selected or was. And third, a common value for all the three cases. We have a radiation in the draft or their paper hardness with respect to the change in the draft. So in the first case, we have selected the top lame and we had the Green making the angle with respect to this hinge. In the second case, we had the 15 degree angle with the respect to the second claim in the second box and in the final box and we had the 15 degree angle with respect to the final or the top bleed. So no matter what is the angle of draft, the selection of the hand is also very important. And the selection of French totally depends on the applications, what we're working on. So this is something about the differences in the selection of draft. Let us move on and discuss some different features present in the bluff command. 92. Propogate Draft Along Tangent Surface: In this lecture, I have utilized the similar geometry, what we were dealing with earlier. But you may find a small chained in this because I have added two down features over here. So I have converted two of the vertical edges, number one and number two into a blunted, rounded features using the round command. The reason for that is to explain you. The first option under the settings of the draft that is propagate along tangent surfaces. Now what does this rounded feeds are doing over heal? The rounded feature is converting the sharp edge into a blended corner. And this blended corner is connecting two phases or two surfaces tangentially. So we have this particular corner connecting this and this surface tangentially. Whereas in the region where we have the sharp edge, there is no connection between the two surfaces. So this is the difference between the edge, which is having a rounded veto and a sharp edge. So the rounded feature is creating a tangency between two surfaces. So this is the point to remember right now. Now let me add a draft for this geometry. And for creating the draft, let me select two surfaces. So the first surface is already selected. I will hold the control command and select the next office. You may observe over here that I'm not selecting that round command around fetal. I'm not selecting this particular on feature nor the second rounded feature. I'm just electing to surfaces. And let us see what is going to happen right now when we are completing the creation of the draft. So as I've selected the surfaces, now I have to assign the hinge. I'll click the right-click. Select the draft inch and go to the surface. I have the graph Pinterest present. And in the dynamic view, you can see the draft which is being created. One thing you can observe over here, we haven't selected the rounded feta. We have only selected two surfaces. The software automatically connects the rounded feature in muddle because it is connecting the two surfaces tangentially. So that is the reason we have the addition of the rounded featured in the draft. Apart from that, we also have the second rounded feature, which is joining the main draft. And not only that, we also have the next surface which we haven't selected, this particular surface is also joining the draft. So what is happening is that right now VFS elected on lead the first and the second surface because of the presence of rounded corners. The other surface is also getting selected. You can see in the top view more clearly. Let me just close it first. You can't see nothing is illiquid right now. Now let me go to draft selling the first surface, second surface, assign the inch, changed the angle. I'm sorry. You can't see phase number one, the rounded feature number one, phase number two around it, feature number two, and the next phase, the last phase is automatically getting selected. So this is a feature in draft. And when you, whenever we are turning on the draft, we can observe that this particular option is highlighted. That means it is activated by default. What does happening if I'm turning of this particular option? So let me just unhighlight it. And you can see that there is no propagation of the draft along the abandoned surfaces. So you can see the cell is the surfaces what we have selected. Only those surfaces are converted into a draft veto, whereas the surfaces which are not selected are hazardous and they are also not joining the mean draft because this option is not selected. So this is about the propagation of the tangent surfaces. Let us move to the next video. 93. Disabling Round Inlying Round Surfaces: Now let me edit the draft again. You can notice one thing over here, that this particular edge, the rounded edge and this particular edge, there is a difference between them with respect to the lens. You can see that this length is smaller than this particular length. Now, if I want them to be equal, I have to select the next option, which is a disabled round surfaces in line. So the moment I am clicking it, you can see that both the lens are equal right now. So this is basically changing the way the round surface has to be in the draft. Now if I want to add our I'm sorry if I want to delete this particular surface, so I simply have to turn on the feature. And this surface is not involved into the draft right now. If you want to involve it, you can simply selling the propagate option. So this is another feature with respect to the draft. And this is involved with respect to the rounded features in the geometry. Let us move to the next video. 94. Adding Split in Draft: Let us understand the next feature and draft, which is named as split. Before understanding what does split, we have to quickly create a draft. So I will be selecting on the faces. Now I will be assigning a hint. Earlier I was assigning the top surface as hinge. Now I will be assigning the plane as the hinge. So after selecting the plane, you can see that we have the, we have an order of a year with which we can change the angle. We can either move it inside and we can change the angle C, For example, for 15 degrees. You can see that certain amount of my data is being removed from the upper region, whereas certain amount of material is added in the bottom region. Now let me go to the split up command. So what this command does is it splits the total geometry or the total draft. And this can be done by selecting the Split options under the dog dropdown, I have to select the split by DraftKings at first because this is the first type of split present in the Creo. So after selecting this split by draft inch, if you remember, the graph change was the plane. And you can notice that I have another node which is present in the bottom region of the plane or the graph Ken's. So this particular node will help me to change or alter the angle with respect to O, the hinge. So you can see that we have divided the total draft into two parts right now, upper and the lower. So this is basically created by splitting the total draft about the draft pinch. So we can vary the angle between them from the ribbon. Ribbon also. Say for example, I wanted to strain d. And the next one, let me assign it to b n degrees. So this is the angular what I wanted, and we can just read it with respect to r by typing into the ribbon. Now we have some features over here and with the category name that site options. So the first feature is automatically selected that this draft sides independently. So VR altering the angle independently, they're not dependent on each other. Whereas the next option is the dependent option. So if we are altering one angles, the other angle also get altered automatically because they are dependent to each other right now. So in this case, we are not independently assigning individual values for both the graphs. We are assigning only one value, a single value, which will be used by both the drafts. So for example, 20 degrees. You may notice that though draft is on both the sides equally, we can also change the side of angle. This is basically adding of material and a certain level of material. Let us look at the adult side options. The next option, this draft first site only. So what does this option mean? You can see on the screen easily by looking at the dynamic view. The draft is splitted right now, and you may see that only the upper region is having a tape hardness order draft, whereas the other region is a non drafted region. The first side of the or the upper site has been drafted, whereas the other side is non draft region. We have another option over here, which you can easily understand by looking at the dynamic view. And this option is named as draught second side on the. So the name itself tells us that the second side of the split is being drafted, whereas the other side is a non crafted region. So these are the options under the split by the pinch command. We can also look at another type of split. And for that, let us go to the next video. 95. Split Draft with Split Object: To understand the next type of split, let me create our graph again. So I will be selecting this face and this face. And I will not be selecting the other phases because I have tangency between them. And as I mentioned earlier, that this option is highlighted and it is activated right now, which means all the other surfaces will be joined into the mean draft automatically because this option is selected by default and they have a tangency between them, so they would be selected automatically. So nothing to worry about. I'll just assign the bluff tends to be the top surface and you can see that the hole or the oldest surfaces are into the main draft. I will assign some value for the draft angle. Now let me go to the split. In the earlier video we have seen split by Draftkings. And this video we will be looking at the second type of split, which is split by split object. So when I am selecting this object or this option, I have to define a sketch. So for that I have to go to define optional video and select the plane or the surface and click on sketch. Then we can go to the sketch view. So we have the duty section again. And does it remember a 0 no matter what option we are using, we will always be in contact or in our, what can I say kind of relationship between a 2D sketching because, you know, every option we are working on will be having some or the other kind of relation with the 2D sketching. So my nu please practice a lot and just see that you are well-versed with most of the options in 2D, especially the sketching options. And these are very similar and very easy to understand. So nothing to worry about. So I'm taking a line command and I'll just draw a line randomly. I'm just drawing an inclined line and I'm just discontinuing the line at any region. I have to ensure that the line, the width of the line should be the width of the box or the object, or it can be more than that. But I believe it shouldn't be less than that. Now, I will just simply press OK. And you may observe that I go to draft along the line what I've created. And we can try to alter the draft angles individually as well. So this is another kind of feature in the split command, which is splitting or dividing the total draft into two parts or two objects with respected to sketch what we have created. So again, there are certain options which are quite similar to the earlier options, what we have discussed. And this is independently first item, second site, so that we can go to the first site only the first sight varies right now. That is the top surface. It can be added. Or if we want to select the second side only, we can read it a second site. The first site will be non drafted. And the other option is because draft sides independently wherein we can alter the dimensions or the angles individually. So this is about the split command. Let us move to the next video. 96. Split with Closed Loop Section: So in the previous video, vf selected though, split by object. And I have created a split by creating a single line. Now let me glide tried tos polit the total draft by creating a closed loop section. So first I will complete the creation of the draft quickly. So presently I'm having just a graft. Now I'll go to Split. And under that and selling that final option, split by object, and go to define and select the phase. Let me click on sketch right now and to the sketch for you now to take the line command and try to create a closed loop so that we can understand or we can see the effects of the teens in the hinges I'm sorry, in the split with respect to the closed loop. So you can see we have two different nodes, have a label over here for ordering those kind of draft feta. So this is another option present to us. We can also use a single line or else we can try to create a closed loop and see the changes into the draft. So I can simply press OK. And this is the graph dot f created. So these are certain options which are very rarely used, but it is a good thing to have a knowledge about. So let us move to the next video. 97. Creating a Variable Draft : Now let us try to create a variable draft. So I'm selling the first phase. I will go to the hinges and select the top phase. You can see I have the option of changing the angle right now. And when you are pressing or flicking the right-click onto the white node over here, you will have an option called add angle. Simply press the add angled command and you can see we got another node over. He'll fit can be ordered independently. So for the first node, let me change the graph mangled to 17 or 20 degrees. For the second node, I can reduce the draft by clicking on the orange node. And I can alter the draft for this particular region independently. So this is basically creating a variable draft. Earlier, this phase was having a single draft, but right now we have options for varying the kind of draft we wanted. V R divided the two particular, we have created two nodes and we are maintaining the draft with respect to each other. We can also change the location of this point. We can click on the edge. So it will be getting MSH coalesced chain. Now we can simply drag it. For example, the, the end of the edge. So this angle is with respect to Tho outlet edge. Or if I want to add another angle, I can simply go back to the first node. I can click on the Add angle. Or if I want to delete this, I can simply click the Delete angry. But right now I want to add one more angle over here. So I'll just add a node by clicking on Add angle. And I will drag this node to the other side at the starting edge. And here I can again alter the angle. I can increase it and press OK. So you can see that we have created a variable draft by simply adding the nodes and changing the angle. 98. Extend intersecting Surfaces in Draft: Let me show you another feature in draft. But before that, I will be adding an extruded component onto the top. Let it be placed near to the corner. And let me increase the overdraft and press OK, I'm sorry, extrusion and press OK. Now let me create a draft on all the faces of this extruded competent. I have selected the phases. I'll link the right-click and go to the draft Kansas, and select the top phase. Now say for example, you have a requirement wherein you need to have a draft angle for this extruded component. And you want the angle to be something around 30 degrees, just imagine on the other side. So when you are wondering this kind of angle, that is a problem of a hill. The problem is that a certain amount of material which is peeping outside Manhattan has it is basically over the geometry and it is not correct to leave the material in this way. So how do I deal with this kind of fetal? There is an option. Under the Options category. We have to select the extent intersects our face command. So whenever turning this on, it loads for of IM. And you can see that the extruded material or the material which was coming outside because of the drift angle is being chopped off and my data is being added over the year. Right now, the corner is a flat surface, but we have the amount of angle required on the inner regions. And we have certain amount of angle also president under properties. So until where the surface can be extended, it extends automatically. After that, we will be having the draft. So this option basically sees that there is no amount of feature or maybe aerial beeping outside or falling outside the main geometry. So this is an interesting feature in the draft command. Let us move forward. 99. Exclude Loops in Draft: There is another important feature in draft. So let me delete the draft 45 have created earlier and edit the extrusion. What I've created. I will add more sketches to it, our more loops to it. So this is the first, second loop because vs. already created over here, I will add another small-cell Calabi-Yau, another cuboid type shape, OEO. And a small square over your career and let me just press OK to extrude them. Now I want to create a hole, so I'll just change the direction of the exclusions and I will press the potato command. So you can see I have the whole right now. And imagine I want to make a through hole. So basically this removes the material completely and let me press OK. Now let me use the shell command. So do not do. Right now. The shell command will be discussing the future videos in detail. So what does the shell command does is it removes the My Data and creates a shell in the fetal. So i have clicked the top surface and you can't see the material is being removed right now. I'll just press OK right now. So I have this feature with me present on the screen. And I want to add a draft on the top surface. So the procedure is simple. Again, I click the graft, I'll zoom it and select the top surface. So when I'm selecting the top surface, you may observe that all the top surface region does elected. This is including the extruded regions as very clear. Now and just click the like look. I'll assign the hinge to the right side face. And with respect to the right side face, I will alter the angle of the draft. Now I can press OK. I have the draft ready with me. Now you can see one thing when I have induced draft command into the model and the material is being removed. And the material is also being removed for the extruded components. What I've created. Now say I do not want to add the drug for this extruded components. So what is the option for me with, with which I can hold the draft for these lobes, what I've created or explosion competent whatever created. So in order to do that, I have to edit the graph again. And you can see in certain view that there are loops over a year. I'm in the sketches what we have created four extrusion. I have to go to the Options. And under options, I have an option called exclude loops. So I have to simply click over there and select the loop which I do not want. There'll be joining the draft. So let me select the first loop. And immediately after isolating the first loop, you can see that the rectangle, what I've created comes back to its original position. If I want to add another loop to it, I can simply hold the control command and I can select the second loop. Second loop also comes back to the original position. Again, let me want to add one more look to it. So I'll just press Control and I'll add the next loop. So I have excluded these three loops from the main draft and simply press OK right now. And I have them back at their own position. Now, I can add another draft for this vetoes. Let me see how does it work and go to the draft and select the top surface. So right now these three phases are selected and it may assign a draft with respect to the other side. So I just right click on the screen, go to the draft pinches and select the face. Now with respect to this face, I can add the angle of inclination or the angle of draft. So I can change the angle as per requirement, may say 45 degrees. And you can see that they are having an angle of 45 degree draft. So this is an interesting feature in the draft with which we can exclude the loops and maintain the draft as desired. If you're not wanting them to be looked, you have to simply go to the edit command. If you're not wanting them to be drafted. We have to go to the edit command, go to the Options, silica, exclude, lope, and select a loop which you do not want to be drafted. Rest, okay? And you have the loop back to its original position. Let us move to the next video. 100. Variable Pull Direction Draft: In this video, I'd like to introduce the next option under the draft or disobey table per direction draft. Before that. And it does one's visit to the first type of graft and T, The order of selections. So another reference we can see that we have to first select the top surface, as I always mentioned so far. And imagine I wanted to create a draft on the surface of Enceladus surface. And if I want to add the next hinge, then I can select the surface or I can select a Line which I've already created. After which I have to select the pole direction. Say everyone depolarization of the underdog, soft does electing the pearlite action, you can alter the angle. So the point of discussing about the main draft vetoed is to see the order ofs. And the first one is a surface after which we have to select the hinge and the direction. So the direction was elected in the last. Now let us go back and select the next type of graph which is available port direction, draft, heel. If I'm going through the references, you can see that I have because I like the direction at first. So let me select the top surface as per dipole direction. And then I have to select the hinges. And the hinges can be again divide it into number of sets. Quite similar to the round and chain photo aid vf seen different certain options. And here I can select, for example, this edge. And after selecting this edge, this automatically it gets highlighted which can be drafted. So this is about the radium middle pull direction draft. It has different fetus we will be discussing one by one. Now if I want to add another side on the other side, as I've ordered his electorate, the pull direction to be the top surface, I can simply go to the new set and I can select the next hinge. And I can order that the angle with respect to the pearlite action. So that does move forward and discuss over. 101. Add Angle feature in Variable Draft: Now I can edit the variable pull direction draft by simply clicking on Edit definition. Under the reference, I have two sets that I've now set one and set two. I can select this one and click under the angles that I look. After looking that I click, you can see I have another angle over here which can be ordered or we read. So this is quite similar to the previous discussion where we were pressing that I click over here and we were adding the angle. So here we can do the same thing. I have added that I dangled. I've president, I pick an adaptation at that angle and I can audit other distance. Point phi means it is exactly in the half. And I continue to find B25 are 0.75. Or I can change. It totally depends on your application and need. Then I can order dangle acidotic alignment. So this is the add angular feature in the variable pulled graph. Let us move forward. 102. Splitting Surfaces in Variable Pull Draft: That is another feature which we can see that a definition, I have to go back to the references. And for the second one, which is the side, I have an option called splitting surface. So when I'm planning this option on, I have to select a plane or any surface which can help me to divide the OR-split total draft. So I did this allocating this plane right now. And immediately after selecting the plane, you can see in the dynamic view that I'm having this polluting surface over here or the splitting edge. What we can see, we can alter the draft with respect to this position. So as I've said littered the horizontal plane, I can alter the bottom region and I can order to the properties. And as you can see that the bottom region is dependent on the property didn't heal. And when I'm ordering the top region, the bottom region is also getting ordered along with it. So whatever angle we would like to set it, we can set the angle number one and the angle number two. Say for example, I want to add the material over. Yeah, oh, and I wanted to put this inside. This is a kind of v. So what we can create and the variable called direction dropped is very powerful because it is giving us some great features for each set. So the kind of activity or 10-12 humming over here, it's not happening on the other side. And the kind of draft, what my main Deming into set one. I can have a totally different kind of graft for the set to move it through, which we will be trying to do it right now. So for the set one, let me maintain Angular team. And toward P. Now I'll go to set two. And the doorbell attention is now focused on the set to. Here I can select this printing surface and I will select the horizontal surface again. And I can vary the angles again. Now let me keep the Angular One has 30 degrees and angle is 15 degrees. I can also make it, make a difference. It goes inside. And after that we can simply press OK and we can see how we are altering the design by using the draft command are debatable. Full direction, draft. 103. Create new quilts in Variable Pull Draft: The next feature of what I would like to show you and available per direction is under the Options command. So here we can see that under the options we have an option called Les create new quills. And this is with respect to the attachment. By default, the first option is activated and if I'm selling the second option, I will be adding the draft as a quilt cooled is nothing but the surface. And we have heard discussed about surfacing and future. But this remember I just tried to understand right now that surface is already ten, kind of late. And we can just try to maintain the length. And we can vary the angle over your. So this is for the first set. Similarly, we can all do for the second set as well. And can reduce the distance and the angle. And other options. I have an extent rate I can go to, to select it, I should be having another feature over the two selected. Do an x is and the maximum extend which it can go and unattached will basically create a complete closed region. So if I'm just simply pressing OK, you can see that I'm having a surface at each. And so generally whenever we are working with surface options, it will be having a blue color. Ordered kinda do BY having a blue color shaded region which would distinguish the solid and the surface. So I'll just show you another option of a Yo fam selecting the first two options, specific length or specified length. It can adjust the window layer and simply press OK. And you can see the surface over here that is hanging over there. So this is another feature over here. And we have to disclose the surface options in the future. So please do not read right now, but I just wanted to show you the fetus under the variable pull direction draft, which is called less attachment. And by default the attached disordered is turned on. So the draft quarters getting created is in the form of a solid and it is joined and connected to the main box which was present at first. So I'm talking about this box right now, Cleo. And that aspirin does as a solid and it is in connection with the main box. But we have created. 104. Split using Quilt: I'm sure you must be believing that the drafter, the discussion of draft feature is pretty lending, but it is one of the important Dan, powerful tool in Creo. So I'm blind to explain each and every feature in a very shorter videos rather than continuing a single video of a very larger lend. So please type to be focused and try to understand the options so that it may be useful for you in your different worlds, maybe researcher projects or anything. So there's one last feature which I like to show you under the available pool draft. When we are selecting the full direction, that is the top surface. As a fun example, under the first phase, I am selecting the hinge to this edge. And I have shown you a procedure for splitting the surface by selecting the plane, right? Clear, I was telling that p can vary though. Draft by selecting the plane and it's basically splitting the total surface. So we have another option of using the splitting so phase. And we can create a so face quilt and we can select the quilt as the splitting surface. So I'll just create a face right now. I'll just go to Sketch and go to the phase rest sketch. And let me use a spline and create a core type veto. And press OK. Now usually I have told you that whenever it will be one to extrude, v have concede that the extrusion is a closed loop. I'm in the sketch, what we're creating for exclusion is a closed loop. But if it is not a closed loop and we are trying to create an extrusion for that. So what is the outcome of it? So I'll just show you that thing right now. The outcome is a simple cell phase. So this is a single sheet like so phase. It's got extruded. So if you had extruding a line, it will be getting this kind of features. So I want to cut it in the middle and just go to options and to reduce the profit or the distance of extrusion. And I'll press OK. And I told you that the surface are basically blue in color. So we can distinguish it is taller than the surface features. Now I'll go back to the variable pull draft, under the draft. And I have to first select the pull direction. And in this case I want to select the top surface to be the polar direction. And after which I have to select the draft pinch. Now that I've selected the draft pinch, I can order the draft. And I wanted to expanded splitting surface by selecting the quilt right now. So I've selected for so phase right now at the quilt. And you can see that the variation of the graph with respect to the splitting surface is because of this quilt right now. Earlier it was the plane what we are selecting. But right now we have a VR select Pingo, well-being. So I can order though, graft a certain angle. The upper region and the lower region has spin. So you can see that the variable drafts have been splited along the quilt. If you are interested, you can just save this orders. We can go to the next set or the other side, and we can do the same thing by adding a draft or splitting it along these quilt and adding certain amount of people. So it totally depends on the user, depending on the interests and the work or they're performing. Now if I want to maybe can just turn this off and you can see that the draft is created using the re-double cold direction draft. So this is all about the draft commands. I have finished most of the important features. Let us move forward and discuss the next command under engineering with this named S Shen. 105. Create a Shell in the Model: Welcome to the next lecture. In this lecture, I will be explaining you the next command under the engineering category, which is Shell. The Shell command is located in the engineering category. It is exactly beside the round command. You can see the icon on the screen. So what does the shell feature? Does? The shelf feature removed AS a phase to hollow out a design model? It leaves the walls with specified thickness values. So let me try to show it on the sample component which I have created. In order to activate the shell command, we simply have to press on the shell icon. After pressing the icon. The next task is to select the surface. For example, I wonder image the surface. So I will be selecting the surface. After selecting the cell phase, you can see that the material or the surface has been removed. And we can see a hollow shell structure. Now, if I wanted to remove this material, I have to press the whole, I have to hold the Control button and click on this phase. In this way, I have removed the second surface. Now, if I wondered Ri and remote this phase again, I have to hold the control command and click on this electrode surface. So activating the shell command is basically allowing us to remove the surfaces which are not desired. The next important thing in the shell command or the shelf ITO, is to vary the thickness of the wall. You can see over here that by default I gordon automatic value, which is equal to 6.32. This is the thickness of the wall. I can read it the thickness of the foil either by typing in the text field. Say for example, I want to change it to 20. Now you can see that the wall has taken and the thickness is equal to 20 units. What if I want the thickness to be on the other side? In that particular case, I can simply click on the direction. You can see that I have flipped or direction, or I have changed the direction of the wall thickness. I can also alter the thickness by dragging the drag or it can be either inside or outside. So these are the two important steps for creating a shadow FIFO. The first important step is to select the cell phase which you want to call out. And the next important thing is to select or enter the amount of thickness as the desired. Let us move forward and discuss few other features and other shell command. 106. Non-Default Thickness in Shell : Let me show you one more thing. If I'm editing the main geometry, which is an extrusion, the shell automatically gets updated. Presently the thickness or the extrusion lenses that are on 1-6, 5-6 unit. If I am changing the distance or the depth, or we can say the Extrusion Depth to some other dimensions, the shell features automatically gets updated. So this is one of the features of the shell command. It follows the main parent geometry. The next thing under the shell edit definition is different. This command, in the references command, we can find this elected surfaces for the shell. In order to create the surface or the shell feature which you are seeing on the screen right now, I have utilize three surfaces. So basically I've removed three surfaces, disposal surface number one, surface number two, and surface number three. Say for example, I wonder surface back. In order to get it back, I have to simply select this face which I am interested to get it back. I have to place the right-click. And I have to say like the remove command. By this procedure, you can get back to surface, which you may not want to deleted or remove it. After that, we have to press the middle click and the surface is back with us. Let us see some other features under that definition. So I simply click on the shell. I will go to Edit definition. Let me add the shell feature over here, automotive surface. Now under references, you can see another item over here which is named as non-default thickness. The thickness, what you are finding over here or over here, is the thickness of the wall, which is uniform across the whole geometry. It can either be inside or outside. Say for example, I have a unit of N outside Leo. And now I want to alter, or I wonder, nonuniform thickness for this earth phase. That means I don't want ten units to be assigned for this particular surface one. I wanted some other dimensions to be assigned to it. So what do I do for this thing? I have to say like the non-default thickness by simply clicking it. And selective desired surface host thickness you want to alter. And after selecting the desired so phase, you can see that I'm getting a drag hold load over here with the respective thickness value. Currently the thickness of the wall is ten because the overall geometry is having a uniform thickness of ten units that is outside the one. Now I can alter the thickness. I can add it. Asked by my requirements. Say for example, I wanted to be 80 units. Now you can observe over here that the thickness of this phase is different income bandage and with the other surfaces. Now, if I am wanting to add another non-default thickness on the phase, I have to simply press Control and selling this stuff is desired. Selecting this phase will give me an additional thickness region or a text field with a drag handle, I can change the direction I'm going. I can change the position of the drag handle and increase the thickness as the desired. One thing to note over here is the direction of the unit form thickness. I have created the uniform thickness outside the wall. That is the reason I cannot add this non-default thickness inside the wall. It is not possible for me to add or vary the thickness inside the wall because the major or the first Baden thickness is outside the wall. Let me try to get it insight. Now that thickness is inside the geometry. I can now read the thickness in decide the particular wall. It can be a non-default value. Normally for Linda sense, the overall geometry is maintaining that thickness with respect to this bar or this drag handle. Whereas the surface is having a non-uniform or non-default thickness. Similarly, the other thickness which I've selected can also be varied inside the wall. So this is all about non-default thickness. Let us move on and discuss some other features in the shell command. 107. Exclude Surfaces in Shell: In order to explain you the next feature in the shell command, I am creating a reward fetal, already volatile geometry, which is quite similar to a cup. So generally a cup is a tapered section towards the base. I am not following any dimensions, but I'm creating a similar geometry. I need to attach all handled for it auto holder. So this is divided into two sections. This is the left side face and the right side face. So let me create on the right side phase a sketch. I will be creating a sweep about which I will be explaining in the future videos. Now let me try to complete this geometry by creating a shelf or removing the surface on the top and creating of geometry which is resembling a cup. Now you can see on the screen that I have created this geometry and I have utilized a shell command for removing the top material. The shell has extended to the Handle also. I mean, you can see that this phase of the Handel has also been shell. That is the reason I'm seeing two holes over here. So this can be easily explained by creating a sectional view. We have to go to view in the ribbon, go to sections and selling the plane. So this is basically dividing the total section into exactly half. And you can see more clearly that the shell has extended into the handle also. That is the reason I'm seeing this hole or a hollow veto. What if I do not want the shell to be extended into the handle? So what do I do for that? I have a feature under the shell command for this in order to exclude this particular phase from the Shadi. So let us discuss about that veto. I will just close this sectional view and I will come back to the shell and edit the Shuttle retired created. Now remember, I do not want this holds or the whole of eater under the handle. For that, I have to go to options. And options. I have the first command which is called as excluded surfaces. Now, I'm wanting to exclude this of phase from the shelf ITO. In order to do that, I have to click on the excluded surfaces and I need to select the surface which I want to exclude. So basically I want to exclude this handled with silicon right now. And after that I want to select this phase which is attached to this main surface retain more linked to exclude. So this surface is attached to the surface which I am wanting to exclude. I need to select the surface which is attached by clicking the shift demand and left-click. After performing this function, you can see that the shell has been excluded from the handle. And you can see that more clearly with the sectional view. Let me activated. I'm sorry, it has to be at the other direction. So I'll just go and click on the section. And you can see this material is filled with basically means that there is no extension of the shelf ego. So this is about the exclude surfaces and at the shell command, let us move on and discuss a bit further. 108. Surface Extensions in Shell: In order to discuss the next feature, I have created a very simple geometry with an extension. The geometry is created using the export command as seen in the Model T. Let me add a gem for to this edge and this edge. And press, okay. After this, let me create a hole. As we have already seen in the previous video, the process of creating whole. I'm adjusting the drag handed with respect to this plane and the outer edge and extend the whole depth till the next phase. So you can see that I got a through hole over. He'll, I meant the whole list up to the surface and simply press OK. Now let me try to create a shadow on the surface and see what is the behavior of the geometry. I'm selecting this shell command and selecting the surface which I want to remove and creator halls of phase auto haulage geometry. Now you can observe that the surface has been removed and over R3, clearly it is visible that the whole is presented with the wall. Right now I'm in there is an extension of the wall or the presence of wall as seen in the geometry. If I am not wanting this particular geometry, I have an option in options over hill and I can simply select the exclude surfaces and I can select the whole determinant wanting it to be. And you can see that the shell has also removed this phase of the hole. And we can only see the feature of the hole on the base of phase. That is another option what we can play with over heal. We have two options over here, surface extension and prevent shell from penetrating solid at Khan gave corners and convex corner. If I am selecting the convex corner, you can see that the hole or the region of the hole is filled with the material and the other leftover region has been shelled. So this is another option, what we can toggle and see the behavior of the geometries with respect to the shell command. And the normal option over here with which we can create a wall for the whole is the extent, extent excluded surface. And if I'm selecting the extent inner surfaces, you can see that the geometry has been illuminated or the wall of the hole has been eliminated. So this is another feature of the shell command. And with respect to this concave and convex corners, we can also look at it in this particular area. So you can see I have a champion over, he'll Now let me select, click over here and select the tamper region. And let us see what is happening over here. So by default, the inner surface is selected and the material is getting penetrated. And this corner, that is the reason you can see the material has been removed. And if I am changing it to convex corner, let me see what is the behavior of the geometry. I believe I will be getting a geometry of a year or the material added at this particular corner. So I'm just clicking over here and you can see the material has been converted into a convex corner. Similarly, I can just convert this Cham Ferdinando convex corner, selecting with the control click and pressing the middle click anywhere on the screen. Now what's happening over here it is. The early feature was the champ fo. The shell is forming the Cham for Space Jam for region inside, I mean the Cham for insight. And whereas in the outer side it has to converted into convex condom. Let me just try to go back and did the options. If we are selecting the Details option, you can see this is what we have selected so far. I can simply right click over here and remove all. And I will be having my geometry as the default. So this is an adoption in the shelf veto. We can try to play with this concave and convex and this particular region as well. So let us see what is happening. I'm clicking over here and selecting the surface. By default, convex corner has conducted a selected as I've already worked with it in the previous step. That is the reason we did it is getting added a device there will be a penetration and the material would have been removed, as you can see in the dynamic view over yo. So if you want to add a material at this particular corner, and you can generated by using this particular methods, which I presented the options of shell command. So generally I never used this. All kinds of features present over yo is a very advanced features. And this is all about the shell command. Let us move forward and discuss some other vetoes in the US of a 109. Creating a Trajectory Rib: Hi. In this lecture, I will be discussing about the next Engineering feature, which is called as a rib. Let me remind you that we have already discussed one of the type of ribs which is called Les profile, so that it doesn't have a quick review about it. Imagine we have a component which is quite similar to the geometry, what you're seeing on the screen. And I want to create a supporting member which is connecting both of the surface is clear. So in order to do that, I have to create a profile. For creating a rib. I need to create a line which is connecting both the surfaces. And simply press OK. And I can change the direction so that the ribose created the rib in the geometry or in the model, is acting as a support member. For this example, I've created the Ribot debt. We can create at any particular location. For example, we wanted to be at the center. I have co-create a plane over heal and create the sketch on which I can create a rep. So in order to create a plane, I can simply click on the plane and create a new plane exactly in the center. So I am just explaining a mock falling in a dimension. And I can click on the sketch name and then the profile rip, align my view to create a rebuff any dimensions. So we have to ensure that we are connecting two surfaces and we have to see that the direction of the rib is inside. So this is a way of creating a rib. Not it does discuss the procedure for creating the trajectory. In order to create that executive. Firstly, I will be deleting all the components, what I've created right now, and the plane as well. So I have created a geometry over a hill. A symbol extruded geometry, and I've utilized a shell command and remove the top so phase. So now you can see that it is hollow insight. And let us create a trajectory rib on this particular model. So for creating a trajectory rib, i will be showing you the procedure right now. We have to go to the Rep, click on the dropdown arrow and we have the first option, which is towards attract trip. I will click on it. And as soon as I clicked, I have sudden options over here. For example, the width, the direction, and few settings over you. And you don't worry about it. For the next thing, what we have to do is we have to select the placement. I can click on the placement and define orders. I can directly Click on the surface where I would like to create a sketch. So remember one thing, either you're working with the trajectory ribs are the profile rip. The main important thing is to create a sketch. The sketch is a line. We're just connecting two surfaces. So right now I'm doing the same thing as i have created those sketch for a profile rip, wherein I've created to serve connected to surfaces with the line. Right now I'm going to do the same thing, but in a different fashion. So you can understand right now. So I've selected this tops office and click this button. Afterwards. I mess aligning my view. And then I'm going to line that maintains a view so that you can understand. So this is the geometry I have. I will be selecting the two edges. Say from this particular point to the right side surface. You can see this line on the top. It is connecting two surfaces. So this will be the path of the rib which I'm wanting to create right now. After this, I have to simply press OK. And you can see a ribose created with just connecting two surfaces. So this is a procedure for creating a trajectory rebel. You can create a line or you can create an additional line. As often I've created a horizontal line. I can also create a vertical line as well. The location of the line depends on the problem we are working with. Sometimes we require the position of the line to be on the left side or the right side or at the same dough. Since I am explaining the procedure, I am placing it randomly at any specific location. So let me place a toga, heal and press OK. Now you can see that there are two hubs connected, which are intersecting each other. Let us discuss some other features in the rep command. And in order to complete this, I have to press ok. So we have the trajectory ready with us. It has moved it to the next video. 110. Create Trajectory Rib of Different Heights: So right now in this trajectory rib, you can see the height of the rib. If we are observing the height of the rib, we may notice that the height of the rib is equal to the height of the outer walls. So this is because I have selected or I have placed the rep at the tops of phase. You can see over here the line which I have created is on the Autobahn level. So that is the reason the ribose extending from the base till this line, which is at the location of the outer wall or at the height of the outer one. Imagine I12 rib, which is lower than this particular height. So what do I do in this particular case? I need to find a placement at that particular location. So I need to create a plane at any other distance in this particular height, and I need to create the line on that particular plane. So I will delete this existing rib right now so that I can explain you what I'm going to tell you right now. I'll go to plane. Let me select this phase of the base and career to blame from the base at a certain height. Say let it be 50 units. And now I want to create a rib whose height is equal to the height of the plane which I have created right now. So for that, let me show you the process again. Click the drop-down list, select the trajectory lib. And for placement, you can either go by clicking on the placement and define and select the blame. Or you can directly Click on the plane which you want to create the line on. I've aligned my view right now and let me career TO rebel by heal. So I have to connect two surfaces. I have connected this to surfaces. And after that I have to connect the other two surfaces. So this number of ribs required is again, totally dependent on the geometry. What amount of support we require. Depending on that, we can create the number of reps of different heights as well. So human notice right now that the height of the rib is very lower or less than the total height of the walls or the outer walls. So this is because we have created a plane and on which PF created the line of the rep. If we are wanting another bright now, we can simply click on the trajectory rib and select these phase which we are wanting and connect it with a line. Simply press OK, you have another IP created. So this is another functionality of rib and this is the way to create a rip of different heights. Let us look at some other features in the next video. 111. Modify the Thickness of Rib: So it is not required for you to create Always oh, linear rib. We can also create an inclined ramp. But these are generally not applied on in some any of the engineering components ready daily we may be using, but we can give you the rib inclined as well. So I've created a sketch of a line which is having some angle landed is inclined to the outer walls are some inclination angle. I can simply press OK and you can see that the ribose created. So this is another thing what we can understand in the creation of Reb. Now, it does look are some other features. So i will be deleting this sketch which I have created by editing the definition and using the delete segment command. So I have this zeta, but right now, let us see what do we have another shape. So you can see over here that the shape of the rib is present at o by o. So this feature is quite similar to the feature what we have seen in the whole command. If you remember, we also had a similar presentation of the shape of the whole. So this is a very good FIFO because it is a loving us to manage or maintain the dimensions without zooming in at the particular location and dragging their dimensions. So we can simply click on the shape and we can alter the diminutions. So right now I have the option to alter the dimensions of the width of the Arab got unclear. Desert 6.4. I can change it to any dimensions as desired. We can also alter the thickness of the ribs by dragging the drag handles what we have and we can change the direction so we can see the direction is on the top. And in this particular direction we cannot create ended up because it is not having any surface to stop at. So that is the reason I gotta message of failed generation. I will change the angular game. I'm sorry, I'll change the direction again. And right now I have the lip on the geometry. So let us move forward and discuss some other settings. What we have under the rep. 112. Adding Draft to the Trajectory Rib: Let us click on that a definition and look at this ad things, what we are having under the Dutch Jack predator. So the first option is with respect to the draft. We have already covered the different features and options and the draft and VFS seem the different kinds of draft and the ways of creation of the draft. We also have the same option under the rib. We can add a draft with the rib and you can see immediately after activating it, that is amount of inclination which has created the inclination or the angle of the draft can be altered using the drag handle. And we can also alter the angle under the shape category. So this is quite easy photos, we can add the two degree angle and you can see that the room has it varied with respect to the angle, what Vf encode? We can simply press OK and we have the drafted reparative. It does. 113. Adding Rounds to Exposed and Internal Edges: So after the draft, the next setting is with respect to the round fetal. So we have an option coalesce around exposed edges. You can see that this particular edge, which is visible for us on the top of the rib is a sharp edge. We can convert the sharp edge into around Edge simply by activating the round exports at just command. I have to click on it and you can see that the sharp edge is converted into a round edge. So this is helping us to stop or prevent us step by creating a round, by using the external feature, they can create the round using the transactors live settings as well. So this is a very good feature. We can also add the rounds on the internal edges, that is, this particular edge or this particular edge. The edges what we are finding at the drip locations. So when I'm turning it on, you can see that all the edges of the rib getting converted into a round edge, we can change the radiuses simply by dragging. And I believe we can find the radiuses under the shape as well. So we have the radius of a Yo, this is 11.8. We can change it to ten units and you can see that the radius have been changed. So we can also have a specified value and the top gotten Data's automatically detecting a value based on the total thickness. If we are not wanting it to automatically assign, we can click a specified value option and we can enter the amount of radius we require. So let me reduce it to four, and I will be having a round edge with the radius. I can also increase it seven units and we're satisfied with it. We can simply press OK. And we can see that the rib has been converted into a very surrounded or we have removed all the edges of the Rep, which, which weights shop. And we have converted it to a rounded edges so that it does move, fall Good. 114. Rounds for Multiple Ribs: We have one more option over a year. That is for the round at the bottom radius. We can either use the radius which is used at the top. So if we want to use the same radius which is used at the top edge, we can simply click on the icon over here. And whatever ideas we have assigned at the top will be assigned at the base as well. So this is another feature in dribs and all these settings or there are also functional if we are having an intersection of multiple ribs. So for that I will be creating an additional line from the left to the right. And I will press OK right now. And you can see that the rounded features are implied on the next derivative created right now. You can see clearly in the dynamic view and you can see in the total view and went after clicking Confirm, it looks like this. So let us move forward and let us practice some time sample exercises by utilizing the integrating features or involvement of the integrating features in the sample exercises. 115. Engineering Feature - Ex 1 a: Let us work with the sample exercises that involves the usage of engineering features, what we have discussed so far. Now I have a geometry, the drawing of a geometry, which you can see on the screen. So this particular component, if we are observing, as I've already mentioned to you many times, to observe the geometry, what you're having, observed the drawing, what you're having for certain amount of time and understand what are the different competence vetoes, and tools that can be utilized for creating this particular drawing. So I have just a drawing of a component. And on closer observation Riemann Notice that this is a rectangular component. We have two sections, section a and section B. We also have a presence of a rib, which is the trajectory rib. You can see in the vertical form, that is a rib and in the horizontal form as well. Apart from this, we also have a presence of hole in the center O, which can be seen with the help of a section B or section bb. So you can see a whole of sudden amount of diameter, which is exactly in the center of the geometry. If we are looking at the geometry from the bottom view, particularly at this section AA, you can see that it is having a wall thickness of six units. We have the height, we have the width of the base. And apart from that, we also have certain amount of rounded featured at the edges of the base. Not only that, we can also observe and amount of draft involved way heal. The draft can also be absorbed from the top view has a bill. So the line or time highlighting now is the base of the Crito geometry. This particular line is the base and the output line. What I'm highlighting right now, or moving my cursor on the line right now is the expanded form of drafted geometry. I mean this particular edge is the outer edge of the top view or the front view. From the side view, we can observe that from the side we, we can observe that the trajectory is having certain amount of height as well. It can also be observed in the sectional view. And this height is lower than the wall height. So it has certain amount of dimensions are used for lowering it. I mean, we can see that data's 20 units of distance or difference between the ribs and the total one. Apart from that, we also have draft angle for the rib as well. So the angle of graft is six degrees. The draft for the outer wall can be noticed or observed in the right side view, which is equal to 25 degrees. So let us start creating this geometry and see how we can finish it. I will be attaching this geometry of this drawing in the resource you might download anyway, practice along with me. So I'll just minimize it. And I will open the CLIL. So similar to previous excited, I have divided the screen into two portions. The left site is with the drawing layout. And I have also heard in the model tree so that we can have a very clear look on the screen. And on the right-hand side, I will minimize the sketch of the geometry or the drawing and let us start working with it. So I have the plane with me. So one thing you may notice over here that when I'm pressing Control D, the default orientation of the plane is a little bit different as seen in the earlier cases. So what's happening over here is I have changed the setting of third displayed right now. So in order to get back to the default or the previous type of feel, we can go to Options. And under options we have sub option correlates model display. And he had the first orientation, was elected to isometric right now. So the, in the earlier case it was trigometric obtained vector time metric. And I will click Apply and press OK and save the file. Now you can see that the orientation has come back to its original form. And right now we can easily start creating the geometry, so it is totally dependent on the user. We can also keep the default VS isometric, but I prefer to keep in prime metric. Now we shall we start with the geometry of it. That is the question, what we are having right now. So let us try to create the overall geometry. I mean the total box we can create first. Then we can utilize the shell command and remove the top surface. And we can assign the thickness of the wall equal to six units. And after that, we can create the rib. And then we can create the settings of the weekend, utilize a different settings of the ribbon career though. Rounded feature or the draft, whatever we are having. And after that we can get the whole infinity geometry. So let us try to create the first total geometry, the total box, what we have. So what are the dimensions of the box or what are the dimension of the component? We have the width of the DOM and geometry in this particular view. And the width is equal to 350 units and the dimensions are m, m right now. So the width is 350 MM. The height or the thickness of the component is a 100 units on a 100 MM. And the length of the component is seen in the right hand side view, which is equal to 500 units. So I need to clear DO cuboid first, which is having a base of 35P by 100. And I can extend it for a length of 500 units. Or I can clear TO rectangle of 500 by 350 and create an Extrusion Depth. So totally dependent on us. So right now I will be selecting this as the front view because it is already written over here. And I will be working with the front view. So I will be selecting the front plane. I'll go to Extrude, aligned my view and create a synthetic tangle with their dimensions. As per the drawing. So we have a width of 350 units. I've entered the Whit and I need to enter the total length of d geometry. It is 500 units. So I have created the length and the width at a press or getHeight. Now, I'll go to symmetric because I want the geometry to be symmetry. And the depth is seen in the bottom view, which is equal to a 100 units. And I will press OK right now. So we have created the raw material, whatever does. I mean, we can just assume it as raw material. So we have to perform certain options on the geometry and we have to convert it into that as per the drawing. So let us move to the next video and complete the remaining tasks. 116. Engineering Feature - Ex 1b: So what could be the next step in creation of this geometry? You can observe that I have to add a draft but the feta, and also you observe that we have to shuttle the veto. So what should I proceed? First showed the I create a shell and then either draft or do I need to add a draft at first and created shell? So we will be looking at both the possibilities and see the variation in themselves. So first let me try to create a shell and then added draft and see what is going to happen. So I need to add the drop from the front view. I have added the draft and the thickness of the wall is mentioned in the bottom, U, which is equal to six units. So I will keep it thickness of the w4 less six units. And confirm the shell. So I have created the shell to the geometry. Now, the next step will obviously be to add a draft. So let us see what is going to happen right now. I would say like the draft. And you may notice that we have to add the draft for all the edges clear. So I have to select all the outer surfaces by holding the control command. And right click on the screen. We can add the hinge. So I have to select the bottom face. And we can then add a draft off 25 degrees, which is seen in that I'd highlight Site bill. So when I'm adding the inclination angle equal to 25 degrees, human notice that there is a difference in the thickness of the wall, which we are not wanting that to happen. You may notice that the metadata is getting added. If I'm reducing the angle, this is not correct. Obviously, I have to go on the other side in order to form this particular shape. But the thickness of the wall is increasing. So this is not what we are wanting the right now. We have to maintain a uniform thickness for the wall of all the edges. So the procedure for the process of creating the shell at first and then creating a draft is incorrect. So we have to add the draft, then we have to shell the material. So I'll just quickly go back by clicking cancel. And I'll just opened my model tree and I will delete the shallow-water I've created right now. And let me close the Model-T again. So I have the geometry right now. Let me add the draft at first. So I'll go to the draft. I will quickly select all of the surfaces. I'll place a right-click on the screen and select the bottom phase or the back phase. Now let me enter the dimension equal to 25 degrees. Because we may see over here that the draft angles 25 degrees. So it has got only removing the material inside, we can change the direction. And V min or does that we have created though the aft fetal? We may also verify over distances. So I'll go to analysis over heel and I have to see that the width is 350. I can click the measure option and I can select the distance. So let me select this point and bang it on the other side and click on this point. So the base distances to the 50 hertz. So this is valid and good. Knotted we measured though thickness of the geometry. So I'll close this and I'll go to measure again. And I need to measure the distance between the surface and the top surface. So in this position, I will be selecting this base surface and differential phase. And you can see the distance is equal to a 100 units, which is according to the thickness what we have assigned. So everything is going smoothly. We can go back to the model and I can close to annotate. Now the next option for us will be to create a shell. So that is a very simple step. We have to click on the shell and click on the cell phase. After that, we need to assign the thickness, which is equal to six units. So I have assigned the thickness and I will simply press OK. So one more thing, what we have to verify over heal, we have to see that does the geometry has any rounded features? Yes, of a geometries and having it under and features and we can see over here. And it is also seen in the bass. So do I have, I don't know correct thing by creating a shell immediately or would it be better for me to apply the round and creators shell? So does see what is going to happen right now after creating that round. So I'll just click on the round and I will go to the edges. Look at the geometry of a o, it is getting eliminated or it is getting deleted. So it is basically getting removed because the thickness of the wall is ready lower than the thickness or the rounded dimensions, what viewed needed for the geometry. So in order to create a rounded geometry for this shell competent, it was better for me to create the round before creating the shell. So I'll just close the round option. I'll take my cursor after the draft. So I have the feature back with me. Here. I will be adding the rounded veto, sorry lad, the D round. Because the round is almost equal to 50. We can see over here, are 50. This is 50. I have to select the other edges as well. And also the base of the geometry. So I have added the veto I would be placing. Okay. Now I will be dragging my command prompt back to the shell. And you can see over here that I have the shell competently, David does, and there is no problem of the rounded veto. It does not removing my data as it was happening in the previous method. So we have to compute the draft at first, after which we have rounded the edges and then we have Cheryl the geometry. So let's move forward and create the other features. 117. Engineering Feature - Ex 1c: So by utilizing four steps, we have created the total, total component and we have to add the remaining fetus in the component. So what are the remaining features as in the drawing? The first feature is obviously the rib. What we're finding in the drawing, the fetal Hall is visible over here and we also have an extrusion. The hole is created on a circle which is extruded a year. So we have to create an extrusion of a circle. And the height of the circle, what we have to create from here will be the height of the ball because it is absorbed in the right side view that the whole length is almost closer to the wall length. And this shaded region is the ribs. The rib is created a little lower than the outside. So the distance of the rib will be from a distance of 20 units downwards. So first let us create a circle in the centre on which we can create a hole in the latest stages. So I have to click on extraordinary and click on the circle. I can align the view. Click on the center circle and draw a circle in the center. I need to assign a diameter for it, the diameter is equal to 50 units. Obtain the diameter and press OK. afterwards I have to assign the height of the extrusion. So as we can see from the geometry that the height of the cell, what we're going to create right now, the extruded component should be till the volume which is seen in the cause we've just seen over the cursor what I'm highlighting right now. So this is the wall. And we have to create the total length up to that particular position. So I need to go to the options over here and in the drop-down I can select up to set intellective surfaces. So I will be selecting the wall height. So you can see it automatically got created up to the wall height. It is c from the right side view. Now it is not over the wall height. Now I will simply press OK. We can also observe over here that the circle, what we have created right now has a dropped of four degrees. So let us assign the draft immediately by selecting the surfaces of these alcohol. And hence, we can assign the degrees which is equal to four. Press okay, so we got the extruded component in the middle. The next task is obviously to create a rep, but before that we have to create us blame for placing this, get the rib on that. So the plane on which we have to create the sketch for the RIP will be 20 units lower than though, while top surface of the one. So I have to create a plane right now, I will be going to the plane option. And let me select the face or the surface of the ball. And I need to create the blame exactly lower. So I'll change the direction and just go down. And it has to be something around 20 or. So. I've created a plane at 20 units. So you can find a plane. So this is the plane what I've created like now. So on this plane I need to create the, or I need to place the trajectory sketch. So let's go to the RIP. I will select the first option and end up placement. I need to define the placement. I will select the plane, what I've created right now. And I will sketch the line over here. So you can see from the friend view that the line is a vertical and horizontal. So we have two ribs over here. Cell select directly from top to the bottom and another line from the left to the right. So I have to ensure that I'm selecting the edges and press OK. So after pressing automatically, I'm getting a RIP, which is the units lower than the top surface of the balls. Now we have some additional things to perform over here. We have to add certain amount of draft. So quickly open the shape. Let me add a draft. Before that, I also have assigned the width or the thickness of the rib one. So even notice that the thickness of the wall is not given over here. But we have to assume that the thickness is constant for the whole geometry and the constant thickness is equal to six units, so that it may assign a thickness of six. And let me add a draft of six degrees. So I have added the draft to after which I need to add around on the top and the bottom. So I'll add around on the exposed. Let me keep it automatically. Created two because I have nothing mentioned over here. Let me create around on the internal edges as well. And I have the radius mentioned with this equal to phi units held. Press okay, and let us see what we are getting over u. So we have completed the creation of the rib and it looks good. The last and the final thing is to create the hole on the extruded block. And the same term that we will be doing in the next video. 118. Engineering Feature - Ex 1 d: So creating a hole is a very simple task for us. You may observe that this hole is an axial hole. That means it, the axis of the hole is coincident with the axis of the circular block, what we are having. So we may notice an axis over here internally. So we can assign the position of the hole and utilize the axis. So I'll click on the axis at first and let me reduce the diameter to stop confusion. And as I've selected the axis, and now the next task is for me to select the surface. I've selected the surface by holding the control button. And you can see that the hole is created. So I have certain diameter for the whole which can be altered and that the shape, the diameter of the hole is equal to 35. So I can change it over here. You might notice that I gotta haul over here. And the depth shall be up to the next surface. To next is better. So you can see that this whole list dropping over here. And I'll simply press or keoyo. So it has been hidden and just press OK. Come back to normal. So we have created the whole as well. We have one more feature of a year which I was missing it. We have a rounded feature where you are and the round is almost equal to five units. So I'll go to the round command and I'll click over here on the sharp edge. I have to reduce that down to five. And we got the rounded feature over here. So this is the way I've created the geometry, what you can see on the screen right now. And we have to follow a procedure, and then we have to follow the process sequentially. So I really recommend you to analyze the geometry at first. Analyze what are the different features and different tools that can be used for creating this particular geometry. So let us look at the sections and see whether we have created a similar geometry as well. So let us first look at the section bb. In order to view the sections I've already shown you in the previous video, we can go to the View section and adduct list, select the planar and selling the plane. So we can see on the right-hand side view, this has got oriented in different directions. So a list highlighted. So you can see that the section is similar to what we have created right now. So let me first breast controlled events and switch the direction. So we can also see in the right-hand side view, you can see that both the geometries are similar. V1, we can color it, we have to press this option and we can share it and we can observe. So we have the whole over here. And we also have the draft, what we can see up the circle. We have the other features over under drafted call vetoes and the ribs. Now let me just close it. We can also check up and at this section over here. So for that we have to go to sections again and we can go to you can just select the face and go to sections, select the surface. And I can drag it. So we are not given any distance or anybody on this topic over here. Okay? And then we can color it. And we can see how does it look exactly similar to this drawing here. So we have the rib, which is drafted and rounded, and also the wall which is having its own thickness. So if we can check up in the bottom view, maybe we can understand more clearly. So the bottom view is getting oriented in upside down fashion. We can change the way offered. So let me just try to do that thing as well. So you can learn something new. So for doing that, I can go to the view. And over here I can go to the reorient option. And we have to select the pipe of reorientation is dynamic orient and we can draw paid the component. So I need not literally rotated vertically. Let me keep it 0, a vacant rotate. Yeah, so I have to enter the value. Maybe I can rotate my cursor as well. So when did you degrees I've rotated. I can type the new name. So I'll just type or tells me about them. And we can save it. So let me press control v again. So this was the standard orientation that we deactivate the blame or the sectional plane, this water standard orientation. This right-hand side view. Let us look at the bottom view. So it has not been saved right now. Let me do it again very quickly. Maybe I didn't save it properly. We have to go to bottom at first. Now began dynamic orient. There's really five. You have a Goddard over yo last time we have not press Save optional video. So that was that he isn't, it has not been saved earlier. And this re-define in control. We have the new bought them over here. And we can activate those section to see the exact growing away. So this is the way we can create a geometries. I hope you have understood and I really recommend you to practice with the drawing what I'm going to share the resources. Let us move forward and discuss a matter. Simple geometries utilizing the engineering fetus. 119. Engineering Feature - Ex 2 a: So the next geometry or the next model, as seen in the screen right now, I have the drawing of it and views are arranged in, in the form of third angle projection. So if you're confused with the angular predictions, I recommend you to visit by another course on engineering design overview. So coming to thought angle of projection, the view which is presented on the top is the top view of the component. And the view exactly below it is the friend view of the component. So if we analyze the friend view, we may observe the shaded region that tick shaded colored. And when the tick shaded line, is it a presenting the friend view of the model? So the friend view is having a chamber and we have two hands. We can just assume as an assumption the left kinda and that I attend. And they have an arc in the base. We also have the Extrusion Depth of this component. And it is seen in the top view. You can see the top view of the component and the Extrusion Depth we can tell right now. So this particular edges are representing the Cham for and we have a presence of homeland boy they hands. You can see from the top view, though shaded cell goes out representing the whole. And in this particular view we can see that there are two circles. So the hole is not a single circular hole. It is account of bore hole. That is the reason we are able to see the outer diameter of the first countable, then the inner circle. And we may observe or light shaded lines over here to these are representing the counter bore. So we have two on left side and two on the right-hand side. We also have the distance of the counter board, which is 11 mm and the diameter. So the holes are mentioned in the top view. So vimeo also noticed that the tolerance is given to us a 100 plus or minus 0.225 plus or minus 0.2. So we are not going to enter the tolerance value right now. I will be just entering the exact value of the dimension. By the end of the video, I will be showing you how to assign the tolerances as well. So let us start working on it and see how do we model it and how can we utilize the engineering features and create them on this particular model. So I'll just minimize it. And then get back though. Could IO layout and work on it. 120. Engineering Feature - Ex 2 b: So let us start working with the friend view first. And we may see that we have all section of a hill which is quite similar to a rectangle. So I'll just go to Extrude. So first we will try to sketch the four unreal, unreal extruded. Okay? So we will neglect the chamber right now. So we will just assume it has a sharp edge because 24 can be applied at the end. So I'll just align the view allowed, the center lines, horizontal and vertical. Now I will be creating Oh, rectangle, corner rectangle, which is a symmetric that angle. The distance or the vertices equal to 60 units. And the height of the rectangle will be equal to, is it mentioned on the left-hand side? You can see it is mentioned on the right-hand side. So you can see the distance from this edge to the base of the rectangle is 25 minutes. So I will be assigning a distance of 25. So I have the rectangle with me. But I have to continue the geometry like now. I have to continue on the left-hand side, which I am calling it as left-hand for just assumption purpose. So i'll just delete the segment of the rectangle because many not required the segment. You can see to open it does over here because this is done Don Leo. So I have to continue on the left-hand side at some distance. Just don't of the blame because we can this be heard more clearly? So what is the distance I have to go on the left-hand side, the distance is equal to 70 units over here. So I'll just multi-dimensions. Sort does have gleaned geometry. This is 70 units. So I have the hand on the other side as well, and it is also equal to 70 units. So I'll just assign the dimensions. I'm sorry. So this is 7070, so I'll just neglected, it is automatically constrained. The next task for me is to create this length. So this is a kind of Grotius catching what we have already practiced many at times in the earlier videos. But we are doing it again in order to create a 3D model. So I have the line over here, I have to go down from there to a certain length. Now, do I have the length of this particular edge mentioned? I don't have it mentioned away Yo, and I don't have it mentioned over here also. And there is no possibility for me to be having the dimension in the top view because this can only be addressed in the front view. So I have one more diamonds shown over here, which is equal to 55. So what does 55? So 55 units is the distance from this edge to the top most self phase of the model. So I can utilize this dimensions and I can create the length or I can assign the length of the extension line, the line which the model edge, what we are having a, we'll just go to Dimension, select the top surface, select the bottom edge list, simply click over here. And really the dimension equal to 55. So I want the same thing on the right-hand site. Maybe I can do it in the similar way. So I'll just stop it over here. This is equal, not sure. Let me verify. This is 50, but that was 55. So it has been connected with some other dimension. And they did the constraint and change it to a five. Now what is the next thing we have to work on? We have to work on the arc over here. So the radius of the arc is given to us, that is R3 phi 0. That means safety is the radius of the arc. So we have to create the OK. Before that, we can also observe over here that we have a distance of 20 hertz and 22 units. This 22 is for the location of the whole. And the axis of the hole is located at a distance of 22 units. And from that 22-year hundreds we have a distance of 20 on which the I guess connect pin just tangent to that particular point. So I can clear the center line over there by adding up 2220. So I'll just create a horizontal center line. And let me keep a distance of 22 plus 22nd adequate bipolar earlier, and that is equal to 42. So I have to create the arc of 350 units, which is symmetric on both the sides. Okay, so I'll just create a three-point OK. So I can simply going bad a little, I mean, go and alignment of this particular point. And I can stop at any position over there as well. And I can connect it to the centre line. Now let me try to assign the radius and see what is happening. It has been changed. But I have to ensure that it is symmetric on both sides. So I can try to assign the symmetric constrain. So in order to assign the symmetry constraint, we have to select this in metric on Spain first, then the center line and the edges, they are not symmetric. That means the distance of the edge point from the center is equal on both the sides. Now we can simply connect this edges because there is no distance given to us. It does automatically following the symmetry, as we have already assigned the symmetry for the arc of radius and whatever it is, the distance we can simply connected with a line on both the sides. So we have created this front view. And it is a closed loop that is no open edges in the geometry or in this sketch. So V not assigning the circle over here because we can utilize the integrating feature whole command for creating the circle. And we can also use the champ command for creating the TAM for it and the geometry. So that now only the final option, what is level right now is to extrude it. So I will simply press OK. And I have the Extrusion Depth. Firstly, I'll assign a symmetry. Then I will alter the depth. The depth or the thickness of the model is mentioned in the top view. You can observe a yard and a top PV F2 into other dimensions of the depth. And it is equal to 25 units. Controller D. Press ok. So we have the model with us. We have to perform some engineering options to reached the conclusion. So let us perform all those options in the next video. 121. Engineering Feature - Ex 2 c: So let us create the holes at first. Then we can find in the finished product with the tempo. Suppose let us work with the hole in the front view. And in order to create the hole in the front view, I have to click on the whole. Go to the surface we had. I want to click the, Create the whole. So let me reduce the diameter at first to prevent any confusion in the views. Now I have to assign though placement before that will be done on the planes because I have done it earlier. Now we have perceived the geometry and see what is the placement of the hole. So you can observe that the center of the hall, as mentioned in the earlier video or as discussed in the earlier video, is that a distance of 22 units from the top. So phase, so this is when referring to what we have. So we can utilize one handle and we can go to the tops of phase and we can just click lower.tail edge. You can see this highlighting over there. And you can observe it more clearly in your screen. So we have the reference number one ally assigned. The distance of this particular difference should be 22 units. We can alter it over here, or we can go to the placement and we can set the offset distance to be 22. So we have weighted the distance that I. Now, we have to assign the next placement or the next reference. So technically you can assume that the whole is in alignment with the vertical plane, right? Because it is exactly symmetric. So we can simply select the drag handle and we can select the plane. So we have assigned the object distance. If we want the exits of the Walter B coinciding the plane, we have to keep it 0 basically. So it will be coinciding with the plane. That is another option over here. We can simply select the Align option. So in this particular option, really not enter any value as 0 or anything. It automatically aligns itself with the vertical plane, what we are selected. So we can see this more clearly in the front view. So you can see the hole is aligned with respect to the vertical plane and it is at a distance of 22 units as presented in the front view. So what is the next thing? What we have to assign? We have to assign the shape and we have to assign the diameter. So it is a 22 diameter through whole Squeak and type the diameter and changed from blind to through all. And you can see the hole is created. We can simply press OK. So I'll just click Okay. We have to hold radiators. Now let us create an adult holes which are to be created utilizing the top view. So we have the holes on the left hand and on the right hand. So generally we shouldn't call it as hand, but for explanation purpose, I'm just calling it. So let me just create the hole. And before that, let us analyze the placement of the whole ok. So let us work with the first toll on the left hand. So if you're working with this particular hole, we may notice that the center of the hole is at a distance of 20 units from the left edge. So this is one reference what we are having, but we require another evidence to assign the placement of the whole. The antidote placement could be though symmetric axis remain. Notice that the holes are aligned with respect to the symmetric plane. I'm in the central plane of the geometry. So that was the reason I have extruded though geometry by utilizing the symmetry command, because this will be helpful for us to play at the features because we can observe that we have the vertical plane exactly at the center distance of d. Daughter likes Trojan. So we've made utilize this plane and we may utilize the edge for placing the first pole. And correspondingly we can work for the other holes because all the holes are aligned at the, I mean, not the Central Plain. And their distances either with respect to each other. For example, if we have the second hole, it is at a distance of tardy phi u enters from the first Totally. So when we're creating this, i can hold, we can create or we can select though reference of default tone. So in order to avoid any confusion, let me just start working on it and show you more clearly. So I have done on the whole command. I will simply select the cell phase so we can place it anywhere and thus reduce the diameter. Because I don't want those screen to look clumsy for me to get confused. So the first job of a here is to assign the drag handles, the reference handles. So first is the outer edge or this office. I've selected it. You can check up over here and you can enter their distance to be drained the units. So I've entered the distance 20 hundreds. The second task is to select the Central Plain. So I'm selecting the central plane right now. And you can see automatic limb cutting a hole over here. But I have to assign the distance. So we have two options over here. We can either type 0 and it will automatically be in alignment with the central plane. But this is not a good thing. We have an option called add line. We have to utilize that option. So the placement of the hole has been completed. Now we have to assign the dimensions of the whole. So I'll just go to shape for that. So let us look at the dimensions at first. The outer circle or the outer hall diameter is equal to 17.5. And we have a number quart four into diameter 17.5. So what does this mean? This particular dimension that it presents the four holes. So this is a kind of principle or method of assigning the dimensions in the views to prevent any confusion in clumsiness in the window drawings. So instead of assigning the diameter for all the holes, we may just write or note over here, four into diameter 17.5. So this is understood that the other holes is also having the diameter of 17.5. I'm sorry. So I'll just walk on it right now. And we can also observe in the front view that this is a counter bore hole. So it does having a distance of 11 units insight. So firstly, what I'll do is I'll just turn on though and go to the standard Cleo. I'll denote the counter board. And let me enter the outdoor diameter at first, which is equal to 17.5. And what is the depth of this first toll? That is 11 units. So I can intro video. This is 11 units. And if you are observing the shape of the whole from the front view, it is a kind of through hall. I mean, we can see that it is having an extension, but it is not a through hole, it is up to the next. So this is the shape of the whole what we are creating. And we have to enter the inner dimension. And the inner diameter is mentioned in the front view. It is over here. This is four into diameter 11. This again represents the diameter of four holes. So there's that four diameters. So this end of the first pore diameter, which is 11 units. So it can just observe over here in the dynamic view, we got the whole ready with us. So we can simply press or Caillois, he'll let we verified the top time it all to 17.5. The depth is 11. It is observed unprecedented in the front view. I'll just press OK right now. So we got the first told ready with us. So let us move forward and create the remaining holes. 122. Engineering Feature - Ex 2 d: I'll just go to the whole command and I'll select this face. The next job is to assign the placements. The first placement is spit that aspect to the blame. I'll go to the placement and align it with the plane. The second is the distance of the axes of the first and the second hole. So I'll just go to the first total. And I've selected the axis, I need to enter the offset distance. The distance between both Xist is equal to 35 units. So I'll just type 35 and I got the placement ready with me. Now coming to the shape of the whole I have to go to the standard because when men or does that, it is having countable. So we cannot work with the predefined because predefined are simple circular hole. I have to go to the standard one and I need to add accountable. And apart from that, I need to sell it to the next. So that you can see this particular edge is getting removed. And I need to enter the dimensions. I can. The top diameter is 17.511 is seen in the front view and the diameter of the inner hole is 11 units. The Press, Okay, right now. So that's hidden. So in this way I've created both the holes. I want you to practice on the roads as given. On the right-hand side. We can just click on whole. There's one mode option, we can mitigate it. But I don't want to do that because I want you to practice. Because practicing though options would make you effect and this, and you may not forget it for a very long amount of time. So I'm selecting the placement and just go to a line. Select the next reference, which is 125 units from the first poll. As Vf, the dimensions mentioned, we have to follow the same thing that it's better for us. So I'll just drag it up to there. I'm sorry. Yeah. So I've selected the placement and this officer distances when quantify units and go to the shape down under standard dominant accountable and to the diameter of the pore as 17.5. This is 11. And up to the next, this is done. I've completed the third hole. I have the final hole to be created. And that is again, I haven't got a diffidence of around 160. You'll notice the distance from the first x's. So I have automatically assigned the second one. It has to be 0 or we can just align it. Please. Go to the shape doesn't non-standard. Click on counter bore. And up to the next so that we have the different view are the cheapest changed as per the geometry given to us. Assign the dimensions 11 London. After this, we can simply press OK. So we have those holes that inhibitors. And the final job is to add a time for a V0. And the distance of the tamper is the type of time for this 45 by ten. So I'll just go to Cham photo V0. I will simply select the Edge where I want to care to Tampa and other settings. I will go to 45 into d because I have to angle given to me as 45. And I have granted the value of b, which is equal to 1000. So the TAM foot is also on the other site. I've selected the jam foot on the other side as well. I'll simply press OK. And you may notice a chamber at this particular edge as well. So I'll just create another jam info. You can either add a new set for this new site and you can create a time for autos. You can simply cleared one at the temple. But we have to alter the time mentions. It is 45 into one. So I have created the Cham photo here as well. And we have the jom iterative it does. So this is the way we have to work on the models, what we have, and we have to follow the procedures and the process in a sequential order. So let me just go to the front view and change the view style, two, hidden lines. And human or does that the friendliest quite similar to the geometry? What happened when it has to be similar because we have followed the dimensions as but the geometry. And also on the top view, we may notice that I just don't have the plane. So I have to go over here and click on the plane. You can see that the voltage as seen in the top view with push back the lines. And we also have the visibility of a team, but edges are the team plus offices. So let us move to the next video and see how do we turn on the tolerances for this model. Surprisingly, we can see if your double-clicking on the geometry, the dimensions are assigned, but that are not tolerances assigned. So when I'm double-clicking on any dimension, I can see this is inactive. So in the next video, I'll be showing you the procedure for turning codon and assigning the tolerances as per the given beta. 123. Engineering Feature - Ex 2 e: So in order to assign the value for this dimensions, what are present in the top view? We can simply click on the model. And when we are clicking on any dimension, we can see that the audiences are hidden. So in order to activate it, we can go to File Options. Under options we have to go to configuration editor. And we can see that tolerance display is hidden. So if you're not finding this tolerant display, you can simply go to a show and click the drop-down list and select all options. So here you can find the tolerance. It is asked for the alphabetical order. Standard table, all display. So douglas plays a dollar and display. This presently selected to know. And you can just click on the drop-down and select. Yes. So just press OK. Right now, I have replaced Yes again, I have to see the config file. Now you can see that the, I'll just click on the geometry. And you can see the tolerances activated over a o. So I can assign a distorted view because it is more clear over here. We can see over here we can assign the tolerances for the 70 value. Okay? So please enter this basic. We can assign the limit of V0, 70.01 or 69.99. We can write in the form of plus and minus as one. So let us see how do we have in the geometry, it does in the form of plus minus. This is symmetric form. So whatever is the value we can just assign it. So it is pleasantly $70 and average actually 35's having, the other distances are having this is with respect to the Hall's actually. So I mean, not a click on the outer side model. I have quick look on the dimensions of the whole. So this is 35. I have silicon controlled burden and I've selected the whole 35 plus or minus 0.2. So I'll just double-click on 7035 and go to tolerance. I'll write symmetrical video and we can just change the value as 0.2. Press Enter. You can see that the value has been changed. So this is the way we can assign the tolerances. So generally we don't have the dollar, as mentioned in the previous drawing, what we have worked, but in some kind of geometries, they will be assigning the Golden's value as well, especially for the fetus that test Hall n n0. So this is the procedure for working with the daughter and as well. Now let us move forward and discuss the next sample exercise. 124. Engineering Feature - Ex 3 a: Let us continue the discussion and practicing of few sample exercises. I have a geometry of a 3D CAD model represented in the form of two-dimensional views. The motto of this particular exercise is to utilize the profile rib engineering featured in the career parametric and imply it into this particular model. Honor, closer observation of the geometrical views. We may notice that there is a presence of profile rip. Make a pause and understand the geometry. On closer observation, you might have thought that the profile will exist at this particular region. So this is one profile, what we have to create, and this is the another proprietor of what we have to create. The profiler is also existed at this particular location, which is basically seen in the side view. You can see over here the inclined surface is o profiled rip. Apart from the re-utilization of profile rep. We also have holes over here. I mean, we have a through hole over here and we have to remove the material in the form of a circular hole in this particular region. So before beginning the CAD modeling of the geometry, let us try to see and analyze in what particular procedure or what shall be the process for creating this geometry. If we are observing the geometry, we may notice that the overall length of the geometry is around 154 MM, whereas the depth of the geometry, or the width of the geometry is around 72 MM. The base of the geometry is having a thickness of around 20 units. And on this base we have the creation of another features of the component or the geometry. So let us first try to create the base on which we can create the next features in a sequential order. So I will quickly add ancient the screen. And now let's utilize the extrude option for creating the base at first. So I will be creating the extrude option in the top view. Because you may notice that in this particular view, this is the top view basically. And we have to create a 72 by 154 rectangle from the top view and extrude it for a length of 20 units. So I will utilize the sender rectangle and create a symmetric rectangle from the base itself. The length of the geometry has to be 154 millimeters and the width of the geometry has to be 72 millimeters. And I need to extrude it for a length of N, I'm sorry, 20 millimeters. So this is seen in the front view. And I can simply press OK. I have the acidity with me. You could have also created the base from the friend view. Also. I mean, for example, I have utilized the top view and I've extruded in the top view, you could have created in the front view, rectangular of 20 by 454 and extruded for a length of 72. So I'll quickly show that as we approach, depends on the designer I'm in, the person who is designing and his thoughts. Maybe some people might be creating it from the top view and maybe some other people may be walking from the front view also. So there's nothing wrong with it. End of the day you have to create the model. It has to be very correct. The lenses 1234. So when I'm zooming and zooming and you can see that I've created all based thickness of 20 units and the length of 150, 40 units. And now I will be extruding it by maintaining a symmetry for a length of or for a depth of 72 units. So I have the base ready with me right now. Let us move ahead and created the remaining geometries are the features. 125. Engineering Feature - Ex 3 b: On the observation of the sketch human notice that we have two major features in the model. The first feature that this I could look component which is extruded for certain depth. And the second feature is also seen in the front view. It is also a semicircular extruded component. So let us try to create the first feature, this component, and this is a semicircle with the radius of 2000 units. The radius A1 corresponds to the inner radius, which has to be removed using the remove command. So we will be removing the material at the end of the model and of the modelling. So we have to first create the total model. And when we are, once we are ready with the total model, then we can perform the creation of holes, tampers, rounds or my detail removal and additional profile or pre-selected reps. So this is the approach first, we need to create the total model shape at first. So in order to create the total geometry, I will be creating the first feature, which is a semicircular typed component. I will utilize to extrude command and extruded by creating a sketch of the radius 28. So first I will be utilizing the center and ends arc. And randomly at any center point, I'll be creating the radius. Ok? Now this, remember this particular dot or this particular center of the arc, is exactly at the position of half of the total width. I mean the total width of the geometries, 20 units. Since we have maintained the symmetry. The distance from the outer edge to this center line is ten units. Okay? So we have to follow the same thing. And you can also see in this dimensions over here that from the top edge, the geometry is odometry has to be maintained at a distance of ten units. That means the remaining distance of ten units should be removed. Glia. So I have radically clicked over here on the center line because this region has to be removed in the future. So now first I will maintain the radius, and the radius is equal to 28 units. I'll simply press enter. Now we have to check for their dimensions, which will help us to place the arc at a desired location. So when I am observing the OK, you may see that we have a distance of 54 units from the outer edge to the center of the OK. So just click on dimensions. I will go to the outer edge. I will change the view TO know hadn't. Let me click on dimensions again and go to the outer edge of the geometry and click on the center of the UK. And I'll just randomly click over here. So I will be getting a distance of 35, which I have to change it to 54 millimeter. So I have placed the desired location. I have also maintained the radius. Now I need to close the arc because in order to extrude, I have to see that the sketch wartime creating must be a close loop. I'll come back to the normal shading with edges. I'll press OK right now. And we must go to the cemetery and excluded for a length of, you may see in the top view, this line and this line, I'm in the line which I am highlighting with the cursor right now, represents the circular component in the, in the form of top view. And this region is done with the scene and the front view. So you may see that the extrusion of this circular component or the circular feature in the geometry, is along the total width of the geometry. And the total width of the geometry is equal to 72 units. In order to do that, we simply have to click on the text field and into 72 units, all 72 millimeters. Afterwards we can press OK. We will be having the model or the feature added to the geometry. Let us move forward and create the next veto. So again, let us utilize the procedure of utilizing the two-dimensional sketching options and cleared the geometry. But we have to see that what is the total extrusion Land of the geometry human Notice that this feature has to be excluded because it is very clear from the top view. But we have to see what is the total extrusion length or the depth. So it does not mentioned in this particular view. And it is definetely not mentioned in the front view as well. It cannot be represented in the friend view. We have SIB over here on the side and we have the diminishment of 54 units. And this is the extrusion length of the circular component or the circular feature in the geometry, what we are going to create right now. So I'll simply press extort again. I'll go to the plane, aligned the view. And I'll create a socle at first, and the circle diameter has to be 36 hundreds. So let's randomly click create a circle. We can randomly created. Then we have to maintain the placement of the fetal placement in the sense that dimensions with respect to the sketch what is given to us. So firstly, the diameter of the circle is 36 millimeter. So we have maintained the diameter right now. The next task is to main window placement of the circle. And if we are noticing over a year, we have a distance of 64 units from the center axis of the first feature or we have created. And apart from that, we also have a distance of 5454 plus 64 can also be countered in order to maintain the placement of this particular circle. So you've got two options right now. You can either choose the outermost edge and creator diminishing from here to the center of the circle. I'm sorry, in this kowtow Control Z, outer edge and the center press OK. We can just die 54 plus 64 and maintain the total length. But it is advice to utilize the dimensions what are given to us to the maximum extent. So we have to utilize 64 units away. Oh, so in order to use 64 units, we need to have a axis over here. And we may notice that there is no presence of axis. Axis is not to be seen. So it does verify whether it is turned on. So under this option, I can find that the axis is turned on, but still I'm not able to see it. So in this particular case, I can simply this close this. I'll just double-click on the circular arc. I'm sorry. I'll just press a single click and then click on axis. So now you can see the axis over a year, which is present over here, Leo. And also you can see in the model tree there is a presence of axis. So which indicates that we have created the axis for this particular circle. Now again, I'll just hide the modal tree and go to Extrude. I'll click on this sketch. Now let me quickly create a circle of diameter, 36 units. Now we can go to dimensions again. And now we can click on the center of the circle and the axis of the circle and click over here. So we are having the dimension mentioned, which has to be altered. And it has to be changed to 64 year hundreds. So first placement is completed. I'm in the placement with respect to x axis. Now we have to be bothered about the placement with respect to Y axis. So you can see in the geometry that the placement of this center point of this circle o has been represented with the dimension and the value of the dimension is 62 units in the y-axis. And this extra units corresponds to the tops of phase of the base and the center point of the circle. So what we have to do is you can see automatically a goto dimension, 41 units. And this dimension is not from the top of the surface of the base, but it is from the plane what we have the symmetric plane. So I need to create another dimensional V0. I will click on the center point and the top surface and press OK, or the metallic look. Now I can alter the dimension to 62. Now we have finally blazed a circulant appropriate place. The next job for us is to create the base. So in order to create the vertical base, first, I will be creating a center line. And you may notice that the width of the base or the rectangular base of this particular circular component is having a width of ten units. So what I'll do is you've got two options. You can use a line over here, 90 kinda simply connected to the base. And you have to see that it is symmetric on both the sides and the dissent should be ten units. But I will not be doing that thing. I'll simply go to rectangle. I'll create a corner rectangle because I have a center line. It is more easy for me to create asymmetric rectangle. So this is a symmetric rectangular, this created. But I need to ensure that I have to delete the segments because in order to create an extrusion, the total sketch must be a closed loop. And right now it is a closed loop, but I have to alter the dimension of the rectangle. It has to be ten units. Now I'll just extruded along this symmetric plane. Then extrusion lend, as seen in the side view, which is equal to 54. So we have created the second feature according to the sketch which is given to us. The next job for us is to create the ribs. So right now we have to utilize the profile rib because trajectory rape is not suitable for this problem. In order to create the profiler is a very simple task. We need to go to the ribs, selling the profiler, and we have to select a sketch plane. So the profiler is seen clearly in the front plane. And you can see in the top view the width of the rib. So you can select the front plane and align your view. Now we need to simply connect the edges. So just click on the line, go to the edge, and then just join a tangent. Over here you can see a symmetric, symmetric symbol of, I mean, you can see a symbol of tangent over here, the constraint tangent. So you have to click away or a game and you have the sketch relativity, you simply press OK. So you're not finding the table while this is because the direction of the rib has been on the other side. So I need to click on the direction in order to generate a. Now we need to alter or change our varied the dimension of the width equal to ten units clearly seen in the top view. Apart from that, we also have to ensure that it is symmetric. It shouldn't be on the left side or the right side, but it has to be equally on both the sides. So we have created the room number one. Let us move forward and create the next step. So the procedure is very simple and same. And go to the ribs telling the sketch aligned the view. Now you can see that this particular IP is tangent to both the circles. So let us create a tangent line. Plus I'll teach you to no hidden. I'll create a tangent line from this base, or maybe from the midpoint first of the top circle. And I'll just draw another tangent position. So automatically I'm getting a constraint over here. I'm just stopping over there. So this point is tangent. It is well and good. But I can see that the next point has to be tangent to the circle. So in order to convert it to a tangent feature, I can go to constraints and I can look for tangent curves to constrain salicylic Spain. I'll select the line first, then I'll select the edge. So when I'm selecting the edge, I'm getting a message over to resolve the sketch. This is because the point of the line is currently at the midpoint. So midpoint is also a constraint because you can see over here, we have the midpoint now coincident or minute is coincident with the mid-point basically. So we have to see that we have to convert the particular midpoint. Here. We have the midpoint 00, and we have to see that we have to convert the midpoint into tangent constraint. So i'll just delete the midpoint over here. And you can see we go to tangency over here. So I have to delete the extra segment what I'm having over you. And I have the liberty with me. I'll just change though view type and we have contained the direction. So do not get scared if you're not finding that Ebola, you simply change the direction of the rib. And you can visually see though rib and the dynamic view. So Vf created another. This is well and good. So we have completed the creation of derivatives. We also have over here with the scene on the top view and side view. So you can see this connecting the bottom surface edge and the main feature. So this particular starting point of the RIP has to be at a distance of 28 units. So I'll just in the next video. 126. Engineering Feature - Ex 3 c: So in order to create a rib at this particular location, as per the procedure, we have to click on the ribbon and we have to select the plane. But you may notice that there is no plane at this particular location. So in this particular case, we have to create a plane over here on which we can create the line of the river or the sketch of the rib. So I'll just close the reb over here and I will go to planes. So we have to place the plane at a distance of 64 units from the axis of the first veto. Clear. So we can do that thing. Or else we can directly take the outer edge. We can add the little dimensions and created. So it has to be 54 plus 64. So it is creating another site and does type minus 118 because the total is 108. Clear. So this is more easy because if I am having access, it is getting inclined. So the creation of inclined planes with respect and by utilizing axis I will be showing you in the future videos. So in order to, in order to avoid the confusion for that particular thing Right now, I'm creating a plane by utilizing the surface. So I've created a plane at a distance of when a team, which is equal to 64 plus 54. I'll press OK right now. And you may find a new plane created over here, and it is also visible in the model tree. So I'll just close the Model three and go to the rubber game. I'll select the blame, the newly created plane, and I'll just align the view. So if you want to contain the orientation, if you're getting confused, if you're comfortable, you can just go with it and just go to right, press sketch again. So you have to see that you connect, create a line. As seen in the side view. You have to create a line at a position which is 28 units from the axis of the circle. So again, we're not finding the axis over here. I'll just go to model. I have to close the sketch at first. And the river as well. So I'll just click on this circle. And clicking on the circle gives me certain options. I can simply click axis. So I got an axis over here. Now I can go to ribbon again and select the plane and align the geometry. Now I need to create a line. So I'll just create a random line from this surface till the base. The geometry, you can see it is at the base. Now I need to align or assign the placement. So I ever distance of 28 units from the center axis. Click on central axis and the edge. Look over yo, alter the dimension to 28. Press OK. Change the dimension, sorry, direction of the river. And we have to see that the width of the rib is equal to ten units. This created. In order to create the same thing on the right side, we can simply. Select the which we have created right now, and click on mirror, select the plane. So you can see we've got the rib on the other side as well. So we are done with the creation of the total geometry. The next job is the material removal. So firstly, what we can do is we can either remove this material, then we can just create a whole or vice versa. So I'll just create a hole at first. So I can utilize the axis because the whole Xist and the outer circle I exist will be coinciding with each other. So I'll click on the axis and then I'll click on the surface. So you can see a formation of the hole. I'll go to shape and I have to enter the diameter of the hole. So as per the geometry, that is 18 through whole cell just chain two through. And we can then press OK. And we got the whole day with us. And the final job is to remove the material. That is a very simple task. We just have to create an extrusion Andromeda material. So when we are analyzing the geometry, you can see that this is ten units. Ten units has to be left and the remaining ten units has to be removed because the total width this 20 units. And you can see that this is a rectangle. So first we can remove the rectangle in Mongo. So I'll just create a rectangle. I'll just change the views that you can see more clearly. And I'll create a rectangle at first. So the width is ten units obviously, but I don't know the length of the rectangle because it is not mentioned over here. So I can do some calculations over a year. And so this is the 54 units still here and add a radius of 18 Cleo and added unit of ten. So what I can do is I can just add 54. So up to here the dimension is 54, up to here. And from here the radius is 18. So I'll just add 18 also plus. And then existences 1010 units and just press OK and the total is 82 units. So the reason why I am creating a rectangle at first, then a circular circle is because I'm trying to go with the manufacturing point of view when the process is what we are following in, they can not directly remove this particular slot under CERCLA feature in Mongo. Firstly, there will definitely remember this material which is very obvious. And after that they'll just try to remedy circular feature. So I'm just going with that same analogy. I'll just press OK right now. Let me come back to the original shaded view. A dissident Muda material. And on the other side so that my data has to be removed after the next surface. Again, press OK right now. So right now after this I can create the circular arc, which can be removed. So I'll just extrude again. And we can create the arc from the same center. So if it is not seen in the virtual distinct the view again, so that it is of this internal arcus 18 units. I need to double click and change it to 18 and ensure that it has to be a closed loop for the explosion to happen. I'll just press OK. Come back to the shading view. Change the direction. My remote headless automatically selected because this is career of 6. I'll go up to the depth or the upper the next surface. So the material is being removed right now. So one more thing, we have to remove it from the top view if you're observing over here, we have to create a material removal of 20 by ten. So this is again very simple. This click extraordinary surface aligned the view. So we can just add a reference line over here. The reference line I'll be adding good centre line because I have combined in a cemetery. And you just go to rectangle, start from the one edge, stop at other edge. And this will be symmetric automatically. Maintained the dimension as 20 by ten. Click OK, change the direction. It gets extruded automatically and select up to the next surface. Press ok. So by this method, we have created the total geometry. So we can see very clearly, I'll just change with a view to know hadn't, had aligned the view's. Got another sketch, what we're having over here. And let me hide the plane has very, so you can see more clearly that the geometry has been created by maintaining all the dimensions and the fetus in the geometry. So you can see from the top view also, I'm telling on her then you can see the circular feature as well. So this is the procedure for creating the intention of this exercise was to utilize degradation of rep. And we have also seen the approach of creating the three-dimensional model as well. So let us move forward and continue our discussions. 127. Dimension Pattern: Hi, in this lecture, I will be discussing about the next feature, inquiry or barometric. And the feature what we are going to learn today or in this particular video, will be under the category of editing. The name of the feature which we are discussing right now is called S Patton. So what does Patton mean in general English? It means something which is used as a model to make a copy with the recording design. N Creo barometric. What are we doing with pattern command? For example, I have this extruded base over here or the extruder geometry on which I have created a circular effects corrosion. So this is the extra number two and the extra number one is the base. If I want to make a pattern of Extrude two, that means I want to make a copy of this particular extrude in some kind of design or repeated recurring design. So in order to do that, I can utilize the command call S pattern. So I will show you the procedure for using a Patton and creating repeated or recurring designs of the model of interest. Before that, let me tell you one thing that if we are wanting to work with the baton command, the first and foremost Angus, to decide which feature or instance we are going to pat them or we're going to make a copy of. Secondly, the pattern is only functional if we have a geometry into screen and if we have the feature which we are deciding to pattern, so I have the feature with me right now. In order to activate the platinum command, I can simply select the feature or instance which I want to copy or maker design off. After isolating the fetal, I can go to the patent command. You can see this highlighted in this highlighted like now, which means we can start using this function. Click on the pattern command. After clicking, you will be having a new ribbon with different features and options. The first option on the left hand side is the select button type. So there are different types of biotin. What we can create in Creo. The first one is the dimension pattern, which is activated by default. If you are clicking on the drop down list, we will be having the different types of patents which are present and we will be discussing in the future videos. So the first one I will be discussing is the diamond pattern, which is the first Patton by default. Now for example, you may notice one thing that venom activating the pattern by selecting the fetal automatically. What are the automatically the dimensions corresponding to this feature are present it on the screen. So please have a look at it carefully. Let me say like the pattern command. Here it is. So you can see the dimensions which are visible right now. We have the dimension with respect to that of finances. The references which we have used for placing the veto. So I'll just go back quickly to the extrude and edit definition. I'll go to placement edit. And you can see the dimensions which are visible right now. So I have utilized the 40 unit distance from this central axis. And I have also utilized or ten unit distance from the left-hand side and the diameter of ten units. So when I am turning on the Patton command, you can see that the same dimensions are present right now. So whatever dimensions we are using for creating the fetal, The same dimensions will be visible right now when we are activating the dimension pattern. Now let us try to create a copy of this instance or the feature. So before that, for a clear representation, I'll just change the color of the base. We can go to View appearances, select any color of interest, and I'll just select the outer surfaces, will come back to pattern. We have the geometry with us. So imagine I want to create a same feature on these phase on the right hand side. So I can simply select this dimension because this dimension is having a distance of ten units from the left side. After selecting, I need to enter a value. So this value will not be changing the diamond front of the existing instance, but it will be adding an incremental value to this. So for example, right now the distances ten units, and then units correspond to the distance of the edge to the center of circle. So imagine if I want to add 20 hundreds right now. So you can see I gotta dot over you. So this particular dot or this particular indication, it indicates me that the next feature or the next copy of this more than will be at this particular location, because I have entered a value of 20 units. So for him, from this particular point, it has added 20 units. And we are getting a dot over a year, which indicates that the next feature would be present over you. So if I want to press ok, I will be having the same FIFO copied on the right-hand side. So this is copying the first instance and creating a new instance and just edit back the Patton. What if I want find more copies. Okay, so you can see on the screen of a hill currently the number of members r to the first one is the original one, what we have selected. And the second one is the copied. When if I want a number of six members or six instance vetoes, I can just type six over here. And you can see I'm getting six dots over yo. This indicates that I will be having six features. And simply press OK to get the six features on the surface. So remember the distance between each of the feature or each instance is equal to 20 units. So what is the reason for them to be doing two units is because when I've selected the dimension, the first dimension I've written over here, 20. That is the reason the distance between each of these is 20 hundreds. Now if I want to change their distance between them, how do I do with it? I can simply go to dimensions and you can see the selection or the particular feature or the dimension, what we have selected. So Vf selected this particular dimension which is getting highlighted light now. Clear. So you can see when I'm clicking on this, it is getting highlighted. So I have entered her increment of 20 units. Let me change the increment to say 40 units. And you can see that the dots are changing the location depending on the dimension that we have entered. So the final Dodd is going outside the geometry. Let me reduce it and press OK. Forget a pattern of the distance, what we want to create it. So this is the basic feature of Patton, the dimension pattern. Let us move on and discuss the remaining set of features. 128. Dimension Pattern - Both Directions: So I will just edit the previous pattern, what we have created from the model tree by clicking on Edit definition. And you can see that you can visibly see the pattern what we have created. So another dimensions we can observe over here that vf selected the dimension ten units. So this dimension corresponds to the outer edge or the left side edge with the center of the circles. I'll just try to click on it by using the right-click command button and just remove it. And imagine if I would have selected the extrusion length of the geometry. So what will happen right now, the momentum selecting the dimension, it is asking me to enter the incremental value. This let me keep a random values in, for example, 15. Now in what direction will the Patton be created? Will it be created on the right-hand side, or on the bottom side, or on the other side of the geometry. So according to the analogy, we have selected this dimension with this on the y-axis demand and this is the y-axis. So the next feature or the next incensed will be created corresponding to the, the dimension itself. So I'll just press OK. And you may observe that I will be having multiple cylinders placed upon each other. I'll just press OK and you can see there are five cylinders or the phi extruded feature, which are placed over each other. So the selection of the dimension is very crucial in this particular pattern because that correspond to the direction of the patent to be created. So I'll just go back to Dimension. I'll remove the dimension what we have selected. I will select a new dimension. Say for example, in this case, let me select the other reference. So I've selected 40 units and it is asking me to give an incremental value. So let me just try to give a incremental value of say, 15 units. And you can see that I'm getting a dots on the left-hand side of the model, but I do not want the particular pattern to be in the air. Ok, I wanted to be on this little phase of the base. So what do I do it right now? How do I change the direction of the patent features? I can simply just click on the increment over here and I can write o, or I can add a negative symbol and press enter. So after that, this changes the direction of the Patton. Clear. So I can just press OK right now. And I will be having though patton feature on the other side or on the different direction. So this is another feature or option under the dimension pattern. Let us discuss few more interesting features. And again, just press Edit definition. Now we have seen two methods. We have patent in the x-direction. You can just consider the right side to be x-direction and vf pattern on the negative y direction. Ok, if I want to patten on both the sites, I want a geometry to be repeated on the x axis and y axis as well. So what do I do in that particular case? You can find the option over year, first direction, second night action. So currently we are working with the first direction. That means we are selecting only one direction. We are either selecting the x axis, obviously electing the y-axis. I mean, in this particular case, we are selecting the negative Y-axis because we have entered the value as negative, okay? But on the whole, we are selecting either the x-axis for the first direction or the y axis for the first direction. Now we have a option coalesce that CAN direction. So using this particular option, we can create the Patton in both the axis. So we can simply click over here or else we can go to dimension and click over here. Right? Now, for this particular axis or the negative y-axis, we have selected the 40. I mentioned what we have from the central plane. Now for the x axis, I will be selecting the pen units. So I'll just click over here. And I can vary the incremental value. Let it be 20 units. So you can see I'm getting new doors over here, which corresponds to the instance which will be created after pressing OK. Now we can change the number of members in x-direction as will currently in the y-axis we have six members. Feel wanting, we can reduce one. I'll just keep it six. But in the x-axis and just try to keep it n. And I'll just press OK right now. And you can see there are plenty of fetus or instances patent. It is looking like a LIGO basically. And jokes apart TO this particular feature is very interesting. I mean, it has already interesting features or options. And one more thing, what we can do right now, for example, if we are not wanting fewer blocks in the middle, I'm just calling it as a block. So if you're not wanting this particular block in the middle, so I can just click on this option and press OK. So you can see the dots which I have selected are hidden right now and they're not visible on the screen. I can do that again. So you can see the change in the appearance. And you can see the blocks which are present and which are not present. I mean, you can see the difference between them and I'm selecting it is changing. So this will be more clearly visible in your computer. And press ok. So you will not be having this fetus which vf these elected. So this is another feature in dimension pattern. Let us move on to discuss a few more features in dimension. Patton. 129. Dimension Pattern - altering height and diameter: So the next thing what I would like to show you is the barometric nature of the sulfate. So I have the extruded component. And if we are clicking on this arrow, we can see the total number of extruded components which are created by using the baton command. Okay, so the first one corresponds to the first feature which I have created individually. So if I'm just editing this, let me see what's going to happen. Maybe if I'm just trying to increase the extrusion height, say listening to 15. And after pressing OK. All the other bat bend out of the copied features or instances between and gets length accordingly. So this is the barometric nature of this. All fair. Now when I'm just coming to the Patton and editing it. So we may have, we may have observed that in the one direction, first direction, we have selected the negative 15 value because we wanted to come on the y-direction. I'm in the negative y direction. We wanted to patent it. And the next direction is corresponding to the x axis. And the dimension. What we have selected in the first case was the reference length or the distance, and in the second case was again that reference from the outer edge. Now imagine if I want to alter the height of the extrusion in any of the direction, either direction when our direction to how do I do it? And what do I mean by that? So I'll just show you what I am trying to tell you right now. So God is presently the direction, one is the y direction. I'll just try to increase the height of the models or the blocks in the X axis. So I will just have to go with the direction too, because that action took our response to this reference. Clear. So I'll just hold the Control Command right now, and I'll just select the extruded length. So we're just 15 units right now. So remember I'm just holding the control switch and I'm selecting the excluded height. So the moment I've selected, you can see it got added over here in the direction to list. And it is asking me to enter a height of or the increment height. So I wanted to increase for every step or for every member, it has to increase for say, phi units, okay, so presently it is 15, the next one will be 20, then 25, 30-35 multiples of five. So just press or good right now. And let me press OK and see what is the variation so that you can see the radiation over your in the baton. The height or the extrusion height has been altered by an incremental value of five units. So initially it was 15. The next one is 202513, so on. So this is another feature which we can modify when VR to creating the pattern command or using the patent command under the dimensions Patton. And in the other direction, we can alter another dimension of the Baden geometry. So in this particular case, let me go to dimensions of a o and in the direction to, I have altered the height of the block in the direction one. Let me order the diameter. So I'll just select the diameter direction one and just click over here. And I'll come back to the parent geometry. I will be holding the control switch in the keyboard, and I will be selecting the diamond. Oh, so you may observe over here that it got added over here. And it is asking me to give a incremental diameter. So because the base of the geometry is very small, I will just give an incremental value of one unit. So President did the diameter is ten, the next diameter will be 1112 and so on. And after that, I'll just press OK. And see the radiation. So you can do the radiation in the top view more clearly. So you can see that in the y-axis, the diameter is increasing. So this was 1011121314. Clear. So in the x axis the height is increasing. In the y-axis the diameter is increasing. So this is another feature of the dimension pattern. We can alter any of the dimension which is existing for the Baden phasor or the patent instance. Let us move forward and continue discussion. 130. Dimension Pattern - Regeneration : So I've edited it again. And I mentioned in the earlier case I have given a unit of one over year. Let me increase the dimension to two and see what is the way the blocks of dating arranged. I'll just press OK. So in the beginning it is well and good. But on the right-hand side, you can see that there is an intersection of the blocks, clear because the diameter of the block has increased and they are getting coincided or intersected with the other blocks. Right now, when I'm editing the baton, you can go to Options over Yo, and there are two options for regeneration. The general one is the General Electric by default. And if I'm setting the variable, you can see a change. You can observe that the patent will not be created. So I'm getting a failed feature right now. So I'm getting a message also. So the reason for this is when there is an intersection of the blocks. And if I'm working with the variable, the pattern will not be generated clear. So let's try to reduce though, incremental height to one, maybe in the one units for you and not having an intersection in the blocks and just press OK. And then the variable I'm getting the blocks on the screen. So in this particular case, there is no intersection between the blocks and that is the reason it has generated. Whereas in the case if the blocks or the instances are having any intersections between each other, they will not be created. So this is what I wanted to discuss. There's another option of a yield and just edited. The next option is identical. And this will convert. All the blocks are identical to each other. So this will not allow us to vary the lens or the diameters. It has to be created. I mean, if you wanted to create an identical feature, we can simply go to identical and we can just create it. So the general or the default to undoes battle. And most commonly whenever you, I'm gonna have never utilized, use h over this particular dimension baton. But it is interesting too. Note the features and understand what are the different option turned into under it. Because most of the times I have utilized either direction pattern or access pattern because these are the most commonly used in different applications as well. So let us move forward and discuss the detection pattern in the next video. 131. Direction Pattern: So in this lecture we will be discussing the next pattern or the next type of pattern. And if we are wanting to delete the pattern what we have created, we can click on the model tree and we can just write liquid. We can either select delete or delete pattern. So if you are selecting the delete pattern, we will be having the bait and geometry what we have created at first. And if we are deleting, by using the delete, everything gets deleted and then we will not be left with the barren feature or the instance what we want to model it. Amen, We want to pad on it clear. So I'll just undo and i'll just delete the baton because I want to explain the direction pattern using the same block. So I'll just select though feature which we are wanting to pattern. And we can select the Patton option over a year also. I mean, this is a shortcut instead of going to the main reference electrode. And by default I mentioned you the dimension pattern will be selected. We can change it to direction pattern right now. So for direction pattern, we have to select the direction in which we want to copy it. So most commonly we can select a blame, right? So if you remember that we had the parent feature over here and I want to pad on it. I'm sorry. I want to run it on the right hand side. Okay, so I'll just select to Al Gore and cellular detection analysts elect the plane, which will help me decide, which will help me to decide the direction of the pattern. Okay? And after selecting the plane, you may observe that I'm getting or dynamic view I'm and I'm getting a daughter V0, which is corresponding to the member which is being created using the detection pattern. So if I add this chain, the number of members to five and press OK. You can see that the block has been copied or patent. We can also alter the dimensions between them by using this basic text field. Presently the dimension is 15 units or 15 phi two. I'll just change it to third beat. We can also use the drag handle for weighting the spacing between each of the blocks. So this is the first direction. And if you're wanting to Patton the existing pattern, you can do that as well. So I'll just select the baton and a list pattern. The pattern. And it does go to direction. And let me pardon it on the right side, if I'm just calling it as y-axis. Gay and present limit is getting one member. I can add more members to it. I can vary the distance or the spacing between them with the help of the text field or by dragging the handle. I'll just press OK and you can see if pattern the pattern. So there are two patterns under this. The first one is the x axis, what we have created, and thus I can run it just visited in the model tree is the y axis. The direction pattern is quite interesting. I mean, it is very simple to use. We have to basically select the plane and we have to assign the direction in which we want to patent the geometry. Clear. And we can also alter though dimensions. For example, if you want to alter the height, we can do that thing as well. Unlike what we have seen in the dimension pattern, the same commands can be applied under this. But generally when we're using the direction Patton, we will not be required to order though dimensions if at all it is required. We can also alter any of the dimensions. And the list I'd alter the length. You can see it has been altered. So the dimension pattern, what we have seen in the previous videos, that can also be implied in the direction pattern. Let us move forward and discuss something else. 132. Application of Direction Pattern: So I wanted to show you where have I used the direction pattern. So you can see this is a 3D model of an aircraft cabin. I mean, this is the internal section of the goblin because generally what you find in the aircraft as a circular fuse lodge. But internally the cabinets and designed in this way. And we have some structural members on the outside which is forming a circular shape CLIL. So I'll just hide the solid-phase war deaf created outside. And you can see that there are number of seeds which are present in the model. Okay? And the objective of this particular model M And the reason for creation of this model was to investigate the internal flow patterns in the ACO enough cabin CLIL. So for investigating the internal flow, I needed to create all 3D model of the cabin. I'm going to reduce the computational cost. We have cut down the number of seats. We have just focused on the middle section. I'm going to just focus on the four rows, each row corresponding seven seats clear in that arrangement of 2.3.2. So the bottom point over here is the utilization of Patton for creation of this multiple number of seats. You can see in the model tree the number of commands that I've used. And you can see one thing over here that the pattern command has been used to the maximum, the Patton the mirror. And you can find 123456789101112 commands which are used for creating this particular geometry. And the dwell commands are the pattern commands and the remaining Amira and extrusions CLIL. So I'll just show you what is the, what was the wave we have used for creating this model? And this go to Extrude. So this was the first thing, what we have done. I'll just take this little up so you can understand the procedure of utilization of pattern depending on the application, what we are working with. So we can select, we can create a single seat and we can just pat and it. Ok, so I'll just edit the pattern. So you can see over here that I have created this set of seed over here. I'm going to list though. So in this group you can see 1234 extrusion. The forward extrusion corresponds to the first two seats. Okay. And I've said I've created those two seats. I've grouped them into one set and I have group patent the group actually. So I've created four different seats in this direction. I mean, I've utilized the direction pattern. You can see over here, I've selected the plane and I've edited them on the rear sight. So similarly, IF patting them on the right-hand side, you can see over here, then we have plantain, the game. This pattern corresponds to. Yeah, I wanted to, I wanted to add this particular feature over here. I mean, this was corresponding to the mountain knows of the passenger L. I mean, it's a little funny over here, but in order to save the computational time and all, we have not designed the human body actually I'm and we have just as you as assume that the block of IO represents a human who is breathing in, getting out. So that was the reason this particular feature was created. And this particular feature was assigned as a mouth of the passenger. So you can see if this patton them as well. 1234. Okay. So I have created them using the extort command. You can see the sketch over he'll play O. And this was excluded for a certain distance, and it was patent. And again, this was pattern on the right-hand side using the direction Patton and discipline and move on thing for all the patents which you're finding in this model, I've utilized only the direction pattern because that was enough for me and it was not required for me to use any dimension Patton Rodinia, them pattern which are present. So in this way we have created the different fetus in a step-by-step procedure. And we have created the total geometry. So this is the basic use of direction pattern. It is one of the most important Patton men when VR walking with different geometries and normal variable via find a geometry that can be copied. Does think about the pattern option and after checking out the design them and what way we can copy dot-dot-dot Dennett, most of the times direction pattern is feasible in required. And the next door type of pattern is dying. This pattern, which I will be showing you in the next video, hospital. So overall, the bottom point over here is that the direction pattern. It was used for creation of this particular cabin fetus. And and I've utilized the detection pattern over here and created the cabin on which we have investigated the flow analysis. So just go back to the net, go to the next video and show you the different or the next type of pattern. 133. Axis Pattern: In order to explain you the next pattern or the next type of fatten, I have changed the base model. In the previous videos, I have utilized the block, square, rectangular block. But in this, in this particular video, I will be utilizing a revolt geometry. So you can see on the screen that I have created a simple revolted geometry using the revolt command. And imagine I want to hold on this. So I'll just press Control D first. I'll go to the whole veto and then select the surface on which I want to create a hole. Now I need to align though references. So you just go to placement. I'll just click a line so that it comes under this plane. And the next reference will be with respect to the axis. Okay? And I'll just change the distance to a 100. Let me increase the diameter little bit, say 25. And I'll change the type to next. So I have the whole over heal. And imagine that I want to create a pattern of this whole. I mean, I want to create a more number of holes on the surface, right? Imagine I want to create for holes right now of same diameter on the circular path of dissenter of hole, right? So in order to do that, I'll just select the whole and I'll go to Patin. After turning on the pattern command, I'll change the type of fat into Xist. So remember one important point over yo, whenever we want to work with the axis Patton, the woman reactivating the axis baton, it is required for us to select the axis. So as you are very aware that all the circular features in the model or the geometry will automatically have an axis over here. Okay? So if we are not finding the axis, you can simply select the component m and you can select the circular feature and click on Xist. So you can see an axis being generated over here. And it is also visible in the model tree. But right now in my model, taxes was already present automatically. So I will not be adding a new axis and just elect the whole feature and go to Patton and turn on the axis baton. So as I mentioned you that I have to say like the axis at first, I will be selecting this axis. After selecting this axis, you may observe that I am getting four dots over a o, right? So you understand that the four dots will represent the four holes which are being patent because we have already seen in the previous videos that the dots which we are, which are visible in the dynamic view, represents the instance which is being created. I'll just press OK right now and you can see the whole being created or copied. And we have four number of holes which are being packed into using the pattern command. So one thing you can understand with Patton is that it is reducing over time. If we have the patent veto, we can just use the pattern command and create multiple number of features and the geometry depending on the need. I'll just edit the pattern again in order to explain you some other features under the access pattern. So remember I exist pattern is again widely used because we have all kinds of features or features in revolt geometries which are, which has to be created or copied. So we can just use the Xist Patton and copy the fetal. So by default for patton them in for role models are being created, we can reduce the count to three. So you can see that we are getting 123. So this is basically anticlockwise. If you want to go in the clockwise pay, we can just change their direction. And you can see the hole is getting created in the clockwise direction. So I'll just press OK and I will be having the hole's ready with me. And each hole is having its own axis also. And if I'm just editing the pattern again, you can see that the next option under the access pattern is the angle. Actually, this is the angle between the members. So presently we are having three members which are placed at an angle of 90 degrees. If we want, we can reduce the angle, say 145 degrees. So the angle between each member is presently 45 degrees. If you're wanting to increase the members, we can again go to the text field and add more members. So I've added aids right now. I'm pressing. Okay, and you can see I've created eight features or eight holes in a single step. So this is reducing over time, right? And it is a very good thought that unit VR going for an interview maybe, you know, if you're given the same kind of geometry, a little bit similar. And you know, they're just check up what options are utilizing for creation of the features in the model. You know, person was not aware of the pattern command to what really do. And then he'll just try to use the whole eight times and it created this particular features. So what, what is happening is we are getting the geometry with us. I mean finally on the screen we can find the geometry. But the person who has created this eight holes using the whole command individually for eight holes. Here will be having a very lengthy model tree, right? And if you are aware of this particular feature Angus pattern, see you can create in two steps. One for the major geometry. Second for the hole which is being patent. So this is a kind of good picnic for improvising their skills. Clear and I'll just go back to edit and we'll just see what are the fetus. So right now, well here you can see 360 degrees. It, it know VO, But it is least elected terminate is not functional right now, right? In order to activate it, we can click on this button or this icon. And after turning on this icon, you can see that the previously typed angle is being de-selected right now, so we can use any of these two. So generally does better to select activated 30-60 angle. And what this particular feature does is it divides the number of members, mighty 60. Imagine 110 members or pinholes. So the angle between each member will be 360 by ten, which is 36 units, 36 degrees chaos. It automatically calculates though angle which has to be maintained between each member. If I'm warning, See for example six. So what cardio does is it calculates 360 by six, which is almost 66 or 36 to 60 degrees basically. And the angle between each member will be 60 degrees right now. So you can see that the five hola created automatically at an angle of 60 degrees. So it totally depends on the geometry, what we are given an item times we may require for holes at 90 degrees or we medicalize six holes at 30 degrees scale. So depending on the geometry or the model which is given to us, we can assign the angles. So this baton or the access pattern, what we have seen right now, we have seen it for the whole, but it is also functional for any feature what we're creating in the geometry say I'll just tie to create a veto. And just create extraordinary yo. And I'll just q dot random veto. So I'll just click on project. So you can see over here that, you know, I'm just trying to show you the project feature right now. I have this circular reference, okay, if I'm destroying windows IDEO, little bit inclined. So this circular edge, what this being highlighted right now if I want an OK, I mean, if I want to create a schedule and that i 1to line segment on that. So I can just click on project, click on the OK to get a line. You can see the line is being created. So if I'm just clicking on this, again, a line is being created on that. So I'll just change to noise and you can see the line being created. So i'll just delete the horizontal line and just delete the extra lines I'm having. I'll press Okay, I've got the shaded region over here. So this is the feature project. I haven't changed the direction, so I just sit in with the material and press OK. So we have this feature to extrude over a year, which is at a moment ETL feature. We can pattern this feature as well. Again, this tighter show you by utilization of access pattern. So I'll just say like the axis, the most important command is to select the reference that is the axis at affordance. And I want four. Fetus, maybe wondering Greece to five. So I'll just turn on the 60 and click on five. So all the calculation is happening and it's happening in the background by this offset itself, really not take a calculator and calculate the angle which we want. So we can just select 30-60 mode and enter the number of members what we are wanting. And automatically the software calculates and places them equally. Press OK, and you will be having the shape with you. So are you deleting this tape with anything? I mean, like, you know, for example, we have wheels of the cars okay, and alloys basically. So they are generally having five or six books depending on the type of V or the kind of type of v l, what we are using actually there's generally some sports cars and all they'll be having cool designs, right? So you can just relate the design of the particular alloy veal by utilization of reward command and creating a feature patenting it. If you're wanting to begin, just modify it. Maybe, you know, we can just add some rounds for making the model look more better. So this is how I am in the designs are happening in industry is actually so they are utilizing the commands which are present in this office and we can create any component which we are interested to create. So I just want you to practice different models of your own interest and share with your friends and see the responses. I'm sure there will be a little bit confusing. I mean, how you have your design goal distinct. But this is very interesting feature in Rio, I'm and I have not created a veal. My intention was not to create a villa year or their lawyer veal, but I'm just relating the geometry to that. And though indention Wall Street explained you that though pattern can be created on any feature in the geometry. So in the first case, I have created though Xist padding, losing the whole command. I mean, I've created the holes multiple number of faults. And in this particular feature, I have created though, I've removed the material and that removal of material was being packed. And so I have utilized that particular extruded in the model tree and I have patented. So this is all about access pattern. We will just try to move on and discuss a bit further in the next video. 134. Fill Pattern: In order to explain you the next type of pattern which is called Les fill Patton, IF creator DO rectangular block on which I have created a circular extruded component, which I will be utilizing for patterning. So I will be selecting the extruded competent to with this extra number two, and I will be clicking on the pattern. After clicking on pattern, I will be changing the dipole pattern to fill. And for creating a fill Patton, we need to create a sketch after turning on the full pat down. And you can see that though, lord, we have created, has been disappeared. Okay, when it was President Obama, Yo, and if I'm just changing the fill, you can see it as being disappeared. So please don't worry about it. We have to create a sketch right now. So for creating a sketch, you can go to the right-hand side and find a datum option over yo select the sketch Cellectis office. Press sketch, aligned the view. Cleo. So I will be creating a sketch. It can be of any shape. I'll just create a rectangular itself or put the half. The press will get. I know I have this sketch on the geometry clear. So I'll just assume it. And you can see after assuming though, Patton, you can see the total area of the sketch. What I've created is getting filled with dots. The dots are nothing but the bad end fetal, which will be visible on the screen after pressing OK. So here are the total extorted competence which have patent or which are getting filled basically, in this case, what we have created. So the sketch can be of any shape. It is really not required for you to have a rectangle. You can use spline as well. So I'll just cancel it and delete the pattern. I'll just delete this sketch what f created. I'll select the student feature. I'll go to pattern again. Fill datum, sketch, select the cell phase sketch again, aligned the view so that we just tried to use a spline something. Okay, and right now let me just keep it as an open section. Okay. I'm not closing it as I said, let me see what is going to happen, whether those all fibula zoom it has a closed loop and fill the area under the line or will it give me an arrow and just press OK and resume it. And you can see the region is automatically filled with though patent dots. Okay, so what's happening is those all fit is automatically assuming Delgado them as they're done in a way that it assumes this particular feature as a closed loop and it fills the area under the section. So I'll just press OK right now. And you can see that. According to the area, though extruded competent is getting filled. So there are certain features over here which we can we can alter the baton. So presently this is the first type of pattern and we can just change it from squared to a diamond pattern. So this is more clearly visible when we are having a rectangular type of sketch. So I'll just pause and change it quick. So I've created a rectangular pattern. I meant rectangular sketch. And on that I am getting filled with the patent geometry, right? So I'll just change the type of grid from square to diamond type. And you can't see that arrangement of the fetus here. And the next type of arrangement, circular, I believe. Xlr going I'm sorry, and hexagon, then we have the circular type. You can see we can also alter the spacing between them actually. So for spacing, and let's go back to the default. And we can increase the spacing between them. So if you are increasing the spacing, the number of foetus are getting reduced. And if you are reducing the spacing and number two, features like you're doing increased. So this is another type of options available over here. We can also, so presently you can observe that the distance from border is maintained to 0, right? If he can also alter that distance c, You can just see when I'm increasing the border distance, the distance from the schedule's getting increased. I mean, it is getting more closer and closer to each other. So I'll just come back to 0. We can rotate and just had a small rotation. You can order the rotation has been to whatever angle we're wanting it to be. But as okay. So on this particular areas getting filled with the fetus. So again, I'm just mentioning a point O here that I have never used full Patton in my career so far, I'm in intensity required. But the applications which I'm working on for me, it was hard to use fully. But as our training and the goals, it is my duty to explain you all the types of patterns. So next, design is this particular thing and this radius, the spacing, I'm sorry. And just go to default first. Spacing, change the rotation to 0 and get it's a spacing. To make it more clearer. X1 is the members along this. We have the last one which is on the corner of the gov. I'll just press OK. You will be having all the features along the goal. So this particular geometry is though Baden veto. If you're not one mingled, we can just do a 100 off my selecting. It will not be having that particular thing visible. So this is all about the fill patent. Let us practice this and will exercise and move on to discuss the next features. 135. Pattern Exercise - 1 a: So I have an exercise over here and on analyzing the geometry, geometrical layout, we can understand that it is a reward component. So the reason for me to tell that as because of the diameters which I've mentioned in the dimensioning of the layout. You can see that our diameters mentioned. So whenever data dimension is mentioned in the form of a diameter to form this understand data. So circular section president of the geometry. So you can understand that, okay, fine. This particular feature that has to be created using the revolve command. Now on a closer look, you can see that the shaded region over heel is representing the section a, a guess what? This is an offset view of this component. And you can see the circular feature over here as when the total diameter of the geometry is 206 units. And there are four holes which are equally placed. So for creation of this holes, we can simply utilize the pattern command, which we have already seen. And the type of patent could be utilized is the access pattern in this case. And you can also observe one more thing that the whole or the type of oil is quite different. Actually, it is not a flat circular hole. It is a counter bore hole because you can see that as a distance of 20 units, which is present them in that is the depth of the bore. And the remaining is this flat circular hole of 16 Diane middle. And on the shaded region, I'm in the region with the materialist present. We have certain dimensions over yo, give this as the center axis over here. We have a diametric dimension of 9896 units. Then we have the total diameter present and this V0, which is equal to two naught six. And we have the red's present over yo, taught D and 44. We have a kiwi over here whose dimensions are 14 by five, and the diameter of this hole over here is 50 units. We also have certain amount of depth earlier, which is again diametric form, and it is equal to 96 units for a depth of phi units. So let us try to walk on it and let us see how are we going to create this model, like what approach that we're going to follow. So basically I will be creating the outer block at first. I'm and I will be creating the 900 by 30. And I will be also adding to it 44 by not eight. Okay. Then elicit revolver it. After revolving it, we will do the removed material, material, the mobile tasks. Okay? So fast and just align the view very quickly. I'll hide the modal tree so that you can have a very clear picture. 136. Pattern Exercise - 1b: So as this goes, I will be using the default command right now. And as I've mentioned to you already that this right side view is this particular sketch, what we're seeing on the screen. And in order to go with that, I'd be selecting that I'd cite plane first. And I will be creating, select, selecting those sketch for you. But human or does one thing over here that whenever, when I'm pressing the sketch view option, that is a rotation in the plane, okay? You have to be very careful over here because this will change the orientation of the model. So as per the geometry which is given to us in the right side view, the mortar list present in the vertical form. Ok, and if we are going with the present sketch for you, and if I'm just clicking or creating a sketch for revolving, just imagine, okay, I'll just press OK and select this sketch to revolve. And I go to reward feature and press OK. And in the control and the default view, the geometry is present in the horizontal fashion, which is incorrect as per the geometry given to us. Because when I'm changing the orientation to right side view, you can see that it is displaying me in the form of horizontal geometry. But whereas in the geometry which is given to us in this sketch, the geometry has to be the vertical way. So what do I do that for this? I'll just delete the President veto and I'll show you what is the trick for changing the orientation of the sketch. So simply select the revolve your confirmed that you have to work with right side planes whose Alec de right-side plane. So in the 3D default view, simply cleared a rectangle, just photo reference purpose. Okay? Now, when you are looking the sketch view, you can see the orientation is horizontally, but we wanted it to be vertically, right? So I'll just press the sketch view afterwards. I'll go to the extreme left hand side when I will be finding the command core lasts get set up. Here. I will be changing the orientation. Presently does at left unchanged to write density. Now this is again, a horizontal width is incorrect and go to bottom and see vertical but it is below the plane. So I wanted to be eyebrow cell, just change it to top. This seems fine to me. I'll just click scheduler. Yo, I'll press OK and select the z-axis. And I will be having the geometry. I'll press OK, let me see the Control D. So this is the default view. And there does see the right side view. It isn't vertical fashion as per the geometry given to us. Now though, coming to those getting part of the odometry given to us. So I will be going with the process of material removal. So what I will be doing this, I will be creating the total revolt block, I guess I'll color block and retired be assuming it has a raw material. So the dimension of the block will be 13 plus 44. This will be the overall width. So I'll just enter OEO 30 plus 44. And I want it to be o complete block, even though in the present sketch, it has given to me as some different shapes which you can see with the respect to the shaded region. I will be changing. Good. I'm going, I'll be using that particular material removal option and I'd be getting this particular shape. So the total diameter of the geometry is 206 units, which is present in the, in this particular view. So I will be adding all circular emmy center, center line. They're not directly enter over a year to 0-6 and press OK, because this will add to node six over yet hasn't been, right, that it becomes something more than 400. But we have to maintain a diameter of two naught six on the whole. So this has to be half. So we can simply write to node six by half. Or there's one more option which you are pretty aware because I have had, I've added a center line over yo. I can go to Dimension, select the edge 121, metal click and I. So I will be getting this diametric form of dimension, but right now I'm having two dimensions. So it is asking me to delete any of these. I would be deleting the two 0-6 because I do not want it. I'm going to sketch which is given to us. And in this sketch we have the dimension to node six. So I'll alter the nine minutes to six. So this is the block which we are having. I'll press ok. So this is the raw material we are having. Okay, now let us remote this region over here, right? So again, let us go to revolve and select though being aligned the geometry, again it is aligning and this way we can directly go to orientation top sketch. So this region, I will be removing it, OK. And I'll just add a reference line over a o. And right from this corner it will be generating a corner rectangle up to some random distance. Okay? So what's happening over you as if you're noticing, I'll just change the view. When I'm starting the Corner Rectangle automatically at the midpoint at is stopping off. And I do not want it to be at the midpoint because aspirin at dimensions it is 3044. So this is very less. I mean, the dimension is not at the midpoint. Ok? So try to stop it before it self, and then you can adjust the time instance accordingly. This lens is not given to us, but we have our dimensions of 98 units. So what I'll do is I'll just add a center line over you at first. Okay? And I'll go to dimensions again, one-to-one technique 121, metal click. So this dimension is 98. So automatically the sketch aligned itself. I'll just press OK and the material gets removed. So if you're using a previous version, maybe there may not be removed. You have to select the option material removal. Otherwise you'll be adding material on the material again. Click on the the moment EDL my data is getting removed right now so that it doesn't move forward and continue the discussion of creating the geometry. 137. Pattern Exercise - 1c: Now in the dimensions of the amending the geometry, geometrical layout, we can see that we have in the center of the reward feature we have to remove that might be it a letter distance of five depth and it is having a diameter of 98 again. So I'll just deleted. But let me just check up. Where do I do it? Should I walk on this side or on this side? So when I'm aligning my view with respect to the right hand side view has been given to us. You can see this on the right-hand side. That means I have to remove the material from this particular surface. So this removal of my data, there's a very simple process. You can either use a whole lot of creators alkyl by extrude command and just remove it and with the material. So I'll use dextrose command and the list chain, the typeof VO2 hidden line so that I can do this algorithm which is present in though gravesite and mandudo diameter of Bordeaux features is similar. So I can decide refer the dimension with respect to though he didn't fetal and selling dissenters alkyl. And at this click on the center point and stop at though rare, fetal. So the dimension is similar because the diameter is same. Sorts not required for me to re-enter because it is automatically constrained. I'll change the view right now to shading with edges and press OK, I need to remove the material. So I have to first change direction. But the myData Lynn Margulis for a distance of five units. And I've enabled the material. Simply press OK. And after this, again, we have a material removal. You can observe over here that this bug, but Tableau nine units is a hallway. Oh, you can see over here. Okay. So and just tried to remove the whole like create a whole Again, I can simply utilized a whole fetal. I'll click on the axis and select the self is by passing the control switch. And it didn't change the type to up to the next and increase the diameter of the hole to 50 units which is present over hill. And press okay. This is done. We have created another hole over here. Right? Then after this, let me just create the key variable here. And the dimension is 14 into 514 by five. So I'll just press Control D I have to create though. He available he'll tell us press extrude. It is again a material removal process. So you can see though, is in creation of the geometry vf simply rewarded and we doesn't moving, removing the material. So I'll just add a centerline because I wanted it to be symmetric. So centerline is not getting selected according to the plane. And just add a reference line first on there that'll be adding a centerline. Have I added? Yes. Okay. I'll be using the corner rectangle. So I will just see that it is symmetric. Under dimension should be 14 by five. Okay? And I'll just press OK. Change the direction for material removal. And the material removal, as you can see over here, the material is getting you to move up to the next. So I'll just change the depth up to the next and you can see the material being removed. Clear. So we have completed this task as will. The next task photos is to create though for holes Peter counter bore holes. 138. Pattern Exercise - 1d: So I have four holes in the geometry and the diameter of the hole list 16. And we have a Conda board over here of depth 20 units. So if we are analyzing the geometry, you can see the diameter of the governmental goat is not given to us. So how do I calculate the diameter of countable? Ok, so before that, I'll just try to create a sectional view for a clear understanding and just go to View planar Alice allegretto plein. I'll go to the right view. So we have this geometry with us, right? I'll just add shading so that it is more clearly visible. Okay, and we have to create a hole from left side. You have to drill a hole from the left side, and it has to be accountable or hole. So the inner diameter is very clear Li given to us in this view, which is 16 units equally spaced, four holes. That means we have to maintain a distance off angle of 90 degrees with respect to each hole. That is well and good. But we are not given the diameter of this feature, which is the counter board diameter. We have only the depth of tug on the board. So we have to utilize the other dimensions and we have to calculate the distance of or the diameter of this counter bore hole. I'll do one thing. I'll just directly I'll simply press OK. I'll keep this guest section turned on so that we can understand more clearly and go to model right now. And I'll just create a whole OK. First Style HIV though. I'm sorry, it'll just close it first for your simple understanding first, let me hide the sectional view. So I'll create a whole first on this geometry. So let's create a hole over here. So if you're not finding this handles over your, the reference handles, you can just change the type to linear, okay? Sometimes a for this conical they get disappeared. So tended to linear, you will be having then when the screen. So first reference will be the plane, which I will be aligning it so that it will be in aligning and line with the vertical plane. The next reference will be the axis. Ok? And I'll change the diaper diametrical form because I'm given a diameter of around 46. Clear. So I'll change the diameter 246 and the angle to 0 degrees. So this is the location of the hole, yes or no. Clear. But we have a change in the whole design. We have to convert it to standard. And we can add a counter bore Cleo. So the president came by mistake. I'll just edit it again. Go to the shape. We can change the depth to 20 units. This is relevant, good. Okay? And we can now we have to calculate the diameter of this, okay, which I'll be explaining right now. So before that'll just turn on. I'll just press OK. I return on the sectional view and nobody will do the calculation for the whole. Ok. So we have this diameter given to us, this is 98 and this is 146. So we need to know the distance of this. From the center axis to this point, again, we know the distance from the center axis of the geometry that this point, which is the radius of 98, I'm in this alkalis 9000 units, the radius will be something around 49. Okay, so does this stanzas 49? Well and good. And the distance from this point to this axis, or the axis of the whole list. 146 by two. So I'll just turn on the calculator and do the calculations. So I have this one, 46. I'll divide it by two. So the reason for dividing it by two is because I want to know the radius of this distance, okay? That means the radius from the axis of the hole to the center axis of the geometry. So this is equal to 73. So please remember this number. And let me calculate this radius. That is 98 by two, which is 49. Okay, so I know that the Sims, which is 49 units, and I know the distance from here to here, which is 73. So I'll just subtract both of them. 73 minus 73, I'm sorry. 73 minus 49, which is 24. That means the distance of this center axis and this edge is 24 units. Which again indicates that the radius of this circle is 24-year hundreds. And the diameter will be multiplied by two. This equal to 48 units. So I believe you have understood it as very simple calculation. You have subtracted 73. This is 73 minus 49. So we're getting 24. And we have to enter the diameter 24 multiplied by two. So this would be the total diameter of the countable cell press okay, and it has to be up to the next. I'll just press OK right now. So we have the whole exactly placed at the precise location. And let me turn off the sectional view again. Now I have created this vetoed, but we have to create four features. So here comes the next option that does the access pattern cell select the whole. And I'll go to Patton from Baton alkenes to access pattern. And let me select the axis wheel. So by default for members are activated at an angle of 90 degrees. I'll just press OK. Seven, getting four holes of IO, read their countable, countable or holes as well. So I believe you're missing one will feature away. Oh, this is the rounded feature over u. So the diameter or the radius of the rounded features not mentioned to us. But we have another diameter in this view that this 19 P6. So if you can try to imagine, okay, this particular diameter is two, not six, which is the outer diameter. And if I'm adding around over here. So this particular point, the point with time zooming and right now, this particular point a represents the edge of a run nine to 69 middle. So I need to subtract two naught six minus 196. I'm subtracting both the diameters. I'm getting a diameter of ten units. So I can add a round off five because around will be in terms of radius. I need to add it. He'll just add five units, might be folded as five automatically. Or we can just order it will be five. I'm just press OK. And this turn on this sectional view and see how does it look in sectional view? Brody? Yeah. And just go to the right view. And you can see it looks exactly the same. I'm in this particular view you can, you can look up, we have the keyhole over he'll okay. And we have to shade in more detail exactly at the precise location. Now, you can see in this geometry, the top region is mentioned in the shaded form betas. The bottom region is not mentioned in the shaded form. So this type of view is cordless offset view. We can change, we can create this type of us will. It's not a big deal. And for that and this go to maximize. So everybody leaving this section or deaf created first. Okay, now when VR under the view, you're going to be having sections and less action. We're going to be having offset section. So I'll just say like offset section. After that I have to select a plane. Psi will be selecting this blame and I will be getting this gets, feel, sorry, under this sketch for you, I will be taking the line and we need to draw a line in the form of L. Okay? So you'd understand the reason for this. Don't worry about it. I'll simply press OK. And you can see the geometry had been removed. But aspect though, geometry, which is given to us, we have this section a. So I tried to create the same section, but I'm getting in this way so I need to obtain the direction. I can simply change the direction by clicking on this icon. And let me align the veto rights IMU and come back over yo. So you can see the shaded region or the colored region, which is it a presenting the material. So this is exactly as per the geometry of HPF world right now. And one more thing to notice over here that the fetus over here in the bottom side are not as not passed back to them and these are this visible as a material. Ok. So the same thing as visible over here as well. And I'm just changing the VO2 right side view. You can see over here that it isn't my detail on our little section is visible as a cross section. And for understanding us the internal layout of the geometry, we also have the hidden view, and I'll just go to hidden. So you can see more clearly hidden lines as well. So this is nothing but this simply aligning your views. But end of the day, the important 0.08 is to understand the way to clear the geometry. And we have learned the procedure for utilizing the pattern command and create a whole multiple hole features in the geometry. Which has helped us to create the geometry as per the given layout. We can verify one more thing. We can verify whether the diameter of a 96 is correct ordinal. For that, I'll just maximize the screen again. So these all are just ratification cases. So just go to Analysis and measure. We can select the diameter. So we need to measure the diameter of this edge. Ok? So this edge corresponds to 1969 window. So it is little bit difficult for me to say like the edge, what I will be doing this, I'll go over here and then this done on the edge for digital. So the edge, edges on the geometry will be highlighted very easily, saying it to highlight this edge. And automatically I'm getting a diameter of 96, exactly as per the given geometry CLIL. So this is about the sample exercise where we have seen what does sketch, offset view and BFS scene the verification by measuring the diameter, we have seen how to calculate tho dimensions which are not present in the geometry. Vf considered the dominant dimensions which are present. And we have calculated Though Jiang De dimensions which were not present in the geometry. Okay? And apart from that, we have also seen how to align the view among the orientation of the geometry. Because when we were working with the reward veto, by default, the orientation was in different fashion. We have use this setup option and we have done the geometry as per the given sketch. So though examiner, I mean, if you're just going for some examination or interview, the check each and every thing, whether you ever work accordingly. They even take the orientation of the geometry or do have created if your orientation of the geometries not according to the geometry which they have given to you, then you are not passing that particular exam. So you have to be careful with all these things as well. Let us move forward and discuss the next features. 139. Table Pattern: Welcome to the next video. In this lecture, let us continue the discussion of the topic Patton. The next pattern to be discussed is called a stable pattern. I have created a sample geometry of a hill on which I will be creating an exclusion, which I will be using for patterning. Psi will quickly create a circular wheel, which I will be extruding it at a random position. But the random diameter, the referencing of the center point of the circle is respect to the axis. That is the central axis. I will be changing good, with respect to the edges of the surface. The second reference, let me main tenet as 20 units. So the distance between this unit, this distance, that is the center of the circle to the edges 20, whereas the center of the circle to this edge is 30 units. Let me press OK. And we read though, height of the circle. And I have created the excluded feature over yo. Now I wish to Patton and I used to use the table pattern. So in order to activate the patent veto, I have to click on the instance which I'm wanting to pattern. So I'm selecting the extra two over here and clicking on the icon of Patton might be fold. We have the dimension pattern activated. In the dimension pattern, we need to select the dimensions. And with respect to that dimension, the feature will be copied. For example, if I am selecting this dimension, then we can expect the feature to be moving in this direction only. And in the case of selecting this particular dimension that is 2000, then we can expect the feature to move in this direction. Let us move to the table Patton by clicking on the drop down list and selecting the table pattern. In order to use the table Patton. The usage of the table Patton and the method of using the table pattern is quite similar to the dimension pattern. I mean, we have to selling their dimensions in which we want to move the feature or the instance. So I want to move the diamond, the instance in this direction. So I will be selecting the 13 hundreds. This can be selected either by directly clicking the dimension or we can go to the type table dimensions and click on select items. Then we can select the respected dimension. As I'm setting the dimension, you can see the reference of the particular dimension. After selecting the dimension, if I want to alter the length of the feature while moving it on this, in this way. I can also do that. In that particular case, I need to select, control and select the second dimension which I want to alter. So I've selected the next height. And you can see I have an edition of the reference, clear. After selecting both of the features or both of the dimensions of the particular extruded component. I can go to Edit over yo. I will be having this window over here. And this is little bit similar to Excel sheet because we have rows and columns over here. And here you can find the dimensions of what I have selected. The first dimension is the 30 units, which corresponds to the distance from the outer edge to the center point of the circle. The next dimension is corresponding to the height of the circle or the extruded component, which is equal to 50 units. Imagine I wanted to create five features on the particular surface. Then I can enter the count 12345. If you remember in the dimension Patton, we need to enter the incremental value, right? So in this particular case, we have selected the 13 hundreds dimension, right? And if we are working with the dimension, then we need to add the incremental value. Say for example, I am adding a value of 2000. And then the next position of the center of the circle of the feature will be 30 plus 20 hundreds, which will be equal to 50 units. But in the table Patton, I need not entered the incremental value. I have to in fact, right, directly the distance from the outer edge, the partisan position of the parent item or the Baden FIFO is part b, not discard be unit from the outer edge. So right now I want the next position to be at, say 55 units. And after that, I wondered at the feature to be at a distance of 75. Another feature at a distance of say, 99, I'm just randomly and during the numbers after that, I wanted to be around 115 or one N15 and the last one to be at 130. So this is with respect to the distances. We can also, as we have selected the height of the extruded feature, we can also select or vary the height. So in this particular case, I want the height of the feature to be around n. So initially it as it is at 50, will get reduced to ten. Then again, I want it to increase. And let me write 16 hundreds. After this, let me again reduce it to 15, increased to 80, and reduce to five. So this is the way I've entered all the random dimensions. Now after completion of this, we can simply click on file. And we can click on Exit, the Glick on quit. We have complete on exit. So just exit. And sometimes the table Patton takes lot of loading in the background. And you can see we are getting 5. So their distances, what I've entered a very less actually because the base is quite lend DO so we can edit the baby like game. So I'll add a little more distance away. Yo, so I'll just keep this as 70. Then I'll write 110, one hundred forty, two hundred twenty. And this glucagon file exit. Now you can see the positioning of the next points, the points. And if you wonder deactivate any of the instance, we can simply select the point at which you're not wanting to be seen in the pattern. I have selected this point. And now we can simply press OK and we will be having the respected features. As I've also read the height of the extruded component, you can see a variation in the height. So this is the way we have. We again create a table baton. And in this particular case, I have the parent veto one direction. So I can simply add it again to explain you another veto. V can also move in this direction. So in order to do that, we need to select this particular dimension because this dimension corresponds to the distance in the horizontal direction, horizontal direction, clear. So we can simply delete the first reference and we can add another referent by holding the control switch. So I've selected the second reference and I can edit it. So you can see the 50 corresponds to the height. So let me maintain this height and not going take our response to this particular direction. So I need to change their distances. Remember we are not entering the incremental value. We are entering the direct position of the center of the circle. So initially the position is at 20 hundreds, and the next position should be higher than 20. Because lower than 20 corresponds to the left side. Helium in it has to be on the left side and higher than 20 would be on the right side. So lambda, little larger value, say four hundred and seventy, eight hundred one, thirty one fifty five. And this randomly and lingered exit. You can see the preview points. This point was turned off. I'll just activated again by click on, clicking on it. And again to the distance between these two particular p point is very closer because the first is at 20, u and x, and this I can point is at 40. So this is a very closer distance. If you're wanting, we can just hide it up by clicking on the point. Now this press OK, and you have the features that it, the reason for the intersection is because of the diameter. Otherwise there wouldn't be any, any intersection. We can also move the particular feature in a diagonal way. So for moving it in the diagonal way, I, we have to select both the dimensions. In this particular case, we are moving in the horizontal. And in this particular case, if your silicon, this dimension, we're moving in the vertical. If you're selecting both of the dimensions, then we will be moving in the diagonal way. So this corresponds to x and y. You hundreds actually coordinates. So I'll just close this by mistake. And I'll just add up an adult dimension by holding the control click. So I need to hold control and select the next dimension that is start the owners. Now you can see one more dimension got added over here. We can simply click on edit and you can see we have 123 dimensions. So I'll just expand a bit. So you can see the first is corresponding to 50 units, which is the height of the bed and feature. Next to 7110140 elicited use it so that it looks something different. 25 or 20. This is corresponding to the 20, and this is the horizontal direction. And I'll just raided the horizontal. Let it be minutes, okay, fine. We can as we're going in diagonal, I believe there will not be an intersection. I have printed this particular dimension. So initially desert that 30 units. The next shall be at 70. After that, I wanted to be at one thing. I'm going to beeping that diamond ring or random values, the pointers, and wanting you to understand the functionality of the table pattern. And the next point that we want Grain B and B, C or D sliding into bin WWW, click on Exit, read for career to solve it. And we have the Bolivia points over a o. So this point is deactivated at this activated again, we can simply press OK and we have the baton ready with this. So this is all about table pattern. Let us move to the next pattern in the next video. 140. Point Pattern: So the next pattern, what I will be explaining this, the point pattern. So again, I'll be creating a simple feature over here. And let me again as human to be a circle at this point. Clear. So in this particular case, I am not bothered about the positioning of the circle. And list. Simply press OK. And again, okay, and I'll select the feature which I want to patent it and go to the pattern command. And I'll go to the point Patton. So the point pattern corresponds to the creation of pattern feature on the geometry. And in order to utilize the point, and we need to have points on the geometry. Clear. So I had no, I haven't created any points on this phase. And in this particular case, we can create the points right now. So the criers asking what was elected point. I mean, we have to select the plane on which we can create the points basically because it hasn't been created. So I'll just go to datum and click on Sketch and select the surface and go to Sketch and align my view. Now in order to create the points, I got two options over yo, either I can use the sketching point. I mean, we have this guessing point over here and we have the datum point. There is a difference between both the points. If we are using the sketching point and if I'm adding it on the layout or the sketch, after pressing ok, you will not be finding these points because these are the points which are used for reference purposes in the sketching module only. So I'll just press Control Z. We have to utilize the datum point because they tend point is a point which will be visible after pressing OK. So I'll just randomly positioned though, points at any random position. On the surface of the geometry. If you're wondering, we can alter the distances between them. Might I'm not wanting to waste my time on that. I'll simply press OK and I'll change my view type. And we can press OK. again, so you can see the dynamic or the previous points away, yo, so the points are being generated at the positions where I've selected the point to be held. Simply press OK right now, and you have the pattern feature at that particular point. So this is an interesting feature if you're wanting the same exact particular copy at a particular point. So we can simply activate the pattern and we can select the point pattern. And we can create a point at specified location. And the particular feta will be copied or position that that particular point. So it's as easy at that. Let us move to the next video and discuss the coef Patton. 141. Curve Pattern: In this lecture, I will be discussing about the next Patton and which is called phantom. So I am using the similar geometry which I was using in the previous videos. I have an extruded competent on those rectangular surface, which I will be patenting it on the surface. So I will be selecting the four. I'll be selecting from the model to the surface or the feature. Retain more to plant 100. And selling the patent command, the baton window gets activated. You can simply click on the drop-down list and go to cough pattern. So if you remember in the point pattern, we were asked to create points on the surface. And at the position of the point, we were able to find the pattern geometry. In similarity, the Gulf pattern needs a curve on the surface. As we haven't created any code, we can simply create the gov under the Gulf pattern as well. Saying go to the code pattern. I got two options right now. I mean, we can, as we have seen in the previous video, when I was creating a point, I directly went on the right side and created a datum, selected the datum and the sketch and created the points. But right now, it does advise to go to the references because this is getting highlighted over yo, I'll go to the references Glick on define and then select those. So phase. After selecting the cell phase and show you one more thing over yo I'll change though typeof view to know her. And please remember that the circle was over, He'll clear. So let us go to the pattern again and we have this alkyl which has to be patterned and disposition. And when I am selecting the reference defined and sketch, you can find the axis or the origin of a year. I mean the axis are intersecting at this particular point. And this point corresponds to the center point of the circle. Now, we need to, if we want, we can align the view and we have to create a cough from this particular point. Let me just create a sample code. I can align it. And this is looking like a question mark. So after creating the code, we can simply press OK and we can see automatically v-out getting the points on the curve. We can also alter the spacing between them. So presently the default spacing is 25 in order to be 40. So automatically, depending on the length of the curve, the points get adjusted. We can also alter the number of members. So as of another spacing is activated, if I'm clicking on the number of members, the spacing gets deactivated. So I've selected the number of members and you can see the spacing as deactivated right now. And I need to enter the number of pattern features retain warning on the code. Let me enter the value of ten. So i will be having ten features. And once we are satisfied with this, we can simply press OK. And we have the pattern feature on the geometry. So this is a very interesting feature. We can create the pattern feature at any particular position what we want in. So I'll show you a quick example again. Try to remember a point. The pattern can be on any feature in the model tree. Ok? I mean, it can be Extrude. Or it can be a real movement, a realizable. So just show you another example very quickly. So let us draw a simple design of a o for explanation purpose. And I'll connect them again. Let me try to use the Offset command and click on Load. I'm sorry, you need to enter the distance first. And I wonder this tends to be around 20. Clear at this press. Okay. And okay, again, and we got the extruded feature over yo. We can reduce the extrusion. Hijaz will find cell press okay again. So we have this feature trying to extrude feature on the surface. And let's try to remove some material and see what's going to happen. I have aligned the view right now. I'll create a circle again. Pseudo random position. And this diameter of this alkalis ten units. And press OK. And we can simply click on remove material and for the next phase. So we gotta haul over here. I put the mixer phase clear. Now imagine a one does all along the total path. Clear. For that purpose what we can do and then we can simply go to the fee. So select Patton. Patton. References, define, select Surface, click on Sketch again. Since the distance between them as very low, I'll do one thing and just added the thickness very quickly. I'll increase the thickness of the fetal placement. And it nonetheless alkyl base geometry. Placement ended again. And list believed the first feature. And go to offset. Click on loop. Select the line, enter the distance to be little larger. That is, 4040 is not good. That he's environment silicon globe is because this is coming. This is a connected curves under this byte. Oh, okay. So just press OK. Right now you've got the feature ready with us. Now on this, I have the next component and increase the diameter of this because it is pretty small. And also the distance. So I believe more than my data right now and I want daughter and mother material along this path. Okay, I can create a new button this. So what we can do is we can simply click on the feature goto part. And again, Cove Batten. Students define and select the cell phase sketch again. Now from this position I need to create an adiabat. So we'll use a straight line. This is 12345. So using five segments have created a path and you can see the preview points and press OK. So automatically the feature is cockpit along the path and we have the material being removed. So this is a very interesting pattern. And to be honest, I've never utilized this seminar. I never had from an I never had DO Walker regarding this particular thing, I never had to be used. Mostly utilize the dimension I mean the direction Patton and the access pattern most commonly. And this is also an interesting feature where it is especially used for copying. A similar feature along the coast. Let us move onto the next video. 142. Create a Sweep using Open Trajectory: Welcome to the next section. In this section we will be discussing the advanced tools and Cleopatra metric and the first feature, what we are going to discuss in this video, we'll be the sweep command. A sweep veto consist of a sketch section that sweeps or transversus along a trajectory. You can create a sweep Frito to create a constant cross-section fetal that follows a trajectory of a sweep feature can also have a variable section. But in this particular video, we will be discussing a constant sections speed. This VBE can add or remove material. It can also be created as a thin feature or as a surface. So right now, I haven't shown you what is surfacing. And when we are discussing in the future videos, I will be definitely showing you so facing. So the sweep command can be used as a phase and as a solid model. We have to remember that the sweep veto consists of a trajectory under section. So I have to create a trajectory at first on which I need to follow or create a section to be followed on. First, in order to create a trajectory, I need to create a sketch on the plane. Simply go to this gets command and let me create a sketch on the top view after silicon the sketch, I'll click on sketch. After selecting the plane, I'll click on sketch and then align the view. Now I can create a trajectory. And this considers line some recreating or random trajectory. And let me keep it as an open trajectory. Its means it is not closed. Both ends are not connected. And it is an open trajectory. If the ends are going to do it, it is a closed trajectory. I have the trajectory that David Me. Now I need to press ok and control Lee. You'll find this sketch on the screen. Once we are having the sketch or the trajectory, we can simply select the sketch either from the model or directly from the screen. After selecting the sketch, you can find numerous options over yield. By not the option corresponds to sweep. You can see over a o this week can be at pivoted from yo, audience, from the main ribbon and this particular location. So let me select the sweep of the trajectory and go to the speed command. I've got licking the sweep. We have a new over-and-over heal. The WIC has having certain options. The first option is sorted in surface. Next to sketch. This is thickness radiation. This is a constant cross-section and available across section which we will be discussing in the future videos. Right now, in this video I'm working with the constant cross-section, so I will not be changing option over yo. So let it be default option that is sketch section and changed on this line which we have selected or on the trajectory which we have selected, you can find an arrow. This arrow corresponds to the starting point. If I am clicking on the arrow, the arrow shifts over a o. You can find that over V0. So this will be the starting point of this section. So it totally depends on the application, what we're creating. And depending on the OPT application, we can choose the starting point. For this example, let me choose the starting point of a disposition. In order to create a section at this particular position, I need to click on sketch, which is on the ribbon. So I'll go to the ribbon and click on sketch. So as soon as I'm clicking on this gets, please observe that we will be having intersection of two axis over here and an origin is formed at this particular location. Please observe very carefully. You can see over here we have the first vertical axis and the horizontal axis and an origin over yo. So this indicates the section has to be created from this particular point. So you can see what UFM zooming in. And the reason for the origin to be at this position is because of the starting point. If I was having the starting point at this location, I will be having the particular origin at this point. As I have choose this particular point, it is on the left side and on this side. Now the next task is to create a section. I'll just align the view and you can see the vertical and the horizontal axis over a hill. I'll be just handling that'll be just turning of the blame for clarity purpose. Now I need to create a sketch and let me try to create a rectangle synthetic angle. So from the origin, I'll be creating a synthetic tangle. So this is a cross-section retain warning to sweep. I can vary the dimensions, say p by. After that I need to press or gave. And you again see that the cross-section has been swept along the trajectory. So this is the feature called Les VIP. And the sweet PVGO requires a trajectory that we have created at first. And on the trajectory requires a section which will be swept around. After though swept, we can simply press OK and we have the geometry with us. So this is an interesting fetal. Whatever cross-section we wanted to, we can speak of it as I've used the rectangular cross section. If I would have used I would have used though circular cross-section. The circular cross-sections get started, delete this point, so eo, and just scratch it very quickly. And things left. So just click on circle, start from the origin data silicon. I'll press OK. And we have the slip model over here. We can simply press OK and we have the model with us. If he, uh, one thing we can shell this, you can just click on shall again, select the first cell at the second surface. And it is quite similar to a pipe. Basically. It's my intention was not to create a pipe, but this explaining you, we can order the thickness aspirin and press OK. So this is the way how script commands, sweep command is being used. Let us look at some other features in the next video. 143. Using Sweep for Material Removal: In the previous video, I have shown you the speed command and we have created the material, or we have created a section along the trajectory. The sweep command can also be used for removing the material. So I will be showing you that particular thing in this video. First, let us create a sketch. It may create the sketch in the top view. And let me align the view. I will be selecting the line command and just creating a random trajectory or path. So I've created this section. Press OK. So I have this get ready with me. And I'm assuming this to be the trajectory for my speed. Self-selected line and go to the speaker. And I can select started the starting point at any position and just start the point from here. I'll go to sketch and you can see a formation of vertical and horizontal axis over yo. For clarity purpose, I'm writing the blame. Please do not get confused. Now let me align the view. You can see the origin of a JO. Now let's go to ballad Toyota's palette Cleo and let me die do utilized any of the existing section and the palate which we can utilize for sweeping purpose. Let me select any of the shape, interesting shape. Okay, let me select the ice section. Okay, I have to see that it is at the origin, press or get 9k now, so this is the section what I've created and this will be following the Pajek tributes have created earlier. If I want, I can order or increase or change those scaling of the section. I'm satisfied with this. I will simply press OK right now. So the sketches that ID, I'm not changing any of the dimension. I will simply press OK. And you can see this I section being created. So can you recognize any of the application of sweep? Let's think for a minute. There are many structural members in mechanical components which are basically created using this kind of sections for Sprint purpose, especially in a craft. If you're looking at those skeleton of the aircraft and when you dissident mode the skin, you just try to find some images and Google and try to see the fuselage structure. You'll be having panels, circular panels over there. And you'd be having longer on strangers and all, and all these particular structural members are having cross-sections of I, Z or any of the cross sections. So this is the application of sweep basically. And there are plenty of applications or sweep which we'll be discussing in the future videos activated. Now coming back to the VB0, I wanted to show you the removal of material with the sweep. So I'll just simply press OK and I have the geometry with me. Now on this surface, again, I will be creating a sketch because I wonder remove the material on this, on this particular surface along the path. So I'll just go to the line and it just hovered over the edge. And the list change of, you know, hadn't. I'll just hovered over yo so automatically at the midpoint that causes stops. So you can just cross tickling your system as well. And we'll just follow the same path. So this is the midpoint path of the total width of the section. So I've drawn a sketch at the midpoint location and then just change the layout again. I'm just sketching view again. And you can see our sketch on the surface. I will press OK, right now. I'll turn on the beam. So it is symmetric as well. Math Kadima asymmetry. Since starting. Now, I will be using the same sketch which I've created. I'll just select it. I'm selecting the sketch, whatever cleared on the surface. And I'll just go to exterminate, sorry, I'll just go to sleep. And I can choose any of the starting point. It is shortly my wish because I'm not having any problem. Some choosing this particular start point. And as soon as I'm silicon the start point, I'll be having an origin away yo, so I'll just click on skates. I have the original VO and this simply align my view. And at this origin I can create a so called Ok. So I'm just creating a circle over here because I wanted to move in a circular way and simply press OK. You can see a formation of speed. So I can remove my detail as well over here by simply clicking on the remove material. So this moment EDL feature we have already seen in the extrude revolve commands. And this is the same, same Frito. Now when we are satisfied with this, we can simply press OK. And we have the material being removed by utilizing the sweep. If you have one thing we can measure this v passivated. I've created this VEP tool, which is the material removal speed. I am selecting this particular sweep and let me just try to mirror across the symmetric plane. And you will be finding the metal getting removed at the surfaces. After which if you're wanting to remove the sharp edges, we can simply use the round command at the desired locations and we can add the unrounded veto. Simply press OK. So this is how the sweep command works. It is a very interesting feta. And let us continue our discussion in the next video. 144. Create a Sweep using Close Trajectory: The previous video, we have seen the creation of a VIP section using a open trajectory. In this video, I will be showing you the method of creation of a sweep section using a gloss trajectory. So close transact is nothing but a closed loop of sketch. So I've just done on the plains. And let me create a close loop on the top view and go to Select a sketch and clean again and align the view. Now this career TO close, look quick live Edenic tangle. Not falling the dimensions. I would like to add a fuller died all the edges in order to maintain the uniformity. Let me read you the dimensions of the Phillip to be a constant value. So I just tried to select all the dimensions and go to modify and select one-by-one. So first one is this dimension you can receive, and I'm clicking on this x field automatically the respective dimension gets highlighted. So this press controller, the online mentioned, gets elected. I'll add a random value. Thirty-five. Thirty-five, and thirty-five. Certainly don't want to alter the horizontal distance that it be as it is. I have created a close loop. I'll press OK. I have this kids get ready with me, headed down off the plane. Now, we have to select the skids at first. If it is a trajectory, a clothespin factory, and we can turn on the sweep command. So right now you can see a point. So this point into Gibbs, The starting point of the code or the section in the open transact three, we have the option of changing the starting point, but in the closed loop. And that is the possibility for us to change the location of the start point because it is a closed loop. The momentum selecting a sketch command right now, I wouldn't be having this section of vertical and horizontal axis over here. So I can simply press OK. And I can add a section of a yo. So it is not necessary for me to add a section from the center O you know, it is not necessary to utilize a central always, we can place the section at the bottom region also spent in find subproblem of a o. So in this particular case, the sketch will be rewarded at the lower side of this low trajectory. What we have created, I'll show you the example over here. You can see it is created at the lowest site. Go back to sketch and I delete this gets created. And that'll just tied to add the sketch on the upper side. So in this particular case, the scheduled with revolt on the top of the axis, you can see the axis origin over here. And this catches on the DOM search totally dependent on the user and the application or working with. Nate is no particular rule to position the particular sketch at any specific point. Please keep that thing in your mind. So I'll go to the palette again. This using banded because it looks a little bit interesting. And go to profiles and it may choose a random profile over, you know, let me choose a C profile. I've added the sea profile. I close this window and align though, see profile as per the geometry. And this radios because the skin is little nodule and keep it ten units or ten. And press OK right now. And this gets can be revolved. So one more thing, you can see our observable yield and that the center point is at this particular position and there is no direct contact of any of the edge with the center point. The edges are located at some distance from the center point. It's absolutely all right. The point of a yoga is to create a sketch on this plane. So we can create this sketch at any position. But it is generally required for us to keep the sketch closer to the trajectory. And just press OK. And you've got the C-section created over a hill. If you one thing that we can add up the plane and go to View and see this section over yo, how does it look? So you can see this is the C section, what we have created. I'll add the color so it is more clearly visible. So this is a C section, what VFS flipped along the sketch and close the section. I'll go back to model. And if you are interested, we can add the base plate for this. So I'll just select the base that'll go to Extrude aligned the view. And we have to plot or career does sketch along the edges of the geometry so we can utilize the reference has this particular edges itself, frankly the sketch on it. So the general wave, what we can do is we can look on the line and we can follow the edges. But this is a very time taking task. I do not want to waste my time. So how do I do it? I can use the project command over you. So just click on project. The project combine actually protects the reference edges on the present. So phase. So I'll just click the outer edges and you can see automatically I have this sketch predictor dot created, send just using the outer edges. And I'm forming a closed loop CLIA and just press OK. I do not want such huge thickness at this. Keep it ten units. So to press okay, and you've got the base plate as well. And the closed loop can also be utilized for creating of what do you call a remote material. So let's try to remove them. Maybe it'll on this phase and we'll go to Extrude. Am totally sorry. I have to create the sketch at first and give working with speed, not extrude cell go to Sketch, had created enclosed clear to create a closed trajectory and light. Now let me try to create all Prozac tree by utilizing sel cool. Okay, so I'll just create a closed press activities acetylcholine. And it may mean kinda diameter of fund AD units. And press okay again, and I have to sketch plotted on the so phase pitches MOOC is clearly visible on in though. No, I didn't view self-selected the sketch night now and go to sweep again. I have the start point O here and I can simply click on sketch. I'm getting them dissection of horizontal and vertical axis. I'll press Align View. So we have the origin of a JO. And right now, let me again utilize those alkyl for removal of material. So I'm just adding a schedule 20. I'm not sure to put the dimensions and Randomly, randomly using good. So we're getting go my detail added initially. Now we can simply click on demo material to remove the material on the surface. So we have the material removed. And if this is symmetric metric, not much because the exclusion is created from the base. So initially I was warning to be mirrored, but I don't think it will happen because this is a non symmetry. Anyways, the point O notice we have utilized the open trajectory for material removal. If you're wanting, we can around the edges and make it a little bit more. Metal. 700 dad does aspirin and you have the jom into daddy with you. So this is the wave speed command is used. And let us move to the next video and discuss further about this command. 145. Remove Material using Drag Handles: Hi, welcome to the next video. In this video, I will be discussing the features in speed command. In order to explain you the features, I have created a geometry over here using this VIP tool. In order to create the geometry, I have first created a sketch over here, which will help me beside the path of the to be swept on. So this is the trajectory which I've created using a spline. I'm not falling the dimensions over here. I'm just keeping a random dimension. I'll just press OK after that and I realize this sweep command to create this particular rectangular cross sectional sketch our model over. He'll now let me just added the particular sweep featured using that definition and align the view at first to the front view. Now in this front view you can see an arrow hill. So this arrow is basically helping us understand the direction on which the particular schedule swept. If the direction or the arrow was present over here, it will help me understand that the sketch was started from heel, that is from the light side and ended on the left side. But in this particular case in the arrows on the left. And it means that the sketch was started from the left end and it has completely passed through the tree till the right side. And now we have two dots over here. If you can observe over here, we have a dot over here, and there is another dot at this particular position. So we have numbers as women, we have our text field which on which began type any number of IO. So what does this particular dots mean? These are nothing but the drag handles, what we can call in general terms. So if I'm just clicking on the dot over here, I can simply drag the particular feature on the trajectory and I can stop at any particular position. So this will help me to create a model at this particular point. This particular point, till the end of the sketch, you will not be finding any geometry or yeah, oh, I'll just press OK. And you have the model up to that particular location. And if you want to hide this sketch, we can simply click on sketch and click on this icon, which is representing hide. So I've just hidden the feature and you have this particular model president with you in a similar way. Let me just get it back. In the similar way. We can also type the text field in the text field. So 0 indicates the model is up to the location of the projectory. And in order to move it ahead, we have to enter some negative direction. I'm going negative value such as minus ten or minus one, double 0, minus to double 0. So you can see there is the moment of the particular material in the direction of the trajectory on a similar note. And we can try to move the drag handle on the other hand as well. So I'll just click on the drag handle and I can just move it by holding the left-click. And wherever I want to stop it, I need to release the left click. At that particular location, you have the material present and you can simply press OK. So this is one feature in sweep and it does discuss the next features. 146. Add Material using Drag Handles: In the previous video, I have shown you the moment of the bag handles by entering a negative value. In this video, let us see what is going to happen if we are entering a positive value. But before that, let me bring back or get back the material to it's original place by changing the value to 0. Now, let me try to enter a positive value and see what is the changes in the geometry. Let me enter the random values, say for example, one to 0. And you can see the materials added. But what is the direction in which my data is added? In order to visualize more clearly, I'll just press Control Z. I'll just type 0. And you can see the path of the trajectory and the particular spline, what I've created, if I'm adding the Medea lower heel, the material is getting added in a linear way. I mean, it is not changing its direction or does not obtaining as inflammation, it is just moving in a linear way, does not change the angle. Whatever value mentoring say for example, for phi 0, you can see it is just moving straight. It has not changed and good Gulf. Similarly, on the other hand, on the other end, we can add the material by clicking on the Bragg handled and extent accordingly in a linear fashion. So this is another feature and sweep with which we can add or remove the material by using the Bragg handles and entering the required value. Afterwards, we can just press OK. And we can continue with the modelling. Let us move to the next video and discuss some other features. 147. Merge Open Ends: To explain you the next feet, IF creators of extrusion block over hill. And on this block I will be creating a trajectory in the front view. I'm creating a nine over here. But the line is inclined to the surface with an angle of inclination that is 45 degrees. And let me maintain a height of 200 units. So this is the trajectory on which I want to speak, sketch of some cross section. Okay? So I'm just pressing or gay right now and I have the trajectory with me. I can click on sweep. Setting depends actually on which I want to sweep the section. And after celebrating the trajectory over here, I have an arrow and just change the direction. I want to start the particular sketch from this site. Now, I will just go to sketch and you can observe over here that I have the horizontal and vertical axis at the origin on which I can create a uniform cross section. So I'll just align the view by clicking on Sketch View. And I haven't the vertical and horizontal axis with the origin at this location. So I'll just use a rectangle or a circle. And I've created a circle of 50 units diameter. Ok. And one thing you can observe over he oh, that especially in the front field, does show you one thing. Tried to remember it. You can see the trajectory over yo, okay, and you can take the sketch, sketches, sketched on this particular surface or the plane, okay? And you may notice that the sketch, what I've created right now is normal or perpendicular to the trajectory. Yeah, just remember this thing because I'm going to show you something else in the next video. So this case what we are sketching, my default is generally normal or perpendicular to the trajectory. And the list press or OK, right now, I have these so-called extended along the trajectory. But wait a minute, at this particular location, can you see a gap over here? You can see there is no material over here. This is because the circle is just following the path of the trajectory, what I've created. And it is exactly stopping at the 0. So in order to add the material over here, I can simply go to options over Yo and pick on Merge ends. So whatever this end at which it is stopping over here and the surface with which it is interacting gets merged together. So I'll just Ananda merchants. And you can see the materialists added over here. And in the front view it is very clearly understandable. You can't see the material being added and there is no area or gap left between the two surfaces. So this way we can merge the ends. And you can also observe over here that there is no change happening at this particular location because there is no surface in contact with it. But at this particular location, there is a surface in contact with the end. So this end is getting merged with the surface. Right? So what if I have a surface over here? In order to check that particular thing, I'll close the sweep and it been tried to create an extrusion over there as well. So I'll just create a corner rectangular wheel. And it means delete and make it a closed loop. I'll just make it a symmetry. Yeah, so I have two surfaces at both the ends. And let us see whether the margin MOOCS are no. So in order to activate this VIP, in this clicking on this icon, selecting the sketch on which I want to sweep the circle or the any cross section. I'll just go to Sketch right now my sketches getting from this particular location. And just go to circle and create a normal circle of 50 diameter. And press OK. So you can see both the ends are getting connected with the surfaces, but it is not merging automatically. I can do it by going to options and clicking on margins. And you can see at both the locations, the material is getting added and it does properly connected with the mix of is. So this is another feature which I wanted to show you. And this is quite commonly used, especially in complex geometries. Let us move to the next video and look at some other features. 148. Section Plane Control: In order to explain you the next internal feature of sweep command, I will be creating a sketch first, which will help me designated the trajectory for sweeping the sketch. And I will be utilizing this blind command. Again. I'm sorry, I just deleted. I'll start from this end. So I'm utilizing this blind command and stopping at some random location. Say for example, over here. And at this press, okay? Now, before going to sweep directly, I will be introducing a new method for you to create a plane. So generally we were creating a plane by clicking on the datum plane and selecting the desired plane from which we want to copy a new plane. And in this particular method, for example, I've selected the front plane. I was asked to enter their distance, that is the translation distance with respect to the front plane. Imagine I want to blame from this right side plane, I need to select the right side plane and entered the translation distance. What if I want to blame inclined to another plane at certain angle? So in that particular case, I have to create a axis on this face or on the geometrical layout on the screen. So in order to create a data Max's, I have an option of a yo, I'll just click on axis. And we need to select any of the plane. Now remember, remember one thing. Whatever plane you're going to select for creating an axis. For example, if I'm selecting the front plane, the axis will be perpendicular to the Franklin. You've got it. If I'm selecting the top view blame, the axis will be perpendicular to the top plane. So this show you by clicking on the top plane. You can see the dynamic view of the axis and it is perpendicular to the top, because I've selected the top plane right now. Imagine I delete this top plane and I'm selecting the front plane, then the axis will be perpendicular to the front plane. So I'll just elect the front plane. I'm sorry, this is the right side limb. So if I'm selecting the right side plane, you can see this perpendicular to the right side plane. Clear. And let me select the front plane right now. So you must be understanding in what direction I will be having the axes right now, if I'm sleeping the front plane, it is obviously perpendicular to the plane. And you can see very clearly from the top view. So this is the front plane and this is the axis which is perpendicular to it. So now let me create an axis perpendicular to the front plane. With the axis I have to drag handles, which will help me to designate a reference. For the location of the axis. So the first drag handle, let me selected with the side plane and the next drag handle with the toppling. And now I can just enter the dimensions by changing the value 300. And this can be an 50, or it can be negative 1 fifth. So it moves on the top side. So totally depends on the user. For this example, I'll just end off negative 150 I wanted on the bottom side. Okay, so I've created a new axis over here. So I have the axis on the screen right now, and I'll just go to blame and select a plane. Now just hold the control switch on the keyboard and unselect though axis which I've created. So after selecting the axis, you can see in the dynamic view, we have a plane over Yo, which is asking me to enter the desired angle of inclination. Presently this 3045, I'll just change the top B or you can simply drag it using the drag handle. Clear. So this will help us to create a plane which is inclined. So right now on this particular box, you can see that our toting selected, the first one is that light plane, and the next is the axis. And we need to enter the rotation angle. So presently I'm just keeping it as 35 degrees. Okay? So just press OK right now. So I have the plane on the screen with me. So the purpose of creating the plane, I'll be explaining right now by using a feature of speed. Clear. So I have to create a sweep over here and select the sketch. I can go to sweep command over here. And we have the arrow which indicates the starting position of the sketch. And go to Sketch. And I'll create a simple circular sketch over here with some diameter, C15. I'll just press OK. The diameter is little bit larger and reduce it to 100. And just press OK right now. And if you remember in the previous video I mentioned you that the sketch, whatever we are creating is normal to the trajectory. This can also be seen very clearly in the front view. So you have the trajectory over here, which is ending at this particular point. And you have this gets created on this cell phase. Clear. And I mentioned to you that the trajectory and the phase, or the circle, or the cross section, or the sketch, whatever we are creating over here. It's normal. That means perpendicular to the trajectory. Clear. Let me just outline in the front view and it is perpendicular to the trajectory right now. So there is an option in the references where you can align the so phase badly to any other feature in the geometry or on the screen. Okay? So for example, you can see over here the cell phase or this particular end, is normal to this trajectory. The trajectory is ending at this particular location. And you can see this perpendicular to the trajectory. So I can convert this particular shape in another fashion. So I'll just show you that thing. We can go to references. And under references there is an option called Section Plane control. So there are three options by default. And we have the first option is selected by default. That does not matter trajectory. If you are selecting the last option that is constant, normal direction, I'll just turn it on. It will ask me to select a reference, and I'll just click on select item, and I'll just select this plane or deaf created. So after creating the plane, you can observe over here that this end has kinda watered itself bad a little. So phase, I'm into the plane, what we have selected over Yo. And in doing so, you can see that there is a modification in the geometry as well. So the geometry is realigning itself and trying to be parallel to the surface. What I've selected, Leo maybe an hour, I can try to change the reference by removing it and selecting this so phase. So when I'm selecting this plane over here, you can see the, the ends of the geometry is bad a little to the plane. What I've selected over yo, The right side end and the left side. And so whatever reference you are selecting, either this plane, it is trying to be Madeline. So this is also Padlet to this plane. And in the next case, if I'm selecting the right side, you can see this again, bad limb to the reference plane or type selected. So this is one finito and sweep command. And by turning on this particular feature, you can see there is a change in the geometrical layout. We cannot do anything for that. Ok. And the next option is normal to protection. So in order to show you this thing, I'll just click on the normal to prediction. And this go to select item. And I will be selecting this plane, no, unless try to select this phase. Yeah. So when I am selecting this plane over here and just remove it. Okay, so I will be selecting the top plane. And whatever sketch I'm getting over here that will be perpendicular to this plane or give you can't see it very clearly in the front view. And I'll just select this plane and a list go to front view. So remember I've selected the top plane. Okay? I'll go to front view. And you can see over here that the soil phase Ward I've created, I'm going to solve is what is created right now is perpendicular to the reference plane. What I've selected, this perpendicular to the plane or deaf selected order does normal to protection. We can call it technically on the other side, that is on the left-hand side, family zooming in. You can see this phases also perpendicular to the top plane would have selected in the reference. So I'll just go to the normal trajectory. You can see this is normal trajectory and just go to a normal to prediction. In the normal do prediction, I've selected this plane, so it is being perpendicular to that plane. And remember, it is happening on the anthracite as well. Okay? And the final thing is constant, normal direction. That is bad a little to the reference plane wartime selecting. So in this particular case, I have selected the right side plane. That is, it isn't, it is Padlet to that. I'll just change the reference again so that you can understand more clearly and change it to this particular reference or deaf created. So this is the third one which is constant normal direction with this, meaning that it has battled with this reference. This is normal protection. In this particular case, I've selected the top plane. You can see here V0. And this is the default. Now multiple, exactly. Okay? So this is another feature off references or the alignment of the particular ends. So this particular feature is just show you an example very quickly over heel out and just go to the next video and show you an example. 149. Basic examples of Section Plane Control: In the previous sections, I have explained the procedure for creating a wing using an arrow foil. So the procedure was very simple. We have created a spline and we have converted this blind into neat aero foil using the aero foil coordinates. When I was explaining you the particular creation of ring, I have said to you that we are going to create a rectangular wing and listing the window and you can see an a craft over here does having a rectangular wing. So if I zoom in over here, you can see that the aero foil is created and it is extruded for certain length to create a rectangular wing. Now, the procedure for this is very simple. We only require spline and we need to convert it to aero foil. We get a closed loop. We can simply extruded to form a rectangular wing. But most of the commercial passenger aircrafts, if you're observing, these, are having wings which are swept backwards. So this is because of some aerodynamic reason. We will not be discussing that in could be tail. So we are looking into the modelling part of those kind of things. So you can see the difference between both the wings and this is a rectangular wing, which is created only by extrusion. But we have another wing over here. This is called Les swept thing. So that is an angle on Richard does swept backwards. And in order to create these kinds of models, we can simply utilize the speed command as well. So I'll just show you an example of a here pretty quickly without any dimensions. But later we will be creating a, creating a wing that proper dimensions. Okay? And this will also help you understand the reference options. What I've explained in the previous video, that does normal to prediction and normally the trajectory, et cetera. Okay, Let's imagine I have a cylindrical surface which is representing the central body of the aircraft that is diffused large. Okay? So this is having some random diameter and this extruded along the length. Okay? And this is Cody. So I have this central body that is a fused large OFF a craft. You can imagine it to be this particular shape, okay? But this is technically not exactly cylindrical, but I'm just explaining you by giving an example of cylindrical fused lodge, autosome below cross-sectional fuse lodge. Okay. Now I'll just create a transact tray on which I need to create a obeying. So just selling the top view. You can sketch and align though. Layout. Now from, I'm sorry, I'm gonna go to Sketch and silica line from the outside edge and thus create O trajectory. So imagine if you are creating a rectangular wing, I can just go. In a perpendicular way, I'm in perpendicular to those cylindrical body. But right now I'm having some Angular and Angular over Yo Angular swept, we can call it. So I have created up BOD, or the trajectory at a 45-degree angle, add, sorry, seven W o. Clear. I can also increase though angle if I wanted to be. So I have created the trajectory like now. Now I can simply create an aero file over here. And we have a very clear of the procedure of creating the aero file. So it doesn't go to sweep first. I'll sell it though. But on which I want to create the sketch and just change the direction I want it to be created from this end. I'll go to sketch over here. You can see I have though getting plane normal to the factory Cleo. And I'm just align the view. And on this particular view I need to create a spline at first. So I laundry falling appropriate or foil. I'll be just creating a aero foil type shape using a spline. Okay, so I will just change the view of us to know hidden. So this will be a little clearer for me. So I'm just adding up all the points and disconnected and list edges though distances between them. So if you are wanting to divide the line segment, we can click on divide and add 0. So this will give us two. This will help us to maintain some kind of ease for the advancement of the geometry. So I'm trying to create an airfoil shape. So this is not an exact shape. But for understanding purpose it is well and good. Okay. Now let's press Control D. I have this sketch away. Yeah, oh, I'll just change the view to shading with that disk. I have completed the creation of the sketch. I'll just press OK right now. So you can see the CBP has been created. And from the top view we can understand more clearly that it is a kind of swept wing. Okay? But if you notice the one thing that the sketch on this section is to normal due to exactly. But we're not wandering into binormal trajectory. We want it to be. Add a little to this plane. Okay? So I'll just go to references. And I'll go to Section Plane control. And I'll go to the last option that is constant normal direction at a selling the plane with which I want the end to be paddling. After selecting the claim, you can see that the end over here and the end over here are parallel to this plane. And this part is ok. And we have kind of swept wing with us. Ok, but keep in mind, keep note over here, this is not the exact dimensions. I'm just going to show you the way we can alter the alignment of the sketch, which was an ornamental trajectory. And now this battle to the plane, real. And if your warning to mirror on the other side, we can simply select a sweep which we have created right now. And after selecting the speed, you can see the mirror command gets activated. And I can just be it though, mirrored copy on the other side. And from the top view we can see more clearly. This is a kind of swept wing, but is a bit similar. Do the actually conducts clear? So this was the usage of the particular feta. And we can do one more thing. If I'm not interested to meditate, I can try to abandon it. So obviously this is a cylindrical shape. We have an axis over here and we can try to create an access pattern like this VB. Right now, I'll go to Pantene command, and I'll just change the Bible fattened to access. Firstly, I need to select an axis, so I'll be silicon this axis. And this activates the 36 control and increase the number of bad pinned copies to eight. I'll just press OK. And we have the particular blades patent. If we are wanting to change the alignment, we can simply go to Sketch and reduce this. This tends to save 50. I'm sorry. I'll just do it manually. Press OK. And the Parliament trick nature of the assault favorite modify though. Blades accordingly. So this is looking like a propeller. We'll feel one thing we can simply found the front region as well. Press OK eoyo. So this is the way which we can create. We can utilize this VIP option and create blade-like features as well. And we can pattern that are Merlot to create the number of copies. So let us move forward and discuss further about the options and Cleo. 150. Create Thin Features: Let us quickly discuss the next featured in sweep command. I have created a sketch over here using the ARC feature in the 2D sketching module. And let me quickly go to speed right now and select the sketch or those trajectory. I have the arrow V0, which will indicate that the sketch will be started from this end and go to sketching and align the view to normal. Now I'll just simply create us so cool off, a bit larger diameter. Ok, you can see at this particular location, I'll just turn off the planes. You can see the distance between this segment and this segment is very close. So I mean dimming a larger diameter. Let me see whether there is a possibility for the circle to be swept on this particular transact tree. I'll just press OK. And see. No, I'm not getting anything because as the diameter is larger, it is not able to DOE on itself and it is a kind of intersection happening and the software is not giving me any reserve W0. In order to solve this issue, I have to reduce the diamond. Do SO, president latest around seven 5-6. I'll just reduce it to three phi 0 and press okay. So right now you can see there is no intersection, there's no contact of both the surfaces. So I'm able to get the fingers or the model with the material. Now over here we have a feature called as thin finito. So if I'm just turning it dawn. So basically this is a solid model. I mean, the medallist completely filled and run. I'm turning on, turning on this photo. You can see the model is getting converted into a shelf veto, right? Can you see the opening over here? And the opening is continuing till this particular end. This is a thin veto. And after turning it off, you can see that the material is getting filled and there is no shelled region present in the geometry. I'll just turn it on and we can maintain the thickness of this thin feed. So, so pleasantly does that during D1 and we'll just change it to n units. And press OK. I have the model and the ten thickness, me and 027 again. And over here we have option of changing the direction. Ok? So we can see it does basically inside. This is outside and this is symmetric. Ok? So there are three options, photos, domain Team, and the material is getting added insight or outtake this alkyl or the symmetry. That means it is on the both sides of the cell kilowatt we have created clear. So we have three options over Yo and what toward thickness V1, we can just mean Dennett. And if you're happy with the dimensions and everything, we can simply press OK, we have the model with us. So this is another way or another feature present in this VIP command. And let us continue our discussion and move forward. 151. Congragulations.! Upload your project.: Friends, congratulations for completing your class. The attached exercises will immensely enhance your skill set and improve your knowledge of using different tools, using the software. I request you to save the project and the form of image and attach it in the project gallery for me to review and comment on the Voc. Now, I will show you the procedure to save the image of the project model. I have one other project file opened on the screen. In order to save the model in the form of image. Firstly, we need to align the view. In this example, I will be aligning the view by using the control command, which is the default view. Now we need to go to File, Save As and other type. Look for JPEG. Jpeg format over, he'll type the project file name and the view. Select the location where you want to save the file. In this particular case, I will be saving the file in the desktop. After selecting the specific location, press OK. You will be prompted with a window, which will ask you to select the size and the dot per inch. We need to keep the settings as default and press or game. After pressing OK, we can look for the location where we saved the file. You can see the image with the saved in the form of JPEG. And this particular view represents the default view. In the similar note, you can save multiple images of different views. That is front view, top view, side view, sectional view, depending on the project and attach the files in the project. Gandy, once again, congratulations and all the very best for your future. Andy was.